Skip to main content

Full text of "Metamorphoses, Book XI;"

See other formats


Tlie  ColUpe  Staff  numbers  Toxtj  Tutors,   xvhr,  omroir/ them  took 
twenty  -  tlii'ee  first   places   at  London    Unh-eri^it;i  Exayninaiions. 


Iprospcctus  of  Classes 

FOR    THE 

EXAMIIs'ATIO^N'S 

OF    THE 

UfJIVEF(SITY 

OF  LONDON 


LOXDOy  OFFICE— 

I  Strand  Jr.-'''  H'. 
Sept.  7tJi.  1889. 


f:..,:!.,IU:     ff..,r       I[- 


LONDO.y  OFFICE. 


Conitnunicatioits  sliould  be  addressed  to — 


THE  SECRETARY, 

Strand  Hotel  Buildings,  Booksellers  Ro7v, 

London,  IV.C. 


Appointtiients  'nay  be  made  ■with  tJu  Principal  or  Secretary  for  Wednesday  or 
Saturday  afternoon,  or  for  any  day  during  the  Examination  week  bet;uecn  t  p.m. 
and  2 p.m.,  orsp-'n.  to  6.30 p. tn. 


WARNING. 

Before  joining  any  C'orrespond^ice  C'laxs,  students  are  xtroiigly  urged 
to  see  previous  University  Examination  Lists,  to  read  through  our  Article 
on  Spurious  Correspondence  Tuition,  and  to  enquire  who  their  tutors  would 
be  in  each  subject. 


A  new  Prospectus  is  issued  before  and  after  each  Exam. 
CONTEXTS. 


PAGK 

Special  Subjects  set  for  forthcoming  Exams .  ...         ...         ...  4 

Calendar    ...         ...         ...         ...         ...         ...         b 

Tutors        6,  7 

The  College  Library       ...         ...         ...         ...         ^ 

General  Abridged  Prospectus  of  Classes           ...         ...         ...  9 

General  Method  of  Work 9 

Special  Advantages  offered  by  Univ.  Corr.  Coll.       ...         ...  9 

Matriculation  Examination        ...         ...  10,  11 

,,             ,,                   (Self-Preparation)            19 

Intermediate  Arta  Examination 12,13 

.,  .,  ,,  (Special  Arranffements  for 

Greek  and  French)         ...  13 

,,              ,,             ,,           'Extension}     ...          ..         ...  14 

„             ,,             ,,           (Honours)        14 

,,             ,,             ,,           (Self- Preparation)     ...         ...  19 

Bachelor  of  Arts  Examination 16,  17 

,,              ..              ,,             Extension)     ...         ...         ...  IS 

,,              ,,              ,,           (Honours)        ...         18 

,,              ,,             ,,           (Self-Preparation)    ...         ...  19 

Self- Preparation  Courses           ...         ...         ...  19 

Prizes  for  Honours          ...         ...         ...         ...         ...         ...  15 

Master  of  Arts  Examination  (Branches  I.,  II.,  III.,  IV.)    ...  20,  21 

Examinations  in  Science            ...         ...          ...         ...         ...  22 

Examinations  in  Medicine         ...         ...         ...          ...          ...  23 

Bachelor  of  Laws  Examinations            ...         ...         ...         ...  24 

Bachelor  of  Music  Examinations         24 

Scriptural  Examinations            ...         ...         ...         ...         ...  24 

Teachers'  Diploma          ...         ...         ...  24 

University  Instructions  to  Candidates...         ...         ...         ...  25 

Resident  Branch — Oral  Classes  and  Tuition  at  Cambridge  ...  26 

Evening  Classes  and  Laboratory  Practice  in  London            ...  27 

Announcements  of  Results         ...         ...         ...         ...         ...  29 

The  Tutorial  Series         30 

Absence  of  Failures        ...         ...         ...         ...          ..         ...  31 

Recent  Successes ...         ...                       ..  32 


A  Catalogue  of  books  in  the  Tutorial  Series,  including  over 
100  works  by  the  Tutors  of  University  Correspondence 
College,  for  London  University  Examinations,  will  be 
sent  on  application  to  Messrs.  W.  B.  Clive  &  Co.,  Book- 
sellers Row,  Strand,  W.C. 


miniversit^  Correspon^cnc€  College. 


Jan.  1890.  —  Latix. 

Greek. 
June,   1890.— Latix. 

Greek. 

Jan.    1891.  —  L  vtix. 
Greek. 

June,   1891.— Latin. 

Greek. 


(omitting 
Book  in. 


SPECIAL    SUBJECTS,    1890-91. 

Matricnlation. 

Ovid,   Metamorphoses.  Book  XI. 
221-26.5  and  30.3-.317)  :  Tristia, 
Euripides,  Hecuba. 
Cicero,  De  Amicitia  :   Pro  Balho. 
Xenophon,  Hellenics.  Book  II. 

Hora4;e,  Odes,  Books  I.  and  II. 

Aeschylus,  Persae. 

Livy,  Book  I. 

Xenophon,  Anabasis,  Book  III. 

Inter.  Arts,  1890. 
Latix.       Tiryil,  Georgics,  I..  II. ;  Livy,  Book  XXI. 
Gref.k.     Sophocles,  Antigone. 
English  (Pass).     History  of  England  and  of  English  Literature  from 

1660  to  1714:  Milton:  Paradise  Lost :   67iffwerr  .- Prologue, 

Knight's  Tale,  and  Second  Nun's  Tale  (Clarendon  Press)  ; 

JJryden  :  Essay  on  Dramatic  Poesy  :  Addison  :  Essays  on 

Milton,  in  the  Spectator. 

Inter.  Arts,  1891. 
Vergil,  Aeneid,  Books  IX.  and  X. ;  Tacitus,  Annals,  Book  I. 
Herodotus,  Book  VI. 
English  (Pass).  History  of  England  and  English  Literature  from 
148.5  to  1547  ;"  Chaucer  :  The  Tale  of  the  Man  of  Law,  and 
The  Pardoneres  Prologue  and  Tale  (Ed.  Skeat,  Clarendon 
Press) ;  Hkent :  S{)eciitions  of  English  Literature.  1394  to 
1-579,  xi.— XX.  (Clarendon  Press) :  ShaI.espcare :  Henry  VIII. 

B.A.,  1890. 

Cicero,  De  Oratore.  Book  II.  ;    Virgil,  iEneid,  Books  VII.  to 
X..  inclusive  :  Roman  Histor\-,  a.d.  14-96. 


Lattx. 
Greek 


L.\T1N. 

Greek 


Aristophanes,  PliitusJ  (Holden'.-;  or  some  other  expurgated 
text);  Thucydidcs,  Book  IV.:  Grecian  History,  b.c.  406-35S. 
English  (Pass).  History  of  English  Literature  from  162.5  to  1660; 
Shakespeare  :  Hamlet ;  Spenser  .-  The  Faery  Queeno ;  Dan 
Michel :  Ajenbite  of  Inwit  (Early  English'Tcxt  Society)  : 
Thorpe :  The  Anglo-Saxon  Chronicle.  Vol.  I.,  trom  800  to 
1001  a.d.  pag.'s  104  to  261)  :  Two  Texts  only  to  be  pre- 
pared, viz.,  C.C.C.C.  173,  and  Bodl.  Laud.  636;  Su-eei  : 
Anglo-Saxon  Primer. 

B.A.,  1891. 

Latin.      Ciciro,   De   Finibus,   Book  I.; 
History,  B.r.  31  to  a.d.  37. 

(•iiEEK.     Euripides,  Iphigenia  in  Tauris  ;    Plato,  Phaodo  : 
Sicily,  H.i  .  491  to  289. 

Kngiihh  M'assI.  History  of  English  Literature  from  1714  to  1744; 
'"^I'-irt  :  Anglo-Saxon  Primer;  Sirtut  :  Homilies ol -Elt'iio, 
]'\>.  1  -oil  (Claroudon  Press);  The  Sowdono  of  Biihvlono 
(Kd.  Hansknpcht,  Early  English  Text  Society)  ;  Addison  : 
'J  hi'  .Speolitor,  N(>.  ooG  to  the  end;  Pupi  :  Satires  and 
T      •• 


Terence,  Adelphi ;    Boman 
Hiator\-  of 


." 

^^ 

c 

n 

*r 

ro 

_S 

1 

^        o        ac 

3 

^'2 

•.-s 

CO 

2 

"5      '^      3 

5^1       -^      ij 

< 

S    0 

> 

C 

1-s 

CO  ■'^— 

^            ^^^ 

-       o       - 

0 
cs 

30 

0 
C9 
00 

d       i       « 

>. 

lilsl 

^^ 

B 

^      ^      ^ 

"3 

0 

c;  =  •f^  o 

>—,-*' 

■— .— 

CO  X  ^x 

Ci  ^  —   s  — 

cs 

00 

^  to"  '^  CO  ^' 

t^ 

0   S5 

0  CO         0 

J 

oc  00       0 

0 

0 

-H    rt             00 

So"-* 

„^^  >>i 

c*l 

2  ri  -H      0 

2   .   •     ?^ 

^     .   aj  *  o 

M-^ls^Sa; 

> 

*  ^  =i  g  "< 

j 

^'^.--S" 

0 

o 

^■:4~cr'"..o 

o 

'o 

k-f  ^    .  --1  M 

s 
3 

•J 

0 

a 

C)  —  5^  2 

t-- 

;?5  32.^-=»" 

oc     .  '^  CO 
:;  SS  °  ^  00'  2 

1 

5 

cL. 

00 

© 

s 

is 
9 

S  •-  :■-"  ?f  C  K" 

a? 
d 

3 

0 

p 
fco 

d 

in 

eS     1 

p 

2 

5  1  5  5  =  i 

5h^    :>'^    >:■<• 

3 
Ci 

5  ?  J--^  5  -3 

to 

J 

a   * 

?» 

rt 

'-3  "S 

. 

V 

s 

■^  ^   e  ~  t4  ^ 

03 

C    0 

b^ 

^ 

B 

«  s 

0 

Sc?-i^cc§* 

i. 

CB 

<s 

03 

©     0     — 

0 

—  0       —  0 

0 

0»           C5            C5 

C5 

a>  a       (S>  0 

CI 

^              »               « 

^ 

•    •.        «k    ^ 

•»  ^ 

' 

. 

To        r 

.* 

**    "          To 

^ 

e 

"^* 

--'-"      -t^  d 

3 

c 

-^  D       -^  ^ 

^ 

-^       -i       •-: 

-^ 

r^o    c^; 

i-s 

•^ 



^■'*— • 

s      ; 

2 

A  6 

•»-4 

sf      . 

:::j 

'^   «v*    1 

;=: 

3 

•2 

M 

•       ^'^^ 

_2 

_^                    ■<  'Tf     0 

'^  ^ 

23 

? 

^ 

•                    ^^ 

^    ^ 

u 

c 

** 

•~ 

—            «s 

— (  1— 1 

'-''-' 

-^ 

O  C5      -c 


[^ 


.2  > 

h  P 


S     ^ 


;  «■?: 


o  •^'  S  •=  « 


-  o 

s 
s 


>0 


SS    3 


S  ct?^^ 


,  i  ^ .  ■- 

^^  C   „.         --' 


—  =-■  «  -  -  ,■; 


^  -** 

-  X  ._  >-=  ■». 

2  c 

~^-~zt. 

V7 

-5?«^ 

M  1 

"  cT-^  -S  0 

.  0 

p.?  -  .r — 

tCOO 

'^  ■"  »^  *■*:  — 

3  00 

i-^'C     S  «v»    5 

-^-^ 

5  y5«2 

1    "^" 

£  £  ^  •_  0 

i^  •-' 

_  -z.  -  •£  a. 

c^     • 

~  ?i  >  —  :z> 

0 

c  &  ''  ~ 

>t  0 

-50 

-  =  ^'■55 

00    '^ 

'   75  fc-   — 

oT 

1?  =  !  = 

-  X  T      « 

S  "" 

■z:      -c  =J  V 

S  'u 

3  JS 

xa 

-    :,    y-  **"   D 

—  c^  ■-  0 

*  rt  =  i=  C 

:  s5-=fe 

H    -W^^ 

IHnivereit^  (Torresponbence  College» 


TUTORS. 

A.  J.  Wtatt,  Esq.,  M.A.  Lond.,  First  of  his  year  in  Branch  FN'. 

(English  and  French),  Teachers'  Diploma,  Early  English  Text 
Society's  Prizeman.  Author  of  Notes  on  the  Shepherd's  Ca/endei; 
Notes  ou  Brijdeti'ii  £ssay  on  Dramatic  Poesy,  Note>>  on  Addisonx 
Essays  on  Milton,  a  Translation  of  Savelok  the  Dane,  A^enbiie  of 
Inicit,  etc. 

B.  J.  Hayes,  Esq.,  M.A.  Lond.,   First  in  First  Class   Honours  in 

Classics  both  at  Inter,  and  B.A.,  Gold  Medallist  in  Classics  at 
M.A.  ;  Editor  of  Horner^ s  Iliad  VI.  ;  Author  of  Matric.  Latin,  a 
Translation  of  Xenophon'' s  Oeconomicus,  etc. 

G.  H.  Bkyax,  Esq.,  B.A.,  Fifth  Wrangler,  First  Class,  First  Di\'ision 
in  Part  II.,  Smith's  Prizeman,  formerly  Scholar  of  St.  Peter's 
College,  Cambridge,  Fellow  of  the  Camb.  Phil.  Soc.  :  Author 
of  B.jI.  Mathematics,  Coordinate  Geometry. 

Mons.  L.  J.  Lhl-issier,  B.A.  Lond.,  First  in  Honours  both  at 
Inter,  and  Final ;  B.  es  Sc.  and  B.  es  L.  Paris ;  also  of  Stuttgart 
and  Strasburg  Universities. 

J.  Weltox,  Esq..  M.A.  Lond.,  First  of  his  year  in  Mental  and  Moral 
Science,  bracketed  equal  as  First  of  the  B.A.'s  at  Degi'ee  Exam., 
Honours  in  French  at  B.A.  and  -ith  of  27  in  English  Honours  at 
Inter. 

E.  W.  Stewakt,  Esq.,  B.Sc.  Lond.,  First  in  First  Class  Honours  in 
Chemistry  at  Intermediate  Science,  and  First  in  First  Class 
Honours  in  I'hysics  at  B.Sc. ;  Author  of  A  Text-Book  of  Heat  and 
Light. 

H.  M.  Fernando,  Esq.,  M.B.,  B.Sc.  Lond.,  Second  in  First  Class 
Honours  Zoology,  and  Third  in  Honours  Botany  at  Inter.  Sc 
and  Prel.  Sci.,  First  Class  Honours  (deserving  of  Scholarship)  in 
Physiology  at  B.Sc. ;  Gold  Medal  in  Physiology-,  and  First  Class 
Honours  in  Chemistry  at  Int.  M.B. ;  Two  Gold  Medals  and  First 
Class  Honours  at  M.B. 

"W.  F.  Masom,  Esq.,  B.A.  Lond.,  First  Class  Honours  (Classics)  at 
B.A.,  Frencli  and  English  Honours  at  Inter.  Arts,  Second  iu 
Honours  at  ilatric.  University  Exhibitioner  ;  Editor  of  Homer' t 
Odyssey,  XVII.,  and  Milton's  Sonnets  ;  Author  of  a  Tianslation  of 
The  Epistles  of  Horace  ;  Synopses  of  Roman  and  Grecian  History. 

H.  J.  Maiument,  Esq.,  B.A.  Oxon.  and  Lond..  First  Class  Honours. 

W.  H.  Thomas,  Esq.,  B.Sc.  Lond.,  First  in  First  Class  Honours  in 
Chemistry. 

J.  H.  PiHH,  Esq.,  B.Sc.  Lond.,  Double  Honours,  Mathematics  and 
Physics. 

W.  U.  Low,  E.s(i..  ]\[.A.  Lond.  (German  and  English'  ;  Editor  of 
Hamlet,  Author  ol  A  History  of  EnyU^h  Liltiuture,  A  Translation 
of  the  Saxun  Chronicle,  etc. 

All  tlie  above  Tutors  are  on  the  regtilar  staff  of  University  Cor- 
respondence Colleg'e,  and  engage  in  no  other  tutorial  work. 


IHniversit^  Correspondence  College. 


TUT  O  KS — continued. 

The  ichole  staj^'  cuiiaisfsof  40  Tuiurs,  icho  amouij   them  took  23  first 
places  at  London  Unicersity  esaminatiuns. 

F.  Kyland,  Esq.,  M. A.,  Second  in  First  Class  Honours  (Mental  and 

Moral  Science,  &c.);  Examiner  for  the  Moral  Sciences  Tripos, 
Cambridge  ;    Author  of  a  Manual  of  Fsychology  and  Ethics  for 
Lond.  B.A.  and  M.Hc,  &c. 
KoBERT  Bkyant,  Esq.,  U.Sc.  Lond.,  B.A.  Lond.,  Assistant  Examiner 
in  Mathematics  at  London  University. 

G.  F.  H.  Sykes,   Esq.,  B.A.   Lond.,   Classical   Honours,  Assistant 

Examiner  in  Classics  at  Lond.  Univ. ;  Author  of  a  Translation  of 
Thitojdides  IV. 

E.  M.  Jones,  Esq.,  B.A.,  Mathematical  Honours. 

F.  P.  Shipham,  Esq.,  M.A.  Lond.  (in  Classics),  Honours  in  Classics 

at  Later,  and  B.A.  ;   Author  of  a  Translation  of  Virgil's  Geurgics. 
Heinrich  Baumanx,  Esq.,  M.A.  Lond.,  First  in  First  Class  Honours 

at  Inter,  and  Final  B.A.  both  in  French  and  German  ;    Author 

of  Londinismen — Slang  und  Cant. 
"W.  H.  Evans,  Esq.,  B.Sc,  M.D.  Lond.,  First  Class  Honours  at  M.B. 
Saml'el  EiDEAL,  Esq.,  D.Sc.  (Chemistry),  Gold  Medallist;  Assistant 

Examiner  to  the  Science  and  Art  Department. 
J.  W.  Evans,  Esq.,  B.Sc,  LL.B.  Lond.,  First  in  First  Class  Hons. 
A.  A.  Ihwix  Nesbitt,  Esq.,  M.A.,  Classical  Honours,  late  Professor 

M.  A.  0.  College,  Aligarh,   India  ;    Author  of  A  Translation  of 

VirgiVs  Aeneid. 
C.  H.  DiiAVER,  Esq.,  D.Sc,  B.A.,  Teachers'  Diploma. 
S.  Moses,  E.sq.,  M.A.  O.xon.,  B.A.  Lond.,  First  Class  Honoiurs London 

and  Oxford  (Double),  Exhibitioner  in  Latin  at  Inter.  Arts,  First  in 

Honours  at  Matriculation  ;  Editor  of  Cicero  I)e  Amicitia  and  Fru 

Balbo. 
C.   G.  Lamb,  Esq.,  B.Sc,  Honours  in  Physics  both  at  Inter,  and 

Final ;  Neil  Amott  Medallist ;  Exhibitioner  at  Matriculation. 

G.  W.  Blanchflowek,  Esq.,  B.A.  Lond.,  Double  Honours,  Classics 

and  English. 

A.  H.  Walker,  Esq.,  D.Mus.  (Lond.,  one  of  two  only),  10th  in 
Honours  at  ilatriculation,  and  Honours  in  Classical  Tripos, 
Cambridge. 

A.  H.  ALLCRoi'T,  Esq..  B.A.  Oxon.,  First  Class  Classical  Honours  at 
Moderations  and  Fiual  Classical  Exam.;  Editor  of  Zt*'// XI/. , 
Sophoclen''  Antigone,  Sec. 

Q.  W.  Hill,  Esq.,  B.Sc.  (Hons.),  M.B.  (Hons.). 

H.  E.  JvsT,  Esq.,  B.A.  Loud.,  Double  Honours  in  French  and  Ger- 
man (Ist  Class),  First  in  First  Class  Honour's  at  Inter. 

7 


■^nivec^it^  Correspondence  dolle^e. 


THE    COLLEGE    LIBRARY. 

AH  the  required  text-books  may  be  borrowed  from  the  College 
Library,  and  retaiued  till  after  the  Examination,  at  a  charge  equal  to 
one-fourth  of  the  price  of  the  book.  Books  i  except  editions  of  Pre- 
scribed Authors)  are  added  to  the  Library  as  required. 

Books  in  the  Tutorial  Series 

Are  lent  free  of  charge  in  subjects  -which  the  student  prepares 
with  the  College,  or  he  may  obtain  permanent  possession  of  them  by 
paying  to  tlie  Librarian  half  the  published  price.  This  does  not  apply 
to  the  Directory  with  Solutions  published  after  each  Examniation, 
or  to  editions  of  the  prescribed  Authors,  or  to  Translations. 


The  College  Booksellers  are 

Messrs.  W.  B.  Clive  A:  Co.,  Booksellers  Row,  Strand,  W.C., 
who  also  supply  the  Regulation  Exercise  Books,  which  are  made  of 
a  good  tough  paper,  and  light  enough  to  go  through  the  post  tor  ^d. 


POSTAGES. 


Postages  are  paid  on  all  communications  to  the  student,  so  that  the 
<nly  expense  he  incurs  is  in  sending,  at  book  post  rate,  his  answers 
to  the  tutors,  and  in  returning  papers  to  the  Forwarding  Office. 


FEES. 

Fees  are  payable  in  advance,  but  arrangements  can  be  made  to  suit 
a  student's  convenience  if  necessary.  The  chjuges  are  strictly 
inclusive. 

PcstiDonenient  of  Exam. — Xo  fees  can  in  any  case  be  returned  ; 

but,  wii'  le  it  >tudeui  nnUs  It  impossible  to  go  up  for  the  examination 
he  intended,  the  full  fee  will  be  allowed  to  stand  to  his  credit  for 
preparation  for  a  later  date  ;  the  only  additional  payment,  beyond  a 
small  registration  fee,  being  a  reduced  charge  for  jmpers  previously 
answered  on  the  Special  Authors  and  Periods,  due  after  work  is 
resumed.  * 

Students  falling  into  arrears  with  work  can  be  transferred  from  the 
>ection  of  the  Classes  with  which  they  commenced  to  one  which 
started  later  for  the  same  Examination  for  a  Registration  fee  of 
•Js.  6d. 


lanipcrsit^  CovlXfppn^cncc  Cojile^c. 


SPi:CIAI.I.Y  PS£PAK£D  COUBSES  OF  I<£SSONS 

AUV.  OIVEX  FOR  THK 

exa:mixattons  of   the 
UNIVERSITY    OF   LONDON 

In  Arts,  Science,  Medicine,  Laws,  and  ^lusic  :  they  embrace  all  that 
is  requisite  for  success,  yet  entirely  relieve  students  from  siiperfluous 
vrork,  the  specialities  of  the  Examination  being  always  kept  in  view. 
These  Correspondence  Classes  furnish  an  amount  of  aid  to  each  pupil  for 
which  the  fees  charged  would  be  totally  inadeiiuate,  but  for  the  large 
■number  requiring  the  same  preparation.  They,  however,  ensvire  him 
all  the  benefits  of  indin'dual  tuition,  the  inffivi'hm!  interests  of  eavi. 
pupil  being  studied,  and  general  arrangements  modified  to  suit  par- 
ticular cases  wherever  practicable.  On  account  of  the  large  number 
of  our  students  we  can  afford  to  give  such  very  full  solutions  (with 
hints)  as  will  cover  aU  general  difiBculties,  and  so  the  tutor  can  de- 
vote his  whole  time  economically  to  correcting  the  individual  weak- 
nesses of  a  candidate.  Correspondence  students  have  one  great  ad- 
vantage over  oral  students ;  in  their  case  all  explanations,  solutions, 
and  remarks  are  committed  to  writing,  and  can  be  studied  at  length 
for  present  purposes,  and  retained  for  future  reference. 

The  instruction  is  not  given  simply  by  Papers  of  Questions  (although 
the  papers  of  the  last  fifteen  Examinations  in  each  subject  have  been 
carefully  anah-sed,  the  questions  classified,  and,  where  the  present 
requirements  are  the  same,  given  to  the  student  to  answer),  but  as  set 
out  in  the  General  ^Method  of  Work  below.  Not  only  is  the  pupil  led  tc 
acquire  the  requisite  information,  but  he  is  practised  in  the  best  way  of 
Bhowing  it  to  advantage  in  Examination. 

General  Method  of  Work. 

EJach  week  the  pupil  receives  a  Scheme  of  Study,  which  consists  of 
Selections  from  Text-books,  Distinction  of  Important  Points  upon 
which  stress  is  laid  in  his  Examination,  Hints,  Notes  on  difficult  and 
falient  portions,  &c.,  and  Illustrative  Examples  with  selected  Text- 
book Exercises  in  Mathematical  Subjects.  After  the  first  week,  along 
with  these,  a  Test  Paper  (compiled  from  pre^-ious  Examination  Papers) 
is  given  on  the  work  of  the  preceding  week,  the  answers  to  which  should 
be  poefted  to  the  Tutor  by  a  day  arranged.  These  are  then  examined 
and  returned  with  corrections,  hints,  and  model  answers  in  each  sub- 
ject, and  solutions  of  all  difficulties. 

Special  Advantag'es. 
JT^^AVy communications.  Long  Courses.  Fees  as  low  as  compatible 
with  efficiency.  Double  the  number  of  lessons  usually  given,  with- 
out increased  fee.  Full  Notes  to  each  lesson.  Model  Answers  to 
each  Test  Paper,  for  revision  just  before  the  Exam.  Tutors  who  are 
specialists  devoting  the  whole  of  their  time  to  the  work  of  Univ. 
Corr.  Coll. 

9 


Tnniversiti?  CorresponDence  College. 

MATRICULATION    EXAMINATION. 

At  the  June  Exoni.,  1889,  78  r.C.C.  stKdents passed. 

Preliminary  Courses. 

Students  are  not  admitted  to  the  Systematic  Couarses  (Ordinary  and 
Special)  unless  they  possess,  at  leasts 

In  Languages — a  knowledge  of  Accidence,  up  to  and  including  the 
Regular  Verb  ;  in  Mathematics — Euclid,  Books  I.  and  II.  ;  Algebra, 
First  Four  Rules  ;  Arithmetic,  a  fair  aU-round  knowledge  ;  in  Eng- 
lish— a  good  grounding. 

A  student  must  be  well  up  in  this  minimum  Course,  unless  at  some 
time  or  other  he  has  worked  beyond  it ;  four  or  five  hours  study  a  day 
is  then  generally  necessary  to  prepare  successfully  for  Matriculation 
within  a  year. 

These  Preliminary  Courses  may  be  commenced  at  any  time,  as  stu- 
dents are  worked  quite  individually  in  them,  and  can  be  taken  as 
quickly  or  slowly  as  desired.  As  the  Ordinary  Course  is  designed 
to  extend  over  not  more  than  a  year,  students  who  are  weak  in  a  sub- 
ject should  go  through  a  Preliminary  Course. 

Fee,  per  Course  of  twelve  Lessons,  in  any  subject...  One  Guinea. 

A  student  who  is  very  weak  all  round,  may  take  eighteen  lessons  in 
each  of  four  subjects,  introductory  to  the  Ordinary  Course ,  for  a  fee  of 
Four  Guineas.  In  Mechanics  and  Experimental  Science,  Preliminary 
Courses  are  not  considered  necessary,  though  very  desirablo  (especially 
in  the  former),  the  only  essential  preparation  for  Mechauics  being  a 
good  acquaintance  with  Matriculation  Mathematics. 

The  Ordinary  Course. 

A  student  who  is  well  qualified  in  most  parts  to  begin  the  Ordinary 
Course,  but  wishes  to  revise  or  prepare  some  part  privately  before 
commencing  systematic  wuik,  may  send  in  his  Form  of  Entry  in 
advance,  and  be  advised  what  to  do  in  the  interim  without  additional  feel 

.\ny  single  ."subject     ... 

For  each  additional  Subject... 

Composition  Fee  for  a// Subjects 

An  Ordinary-  Course  consists  of  eighteen  lessons  (or  sets  of  leflsons) 
in  each  subject,  in  addition  to  Author  Papers.  If  all  subjects  are  being 
taken,  it  is  generally  best  to  .study  half  one  week  and  the  remainder  the 
next,  distributing  the  work  over  about  a  yejir.  reckoning  vacations. 

As  the  number  of  Miitricnlation  studoiits  is  now  so  lai-ge,  a  class  is 
started  on  the  first  Satiirdiiys  of  ev^ry  ui>>nlh  frum  .Fiuiuary  to  July 
(inclusive),  and  the  last  in  August,  Sot'toinlif^r,  October,  and  November. 
Students  joining  just  bnt'ore  VacHtious  may  work  up  l^uk  lussons  and 
so  fall  into  an  oar  ier  suction  of  their  ciass.  Intending  studenui 
should,  if  possible,  jjin  a  fortnight  before  the  date  of  coniineuceiuont. 
10 


£1 

11 

6 

1 

1 

0 

6 

6 

0 

innlvcreit^  (rorrc6pon^cuce  College. 


MATRICULATION  EXAMINATION. 

At  the  J ine  Examination,  1888,  26  st'td^-nts  parsed,  and  in  Jan.,  1889, 
33    /->'rs><7/. 

Special,    Honours,    and    Extension    Courses. 

For  the  benefit  of  those  who  have  failed  in  one  Examination,  and 
wish  to  proceed  to  the  next,  or  for  those  who  can  devote  all  their  time 
to  study,  there  is  a 

Special  Course, 
for  each  January  Examination,  beginning  the  last  week  in  August, 
and  for  each  June  Examination  the  first  •week  in  January  or  February. 
Students  joining  late  receive  the  full  number  of  papers  distributed 
uniformly  over  the  time  to  their  examination. 

No  one  should  join  this  course,  however,  who  has  any  subject  to 
'earn  from  the  beginning — except,  perhaps.  Mechanics,  or  Experi- 
mental Science,  in  which  case  his  other  work  should  be  good  all  round, 
and  Mathematics  especially  strong. 

£   s.     d. 

One  Subject 1   II     6 

For  each  additional  Subject...         ...         ...         ...     1     1     0 

Composition  Fee  (for  a// Subjects)  ...         5  lo     6 

The  Honours  Course. 

For  students  who  have  been  through  the  whole  of  the  work  and  have 
either  failed  to  pass  the  Examination  in  one  or  two  subjects  only,  or 
who  have  deferred  going  up  in  order  to  make  sure  of  a  good  place  at 
:he  next  Examination,  an  Honours  Course  is  provided. 

Fee  for  the  whole  Course  in  all  Subjects     £3  13   6 

In  this,  single  subjects  cannot  be  taken,  but  part  may  be  worked 
in  the  Extension  Course  (see  below). 

This  Course  may  be  commenced  not  earlier  than  the  last  week  in 
August  for  the  January  Examination  and  the  first  week  in  February 
ior  the  June  Examination. 

There  are  nine  double  lessons,  each  followed  by  a  test  paper,  in 
addition  to  Author  Papers.  The  Honours  Course  is  intended  for 
ihose  who  are  on  the  whole  decidedly  strong. 

Tlxe  Hztension  Course 

is  intended  for  students  who  are  not  prepared  to  take  the  Hoaoura 
Course,  but  who,  after  having  worked  over  the  ground  required,  feel 
that  they  cannot  enter  lor  examination  with  a  fair  prospect  of  success. 

Fee,  date  of  starting,  and  armng^ment  of  Course  the  same  as  for 
the  Honours   Course  ;  notes  and  hints  preceding  each  test  paper. 

For  Matriculation  Self-preparation  Courses,  see  page  1 9 . 

11 


■Univer^itv^  Colre6pon^ciKC  College. 

INTERMEDIATE   ARTS    EXAMINATION. 

{At  Inter.  Art.^,  ISSi^),   ^1  students paised.) 
Ordinary  Course. 

Before  beginning  tho  (Jidmary  Course  for  Intermediate  Arts  in 
any  subject,  the  student  is  assumed  to  possess  a  knowledge  of  it  up 
to  Matriculation  standard.  As  Greek  and  French  are  alternative  at 
Matriculation,  courses  have  been  arranged  for  students  in  the  sub- 
ject not  taken  up  at  [Matriculation,  assuming  only  the  knowledge 
required  on  admittance  to  the  ordinary  Matriculation  Course  (seep.  K' 
of  Prospectus,  under  Preliminary  Courses).  A  new  class  is  formed 
on  the  first  Saturdaj-s  of  September,  October,  November,  and  Decem- 
ber. Those  joining  early  have  the  special  advantage  of  frequent  short 
revisions. 

Fees. 
(Strictly  inclusive,  and  payable  as  arranged  on  joining.) 

£    s.    d. 

Mathematics*  or  Latin        2  12     6 

Greek,  French,  or  English  ...         ...         ...  ...  ...     2     2     < 

Greek,  Longer  Course,  not  as.suming  Matric.  Standard  ...     o     ■ 

Composition  fee  at  a  reduction  for  three  or  more  subjects. 
All  Subjects  for  Intermediate  Arts  Pass  ...         ...         ...     'j     9     u 

With  Longer  Greek  Course...         ...         ...         ...         ...     919     6 

A  single  Pass  Course  consists  of  not  less  than  thirty  Lessons.  The 
advantage  of  this  over  shorter  courses  is  obvious.  The  pupil  sustains 
an  interest  in  his  work  more  readily,  and  gains  confidence  from  the 
knowledge  that  the  proper  amount  of  attention  is  being  given  to  each 
part,  and  that  all  will  be  gone  over  and  recapitulated  in  good  time  for 
the  Examination. 

Two  Years'  Course  for  Inter.  Arts. 

Although  we  do  not  recommend  the  average  student  to  take  two 
years  in  preparation  for  Inter.  Arts,  still  there  are  some  studentfc 
whoso  time  is  so  verj-  limited  that  it  is  impossible  to  prepare  in  one 
year.  We  have,  therefore,  made  arrangements  for  students  to  dis- 
tribute their  work  over  moi-e  than  a  year.  We  prefer  them  to  begin 
the  last  week  in  cither  September,  January,  or  April,  on  which  latter 
date  we  strongly  recommend  those  who  have  recently  matriculated  to 
commence  work.  The  fee  for  studt•Tlt^^  joining  in  tht  Michaelmai- 
Term  is  increased  by  one  guinea,  and  for  those  beginning  in  the  Lent 
Term  by  half-a-guinea,  to  compensate  for  the  extra  postage  and  thi 
long"'!'  time  tlic  pai)ers  are  in  use.  In  order  to  encourage  January 
Matriculants  to  avoid  rusting,  and  to  work  up  during  the  term  the 
language  not  taken  at  Matriculation,  no  extra  fee  is  made  for  students 
commencing  after  Easter. 

•  No  f  fTort  liHs  \)coii  sjiiired  to  make  ttio  Jlntbematics  Course  ii  snroess  :  it  is 
cart'fiill.v  (craduateiJ,  «ud  >iiiionths  the  diniriiltio.s  of  the  siil>j<H't ;  ■  tyjie  of 
ever.v  K.\iiiiMiiuti(in  c|iu!.stiui>is  t»»lvi-d,  aud  in  Cotiuvsai\  Illu.stniiivo  KxHtuple  i.s 
iiitrodiu'i'd  iiftrr  iienrl.v  cverj  imraitrapli  in  tlic  ti  xt-iniok.  The  Full  Course 
roii-Hist'<  of  thirty  Lessons  in  TriMTonouictry,  thirty  in  .\l)tebni,  tliirty  in  Geometry, 
'wenty  in  Conico,  ten  in  Arithmetic,  and  enoli  Lesson  is  followed  by  a  set  of 
\iest  ions. 

.      12 


innivcr^it^  (^orre6pon^ence  College. 

INTERMEDIATE  ARTS  EXAMINATION. 

Special  Courses. 

For  the  sake  of  students  who  are  nnatjle  to  join  early,  as  well  as  for 
Matriculation   Honounnen,    .Special   Courses,   which   consist   of   the 
same  lessons  as  the  Ordinary  Courses  without  Revision  Lessons,  may 
he  commenced  at  any  time  after  Christmas.  £    s.    d. 

Mathematics  or  Latin  ...         ...         ...         ...         ...     2     2     0 

Greek,  English,*  or  French 1   11     6 

Composition  fee  at  a  reduction  for  three  or  more  subjects. 

All  Subjects 7     7     0 

Short  Courses, 
Consisting  of  about  twelve  Lessons,  and  completely  covering 
the  ground  required  in  —  (I)  Analytical  Geometry,  (2)  Latin 
Grammar,  3)  Roman  History,  (4)  Latin  Authors,  (5)  Greek  Grammar, 
(6)  Greek  Author,  (7)  French,  (8)  Early  English*,  (9)  Latin  Prose, 
are  worked  from  the  first  .Saturday  in  April  or,  by  special  arrange- 
ment, any  time  before  the  Exam.,  at  a  fee  of  one  guinea  each,  three 
subjects  £2.  128.  6d.  These  Short  Courses  are  intended  (1)  for  those 
who  do  not  wish  to  have  complete  preparation  in  all  the  branches  of  a 
subject,  (2)  for  those  who  cannot  join  till  late,  3)  to  serve  as  a  Reca- 
pitulation. With  the  exception  of  Latin  Prose,  thej-  are  included  in 
the  Special  and  Ordinary  Courses.  iStudents  wishing  to  join  for  them 
before  the  time  stated,  ma}-  in  some  cases  do  so. 

Special  Arrangements  for  Greek  and  French. 

As  both  these  suljji  >.ts  are  rt-ipiireJat  Intir.,  and  only  one  at  Matric, 
alternative  Intermediate  Coui-ses  have  been  airanged,  one  of  which 
assumes  only  a  knowledge  up  to  the  regular  verb.  .Students  who 
have  not  this  elementary  knowledge  in  the  second  language  may 
either  take  a  Preliminary  Course  ia  it  (separately,  at  a  fee  of  one 
guinea,  or  together  with  the  longer  Inter.  Course,  tor  £3.  13,v.  (jd.)  ;  or 
if  he  is  desirous  of  acquiring  this  preliminary  knowledge  without 
systematic  tuition,  on  receipt  of  his  Form  of  Entry  in  advance  for  the 
Ordinan,-  Intermediate  Course,  advice  as  to  the  best  books  and  course 
of  private  study  will  be  given  at  the  outset,  and  occasional  aid  ren- 
dered, without  a  .«pecial  fee. 

.January  Matriculants  are  strongly  advised  to  work  up  as  soon  as 
possible  the  language  not  taken  at  Matric.  to  the  standard  which 
they  must  attain  before  joining  the  Inter.  Arts  Classes  :  and  to  com- 
mence systematic  work  for  the  next  Examination  by  Easter  if  pos- 
sible. Thus,  by  paying  due  attention  to  all  subjects,  they  will  bo 
making  steidy  and  satisfactory  progress. 

•Students  who  pass  in  June  may,  by  concentrating  their  energies 
on  the  second  language,  get  through  the  preliminary  work  required 
in  time  to  join  the  September  section  of  the  Inter.  Arts  Class. 
Arrangements  are  made  for  .Students  to  work  the  Pjcliminary  Courics 
without  interruption  during  the  summer  vacation. 
Self-Freparation  Courses. 

The  Ordinarj",  Special,  and  .Short  Courses  for  Inter,  .^.rts  may  be 
taken  by  Self- Preparation  :  for  particulars,  nee  page  19  of  Pronpectiu. 
Honours  Courses.  [See  paf^e  14  of  Froxpectus.) 
*  Whnii  Early  English  extracts  are  set,  a  full  translation  is  providwi. 


Illniverait^  dorresponbence  CoUcgc. 


INTERMEDIATE    ARTS    EXAMINATION. 

Extension  Course. 

For  students  who  have  heen  through  the  whole  of  the  work  and 
have  either  tailed  to  pass  the  Examination  in  one  or  two  subjects 
only,  or  have  deferred  going  up  in  order  to  make  sure  of  a  First 
Division  or  of  Honours  in  some  subject  at  the  next  Examination,  an 
Extension  Course  has  been  prepared  in  the  Pass  Subjects. 

Fee  for  the  whole  Course  in  all  subjects       ...         ...         ...     £6.  6s. 

Students  who  have  previously  taken  up  Courses  in  three  or  more 
Intermediate  Arts  subjects  will  be  admitted  to  this  Couiae  at  the 
reduced  fee  of        ...         ...         ...         ...         ...         ...         ...     £5.  5s. 

The  Extension  Course  cannot  be  worked  by  Self-Preparation,  nor 
can  single  subjects  be  taken.  There  are  fifteen  double  lessons,  each 
followed  by  a  test  paper  ;  in  Latin  and  Greek  there  are  also  Author 
papers.     The  whole  ground  of  the  Examination  is  thus  covered. 

The  Course  may  be  commenced  any  time  after  January. 

Inter.  Arts  Honours. 

(/*(  July,  1889,  eleven   stadctUn  took   Honours,  tun  iv it li  first  placei,  and 
one  uith  a  second  place.) 

In  Mathematics  a  student  cannot  profitably  enter  upon  the  Honours 
Course  without  a  previous  knowledge  equal  to  that  required  for  the 
B.A.  Pass  Pure  Examination.  In  Latin  and  French  a  knowledge  up 
to  the  Inter.  Arts  Pass  standard  at  least  is  necessary. 

In  Mathematics  and  Latin  the  Honours  Courses  consist  of  thirty 
Lessons,  to  each  of  which,  as  the  requirements  are  so  wide,  there  are 
several  parts;  to  render  the  step  to  B.A.  Honours  as  gentle  as 
possible,  these  Courses  have  been  made  very  full,  and  the  greatest 
care  bestowed  upon  them. 

Fee  for  each  Course        ...         ...         £6.  6s. 

Students  are  allowed  to  take  two  years  over  the  Honours  Coursee 
ia  Mathematics  and  Latin  without  extra  fee. 

In  French  either  fifteen  or  thirtj'  Lessons  may  be  taken. 

Fee  for  the  shorter  Course  (Thirty  Papers)      ...      £3     3     0 
For  the  longer  Course  (Forty-tive  Papers)        ...         4  14     6 

In  English  there  are  30  Lessons  covering  all  required  for  Honours, 
including  the  Pass  subjects,   fee  £o.  3s. 

Fifteen  Ltssons  may  bo  taken  ou  the  Honours  subjects  not  re(|uircd 
for  Pass,  at  a  fee  of  £2.  28. 

A  coiiy  of  the  English  Uououis  List  fur  IbS'J  will  be  seut  on 
application. 


laniverstt^  Corre6pon^encc  College. 


FRIZES    FOR    HONOURS. 


AT  EACH  MATBICULATIpy  EXAMINATION 

Two  Open  Prizes  of  Two  Guineas  each — one  in  money,  the  other  in 
books — are  awarded,  on  the  conditions  specified  on  the  ^Oth  page  of 
the  Prospectus,  to  the  Private  Students  who  take  the  two  highest 
places  at  the  Examination. 

Also  to  that  student  of  TTniv.  Corr.  Coll.  who  takes  the  best  posi- 
tion in  the  Honours  Division 

A    STUDENTSEIF 

OF 

TEN    AND    A    HALF    GUINEAS 

will  be  awarded  ;  and  Book  Prizes  of  Two  Guineas  each  presented  to 
all  who  take  Honours,  and  admission  to  the  Full  Intermediate  Course 
allowed  at  a  reduced  fee. 

If  the  winner  heads  the  Matriculation  List,  an  additional  Money 
Prize  of 

TWENTY    GUINEAS 

will  be  griven,  or  Ten  Guineas  if  in  the  first  three,  or  Pive  Guineas 
if  in  the  first  six  places. 

AT  INTER.  ARTS  AND  B.A. 
A    PSIZE    OF    £10 

is  awarded  to  the  Pupil  who  stands  highest  in  Honour? 

in  each  Subject 
if  he  obtains  a  First  Class ;  or  £o  if  he  obtains  a  Second. 

All  who  itand  well  in  Honours  at  Matriculation,  and  have  a  taste  for 
Etiglish,  and  time  to  devote  to  it,  should  take  Honours  in  this  subject  at 
Inttir.  ;  the  Honours  standard  is  not  so  far  removed  from  that  of  the  Fcui 
at  in  other  subjects.  There  is  little  competition,  as  in  other  subject», 
with  students  of  the  older  universities,  and  the  possession  of  Honours  in 
English  is  of  great  value  to  a  schoolmaster .  To  encourage  candidates,  the 
fee  has  been  fixed  venj  low  for  this  .subject.  Student.-,  mitt/  enter  for 
Honours  Courne.i  at  any  time. 


Ilnivcr^it^  Corrc6pon^cnce  College. 


BACHELOR    OF    ARTS     EXAMINATION. 

{In   1888    Thirty -three    Univ.   Corr.    Coll.    Students  passed.) 

The  General  Method  of  Work  is  pursued  for  this  Exctmiuation,  Spe- 
■cial  Papers  for  the  prescribed  Authors  and  Special  Periods  being  pro- 
vided. The  Test  Papers  are  compiled  exclusively  from  questions  set  at 
previous  Exarainatious,  except  when  the  present  regulations  have  not 
been  sufficiently  long  in  force  to  admit  of  this,  or  -when  solutions  are 
sasily  obtainable  {e.g.,  from  our  "  B.A.  ilathematics").  In  such 
>ases  questions  of  the  same  type  have  been  introduced. 

Ordinary  Course. — An  Ordinary  Course  in  any  subject  embraces 
Thirty  Lessons.  In  Latin  and  Greek  each  of  these  consists  of  three 
parts :  the  first  part  covering  the  Grammar  and  General  History ; 
the  second  and  third  dealing  alternately  with  either  (A)  Unseen 
Translation  I'now  one  of  the  most  difficult  and  important  subjects  at 
B.A.)  and  (C)  Composition  (in  Latin  only),  or  (B;  Special  Period  of 
History  and  (D)  Prescribed  Authors.  There  is  a  great  advan- 
tage in  detailed  courses  like  these,  with  full  Xotes  and  Hints  to 
every  lesson,  over  a  series  of  Test  Pajjers  whose  main  purpose  is  to 
correct  a  student's  errors  rather  than  show  him  in  advance  how  to 
avoid  them  : — by  help  of  the  easy  graduation  a  greater  interest  is  sus- 
tained in  the  work,  the  specialities  of  the  Examination  are  brought 
out  in  stronger  relief,  time  is  economised,  and  confidence  gained  from 
the  knowledge  that  the  proper  amount  of  attention  is  being  given  to 
each  part,  and  progress  more  surely  counted.  £     s.    d. 

Fees. — Full  Preparation  for  the  Examination         ...   12  12     0 

Any  single  Subject      313     6 

Additional  for  second  and  third  Subjects,  each     3     3     0 

The  best  time  to  commence  the  Ordinary  Course  is  at  the  beginniiig 
of  the  September  in  the  year  in  which  Inter.  Arts  has  been  passed ; 
but,  as  this  is  inconvenient  for  many  students,  there  are  classes  com- 
mencing in  the  second  weeks  of  October,  November,  and  December ; 
arrangements  can  also  be  made  to  suit  each  applicant. 

The  lessons  are  distributed  over  the  whole  session  from  the  time  of 
joining,  short  recesses  being  provided  for  revision.  Students  joining 
late  are  worked  through  the  vacations  if  they  desire  it. 

Special  Course. — In  this  Coui-se,  the  Lessons  and  -•Vuthor  Papers 
are  the  same  as  in  the  Ordinary  Course,  but  the  Revision  Papers  are 
omitted,  the  number  being  thus  reduced  to  twenty-four.  It  is,  there- 
fore, spi'cially  convenient  for  those  wi\.)  have  previously  failed  at  the 
Examination,  or  who  are  unable  to  begin  early  in  the  scs.sion ;  the 
former  should,  if  possible,  commence  within  a  w,  ek  of  the  publica- 
tion of  th«'  Pass  List.  Classes  also  begin  in  the  third  week  of  February, 
March,  and  April ;  but  arrangements  can  be  made  for  individual  ca.ies 
'M  in  the  Ordinary  Course.  £    «.    d. 

^     Febs.— Full  Preparation  for  the  Examination         ...   10  10     0 

Any  single  Subject        3     3     0 

Additional  for  second  and  third  Subjects,  each     "2  12     6 

For  Self-Preparation  Courses,  see  page  19  of  Pro.<<p<>ctus. 


inntvcreit^  (Iorcc0pon^cnce  CoilCQC. 


BACHELOS  OF  AB,TS  EXAMINATION. 

{In  1888,  exchuiitxj  U.C.C.  tdc.U'nts,  fc.'«  t/ian  -iO  per  cent.,  of  those  who 
iiitcrtd,  paist'd.) 
The  Two  Years'  Course  is  desia^ied  for  those  students  whose  time 
is  so  limited  that  it  is  impossible  for  them  to  prepare  in  one  year,  but 
we  would  here  warn  candidates  for  the  degree  that  to  rust  between 
Inter.  Art-s  and  B.A.  is  moat  dangerous  ;  eighteen  months'  study  pre- 
ceded b}'  a  rest  of  six  months  is  no  better  than  a  year's  continuous 
work.  The  following  plan  of  study  is  recommended  to  the  ordinary 
student  who  cannot  give  an  average  of  four  hours  a  day  for  fifty 
weeks: — 

First  Year. — College  Work  in  Classics  (1st  Part  of  each  Lesson) 
and  Jtlathematics,  or  ilental  and  Moral  Science,  omitting  the  reWsion 
lessons.  Private  reading  of  some  of  the  English  ;  or  study  of  French, 
not  omitting  frequent  translation. 

Second  Yeak. — College  work  in  English  or  French  ;  the  2nd  and 
'3rd  Parts  of  each  Lesson  in  Classics  ;  Revision  lessons  in  Classics  and 
Mathematics,  or  Mental  and  Moral  Science  ;  private  recapitulation  of 
first  year's  work  before  taking  the  College  Envision  Lessons. 

Fee  for  the  Two  Years'  Course       .€12  12     0 

Courses  in  single  subjects,  or  by  .Self-Preparation,  cannot  be  ex- 
tended without  additional  fee. 

Short  Courses  in  Special  Subjects,  consisting  of  from  twelve 

to  fifteen  lessons,    and  completely  covering  the  ground  required,  are 

provided  in—  £    8,    ^. 

(i.)  Latin  Grammar  and  Composition  ...         ...     I   II     6 

(ii.)  Extended  Course  in  Latin  Prose...         ...         ...     I   11     6 

[Unseens  may  be  taken  along  with  (i.)   or 
(ii.)  for  an  additional  fee  of  lOs.  6d.] 
(iii.)  Roman  History,  including  Special  Period,  and 

Geography  ...         ...     1   11     6 

(iv.)  Latin  Authors  and  Special  Period  of  History   ...     1   11     6 
[The  Authors  may  be  taken  along  with  (i.), 
(ii.),  or  (iii.)  for  an  additional  fee  of  lOs.  6d.] 
(v.)  Greek  Grammar  and  Unseens       ...         ...         ...     1   11     6 

(vi.)  Extended  Course  in  Greek  Unseens        ...         ...     1   11     6 

[Course  (v.)  may  be  taken  to  include  (vi.)  by 
payment  of  an  additional  fee  of  10s.  Cd.] 
(vii.)  Grecian  History,  including  Special  Period,  and 

Geography  ...         ..."        ...         ...         ...     Ill     6 

(viii.)  Greek  Authors  and  Special  Period  of  Hiator)-  ...     1   11     6 
[Greek  Authors  may  be  taken  along  with 
(vii.)  for  an  additional  fee  of  10s.  6d.] 
(ix.)  Logic  w  (x.)  Psychology  and  Ethics      ...         ...     1   11     6 

(xi.)  French  2     2     0 

(xii.)  Mathematical  Short  Courses         ...  ..     each     1   II     6 

A  favourable  composition  fee  is  charged  when  stjveral  short  Courses 
ire  taken,  especially  if  in  kindred  subjects.  With  slight  exception, 
these  Short  Courses  may  be  taken  up  any  time  after  Christmas. 

17 


"inniversit^  Correeponbence  doUeoe. 

SACHELOR  OF  ARTS   EXAMINATION. 

Extension  Course. 

For  students  who  have  been  through  the  whole  of  the  work  and 
have  either  failed  to  pass  the  Examination  in  one  or  two  subjects  only, 
or  who  have  deferred  going  up  in  order  to  make  sure  of  a  First 
Division  or  of  Honours  in  some  subject  at  the  next  Examination,  an 
Extension  Course  in  the  Pass  Subjects  has  been  prepared. 

Fee  for  the  whole  course  in  all  subjects  ...         ...         ...     £8     S     0 

Students  who  have  pre^nously  taken  up  courses  in  two 
or  more  B.  A.  subjects  will  be  admitted  to  this  course 
at  the  reduced  fee  of 7     7     0 

The  Extension  Course  cannot  be  worked  by  self -preparation,  nor 
can  single  subjects  be  taken. 

There  are  fifteen  double  lessons,  each  followed  by  a  test-paper  ;  in 
Latin  and  Greek  there  are  also  papers  on  Authors  and  Special  Periods. 
The  whole  ground  is  thus  completely  covered. 

The  course  may  be  commenced  any  time  after  January. 

B.A.  Honours   Examination. 

{In   1888   four   students   took   Honours.) 

For  B.A.  Honours  the  remarks  at  the  top  of  the  page  headed 
*'  Master  of  Arts  Examination  "  (p.  20,  Prospectus)  apply  ;  one,  two,  or 
three  years  being  necessary  according  to  a  student's  knowledge  on 
joining. 

Mathematics. — By  those  who  have  worked  up  to  Inter.  Arte 
Pass  standard  only,  90  lessons  should  be  taken,  spread  over  about 
three  years.     Fee  £15.  ISs. 

Assuming  a  knowledge  of  B.A.  Pass  subjects,  two  years  might 
suffice  for  the  60  lessons  (several  parts  to  each).     Fee  £11.  lis. 

Students  who  took  Honours  at  Inter.  Arts,  not  below  the  Second 
Class,  30  lessons.    Fee  £6.  6«. 

Students  not  falling  in  any  of  these  three  classes  will  be  treated 
according  to  the  number  of  lessons  required. 

French  «r  Mental  and  Moral  Science. — Forty-five  lessons 
(not  includiiiLC  the  Pass  Course).     Fee  £'J.  9s. 

In  English  there  are;Kt  Leiwons, covering  all  required  for  Honours, 
including  the  Pass  subjects,  fee  £4.  4s.  ;  or  \b  Lessons  may  be  taken 
on  the  Huuour^  subjects  not  required  for  Pass,  at  a  fee  nf  £2.  128.  6d. 

Classics. — The  full  course  preparing  fur  B.A.  Honours  consists  of 
60  le«s<oTi.s.  Fee  £11.  lis.  Students  who  have  taken  Honours  in 
Latin  at  Inter.  Arts  may  dispense  with  some  or  all  of  the  Latin 
Papers,  according  to  their  proficiency  on  joining.  In  such  cases  a 
proportionate  fee  will  be  charged. 


IDliuvcr^itv  Correspondence  College. 

SELF-FB.EFAIIATION    COURSES . 

For   Matriculation,   Inter.   Arts,   and   B.A. 


Students  who  do  not  wish  to  go  to  the  expense  of  beiLg  fully  pre- 
pared, hut  who  wish  to  know  the  scope  of  the  Examination,  the 
principal  points  to  be  attended  to,  and  to  regulate  their  reading  and 
economize  time,  may  take 

Self-Freparation  Courses. 

For  Self- Preparation,  weekly  lessons  are  given,  each  consisting  of 
a  scheme  for  study,  selections  from  text-books,  distinction  of  im- 
portant points,  hints,  notes  on  difficult  and  salient  portions,  &c.,  and 
illustrative  examples  with  selected  text-book  exercises  in  Mathematics. 
At  the  end  of  the  week  a  Test  Paper  (compiled  from  previous  Exami- 
nation Papers  in  fixed  subjects)  for  self-examination  is  pro\'ided, 
and  followed  by  complete  solutions  to  it.  The  difterences  between 
these  and  other  courses  are,  that  students'  answers  have  not  to  be  sent 
to  the  tutor,  and  special  arrangements  have  to  lie  made  as  to  solution  of 
difficulties.  The  lessons  are  sent  out  on  the  same  dates  as  in  the 
Ordinary  and  Special  Courses ;  or  by  arrangement  commencing  any 
time  up  to  the  month  before  the  Exam.,  so  proving  useful  for  re'vision. 

Self- Preparation  Courses  are  intended  mainly  for  students  who  are 
taking  Full  Preparation  in  some  subjects,  but  who  feel  that  they  do 
not  require  so  much  help  in  their  stronger  subjects. 

Fees  for  Self-Freparation  Courses. 

{Postages,  as  in  other  Classes,  included.) 

MATRICULATION. 

Two  Subjects 

Special  Course    ... 

Ordinary  Course... 
Additional  for  each  Subject... 
Composition  Fee  for  all  Subjects 

.Special  Course    ... 

Ordinary  Course... 

INTER.    ARTS. 

Any  single  Subject    ... 

Three  Subjects  ...         ...         

Composition  Fee  for  all  Subjects     ... 

BACHELOR    OF   ARTS. 

Single  Subjects 

Composition  Fee  for  all  Subjects    ... 


£ 

8. 

d. 

1 

1 

0 

1 

U 

6 

0 

10 

6 

■-> 

12 

6 

3 

3 

0 

1 

1 

0 

2 

12 

6 

4 

4 

0 

2 

2 

0 

5 

15 

6 

I'J 

*\nntver6it^  Correspondence  Colleae. 

MASTER    OF    ARTS    EXAMINATION. 

(//(  IS'SS)  two  of  O'lr  studitils  pa>:scd  i/i  Bnuich  I.) 
[Abridged  from  the  M.A.  Prospectus.] 

Branch  I. :  Classics. — The  course  embraces  papers  on  Authors  ; 
History  ;  Greek,  Latin  and  English  Prose  Composition  ;  and  Gram- 
mar, together  with  trial  passages  for  Unseen  Translation. 

The  amount  of  time  devoted  to  each  of  these  subjects  is  proportionate 
to  the  importance  attached  to  it  at  the  examination. 

The  papers  on  Authors  are  110  in  number.  Of  these,  21  are 
assigned  to  Latin  Prose- writers,  29  to  Latin  Poets,  6  to  Greek  His- 
torians, 9  to  Greek  Orators,  16  to  Greek  Philosophers,  and  29  to 
Greek  Poets. 

Each  author-paper  deals,  on  the  average,  with  about  1,500  lines  of 
verse  or  a  somewhat  larger  amount  of  prose.  Difficult  and  important 
passages  are  set  for  the  student  to  translate  in  writing,  and  his  version 
is  revised  by  the  tutor.  Lists  of  iwtabUia,  suitable  for  re^nsion  before 
the  examination,  are  given,  and  the  notes  of  the  edition  selected  as  a 
text-book  supplemented.  Lists  of  rare  words,  and  miscellaneous  hints 
on  suT>ject-matter,  metre,  kc,  also  form  part  of  these  papers.  In 
the  case  of  some  authors,  of  which  no  handy  edition  has  hitherto  ap- 
peared in  England,  fuller  notes  accompany  the  lesson-papers. 

For  a  detailed  scheme  of  the  course,  see  M.A.  Prospectus. 

First  Stage.     Fee £6     6     0 

Second  Stage.     Fee       ...         ...         ...         ...         ...         ...       6     6     0 

Only  hulf  of  these  will  be  needed  by  a  student  who 
took  good  Honours  at  Inter.,   and  neither  Stage  I.  nor 
Stage  II.  is  necessary  to  an  average  B.A.  Honourman. 

Ccinposition  Fee  ioT  Singes  1.  and  11.    ...         ...         ...     11   11     0 

Thhd  Stage,  preparing  forM.A.,  and  assuming  an  attain- 
ment of  B.A.  Honours  work.     Fee...         ...         ...     10  10     0 

(7o»ijyosi</(//( /"i!<' for  the  Three  ytages    ...         ...         ...     21     0     0 

Branch  II. :  Mathematics. — The  College  course  so  closely  fol- 
lows the  f  niviTsity  regulations  that  it  is  not  considered  necessary  to 
show  the  arrangements  here.     The  number  of  papers  and  lessons  in 
each  subject  is  determined  by  its  importance  in  the  Examination  and 
its  diihoulty. 

First  Stage,  equivalent  to  the  Inter.  Aits  Honours  Course,       £    s.  d. 
assuming  only  the  B.A.  Pass  Course,  which  it  how- 
ever recapitulates.     Fee  ...         ...         ...         ...       66     0 

Second  Statje,  requiring    knowledge  of   First   Stage,  and 
lending  up  to  B.A.  Honours  standard,  and  recapitu- 
lating previous  work.     Fee   ... 
Composition  Fee  for  Stages  I.  and  II.    ... 

Third   Stage,   being  the  idditional  subjocts  required  for 
M. A.,  and  r«\-ision  of  previous  stjiges.     Fee 
Com/wMi'iion /Vtf  for  the  Three  Stages     ... 


6     6 
11   11 

0 
0 

10  10 

21     0 

0 
0 

TElniversit^  (^OJC>:eBpon^cncc  College. 

(In  1888,  one  of  ow  students  headed  tie  M.A.list'iti  B^-arich  III.) 

Branch  III.:  Mental  and  Moral  Science.— The  full  course 
is  divided  into  two  stages,  a  complete  plnn  of  which  is  given  in  the 
M.A.  Prospectus.  ..      ■,  -f    ^     d 

First  Stage,  B. A.  Honours  subjects,  excluding  authors  ...  6  6  0 
Second  Stage,  assuming  B. A.  Honours  standard  ...         ...     10  10     0 

Branch  IV. — The  first  stage  comprises  30  papers  in  each  language  ; 
th',-  .serond  stage  lo  longer  papers  in  each. 

The  plan  followed  in  tlie  English  section  naturally  differs  very 
materially  from  the  one  pursued  in  French  or  G-evman. 

In  English,  gi-eater  stress  is  laid  in  the  30  papers  of  the  first  stage  on 
language  than  on  literature,  because  that  part  of  the  subject  demands 
more  specific  knowledge  and  more  scientific  methods.  Language  (in- 
cluding A.S.,  E.  and  J\I.  E.),  therefore,  appropriate*  two-thirds  of  the 
pa2)ers,  the  remainder  being  devotid  t'  literature.  In  the  second 
stage,  on  the  other  hand,  the  papers  are  about  equally  divided  betweeu 
the  two  parts  of  the  subject.  In  the  whole  English  course,  attention 
is  not  squandered  on  minor  names  that  would  only  be  of  importance  in 
a  special  period  (the  range  of  the  exam,  is  too  wide  for  such  treatment) ; 
but  the  most  prominent  writers  of  each  ejioch  are  selected  for  special 
study  of  themselves,  their  works,  and  the  times  in  which  they  lived. 

In  a  foreign  languMge,  say  French,  the  line^  of  the  M.A.  examination 
are  closelj'  followed  in  every  one  of  the  45  papers,  that  is  to  say,  each 
paper  contains: — (1)*  Translation  into  English,  including  Idioms 
(1st  paper  at  M.A.),  {-l)  Modern  Grammar  (1st  paper  at  M.A.),  (3)  Old 
Frt-nch  ('2nd  paper  at  ^I.A.),  (4)  Historical  Gmmmar  (2nd  paper  at 
M.A.),  (-5)  Retranslation,  including  Idioms  (.'5rd  paper  at  M.A.),  (6) 
History  of  French  Literature  (4th  papt^r  at  M.A.),  (7)  Original  Com- 
position in  French  (4th  paper  at  M.A.>.  Each  of  these  seven  sections 
is  graduated  in  difficulty  throughout  the  whole  course,  and  here,  as  in 
English,  the  most  diffi'ult  portions  of  the  subject  {e.p.,  the  Chanson  de 
Boltnid  in  Old  Frericli)  are  reserved  for  the  second  stage.  As  an  in- 
stance of  the  thoroughness  with  which  the  course  is  planned,  it  may 
be  mentioned  that  in  the  whole  French  course  480  French  idioms  and 
480  English  idioms  are  given  for  translation. 

Each  test-paper  is  accompanied  by  a  paper  containing  notes,  hints, 
suggestions,  and  the  adWce  of  a  specialist  on  the  reading  for  the  next 
paper. 

First  Stage,  equivalent  to  B.A.  Honours     ... 

Second  Stage,  assuming  a  knowledge  of  the  work  of   Fir.st 

Stage      '       

Composition  Fee  lot  \io)ih  binges... 

Residence  at  Burlington  House  {see  paf/e  26)  is  recommended  to  Candidates 
for  M.A. 


£ 

s. 

d. 

11 

11 

0 

10 

10 

0 

21 

0 

0 

*  Every  third  paper  only  in  Staite  II. 


IHniveraiti?  Correspondence  College. 

INTER.  SCIENCE  and  B.Sc.  EXAMS. 

The  difUcuUy  of  itrepaiimj  /or  tk>  pradkal  jxirt  o/ these  Examiiuitiom.  Had  arrange- 
ments which  hare  ^iCCa   lltPjJ'-  ''■   '!"■'''   th  '•■■,  "n    ,i,l',}f:i,,.ej  ,-,,<    th^  ,,,   ,-f    .,nnc,   ,:„,ler  Pr-^li>,), 

Sei.  and  M.B.  Examinatm'  -. 

Intermediate  Science. 

{In  July,  1888,  Nine  out  of  Eleven  Students  passed  this  and  Prel.  Sci.) 
(In  July,  1889,  21  passed,  5  of  whom  took  Honours.) 
The  General  Method  of  IFo'rk  is  here  supplemented   by 
drawings,  salts  for  analysis,  and  other  practical  aids. 

(1)  Pure  Mathematics. — See  pr).l2,li,undeTlnter.Arts. 

(2)  Mixed  Mathematics. — Fifteen  Lessons,  according     £   a.    d. 
to  "  General  Method  of  Work  " Fee       1   11     6 

Self -Preparation  Course     ...         ...         ...         ...       1     1     0 

(3)  Chemistry.* — Thirty  Lessons,  on  the  iisual  plan  in 

Theoretical  Chemistry,  and  salts  for  analysis  sent.  Fee       3     3     0 
The  Practical  work  can  easily  be  done  at  home 
after  a  few  practical  lessons  have  been  taken. 
Honours  Chemistry  (assuming  Pass  requirements)  ...       o     o     0 

(4)  Physics,  f — The  Course  (excluding  Mechanics)  con- 

sists of  thirty  lessons       ...         ...         ...         ...       Fee       330 

■Students  not  ( ntering  for  the  Mixed  Mathematics 
Course   may   take  the   ilechanics  required    for   the 
Physics  paper  sejiarately,  at  a  fee  of  one  gu  nea. 
Honours  Physics ...         ...         ...         ...         ...         ...       5     5     0 

(6)  Biolo^.* — For  Biologj^  see  page  following  this  in 

Prospectus  undei  Prel.  Sci.       ...         ...         ...         ...       3     3     0 

Full  preparation  for  Inter.  Science  Pass         ...         ...     12  12     0 

B.Sc.  Examination. 

The  General  Method  of  Jf'ork  is  supplement L^d  as  for  Inter.  Science, 
and  the  remarks  at  the  top  of  the  page  and  under  the  head  of  Int«r.  Sc. 
Biology,  as  to  the  poesibilily  of  working  up  the  practical  part  pri- 
vately, apply. 

Any  single  Subject ...         ...         ...         ...       £5     5     0 

In  Pure  and  Mixed  Mathematics  and  Slental  and  Moral  Science 
thyre  are  forty  lessons,  in  other  subjects  thirty. 

Full  preparation  for  the  Examination     ...     £12  12     0 
For   Mathematical  Honours,  see  page  IS  under  B.A.  Honours,  the 
two  Examinations  being  the  same. 
Mental  and  Moral  Science  Honours. 

Fee: — Forty -five  lessons    ...         ...         ...      £990 

Or  thirty  lessons,  without  the  authors  set  6     6     0 

Aknowledgeof  Pass  requiremerte  is  expected  fmm  Hnnoun>«tudenta, 

•  Kvcmn/  hikI  S:it>iril:iy  niorniii:.' iKMHoi.sinitioiis  and  riasNcs  i>«r  pnictical 
work  Mif  lirKl  Hliiriiiir  (he  Sensioii  liS«J)-90)  nt  Vm  London  l><N'tiire  Roi^nir*, 
Sfninil  Hi.tfl  Kui|.iiiii.-.s.  Hndksfllcr-  Row.  W.'\     Fws  on  ii|i|.li.-!ition. 

t  .\  ("1  iss  will  iiiet't  daily  ;it  tho  I/on<lon  L' rturp  Room.sdnrniKthe  week  before 
each  KxHiiiiiirition  for  prartical  work.     Fee  10s.  tJd.,  Corres|<oiidents  finee. 


£ 

3. 

d. 

;? 

3 

0 

1 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

5 

•5 

0 

IClnivec^it^  Corre6pon^cnce  College. 


PRELIM.    SCI.,    INTER.    MEDICINE  &  M.B.    EXAMS. 

ionic  of  tht:  >;iV!i''c  sij'jc.tf:  /or  LonJonmay  h<:  pnj^aiol  ichoUy  hy  corrt/poiulcnce  ; 
others  require  sujyplfmeiUin'^  hji  practical  loork  which  can  be  doiu  at  home,  while  for 
Inter.  5c.,  Pre!.  Sci.  and  B.-Sc.  Bn/any  and  Zoology,  B.Sc.  Chemistry,  and  most  of  the 
sul>jects  in   \ffi1irii,r,  viwvina?!'.'  Inforatory  work  in  neressary. 

Preliminary  Scientific  Examinations. 

(1)  Chemistry.* — See  preceding  page,  under  Int.   Sc, 

the  Regulations  for  the  two  Examinations  being  the 
same  in  this  subject. 

(2)  Physics. — See  preceding  page,  under  Int.  Sc. 

(3)  Biology.* — In  this  subject  numerous  sketches  are  pro- 

vided.    Fee  for  the  Theoretical  Course,  thirty  lessons 

{Additional  fee  for  direction  of  Practical  work) 
Honours  Botanv... 
Honours  Zoology 

In  spite  of  answers  to  correspondents  in  «AiuxUiontd  journals,  ice  believe  that  no 
student  can  prepare  for  this  subject  even  with  the  help  offered  by  improved  text-books 
and  biological  atlases,  without  someone  at  his  elbow,  at  least  at  the  outset  and  occasion- 
alls  during  his  career.  There  are  Classes  for  Practi'.al  Work  in  London.  Leeds, 
Manchester.  Nevxastle,  Sheffield,  and  Edinburgh,  preparing  for  this  Examinfition. 
Students  who  cannot  procure  such  systematic  help  inay,  \f  devoting  all  their  nergy 
to  this  subject,  work  it  up  during  vacations  in  Lotuion. 

Inter.  Medicine  Examination.  £    s     d 

Anatomy,  30  lessons       ...         ...         ...         ...  ...       5     .5     0 

Physiology  and  Histology,  30  lessons  ...         ...  ...       550 

Organic  Cliemistry,  30  lessons  ...         ...         ...         ...       5     5     0 

Materia  Sledica,  15  lessons        ...         ...  ...         ...       3     3     0 

Corapoiition  Fee  for  two  or  more  subjects  ... 

,,  ,,    for  all  subjects      ...         ...         ...      15  15     0 

Honours  Courses   at  double  these  fees.     Parts  may  be  taken  pro- 
portionately. 

Bachelor  of  Medicine  Examination. 
Medicine,  Pathology,  Therapeutics,  and  Hygiene     ...       6     6     0 
Surgery,  Obstetric  Medicine  or  Forensic  Medicine    ...       6     6     0 
Composition  Fee  for  all  subjects  (including  directions 

for  testing  for  the  Forensic  Medicine)      ...         ...     21     0     0 

Private  tuition  is  given  in  London  by  Mr.  W.  H.  Ev.ins,  M.D., 
B.Sc,  First  Class  Honours  at  M.B. ;  and  Mr.  Fern.\xI)o,  M.B.,  B.Sc. 
(three  (jold  Medals  and  First  Class  Honours  in  «ix  .«ubjccts). 


*  Eveniny  and  Siturdr.ij  ntLfninij  Jjenif/nstratmns  iHid  C/a.s.ses  for 
practical  work  are  Jteld  [during  the  Session  1839-90)  at  the  London  Lecture 
Rooms,  Strand  Hotel  Buildinys,  Booksellers  Row,  W.  C.   Fees  on  ajtpUcation. 

-'■'■■    ■■■'  '    23     ■ 


IIlTiiversit^  Correspondence  College. 


LAW,    MUSIC,    SCRIPTURAL,    AND    TEACHERS 
DIPLOMA    EXAMINATIONS. 

Law  Examinations. 

Students  are  prepared  for  these  Examinations  by  a  Professor  of 
Roman  Law  (Lond.)  who  has  recently  had  several  students  at  the 
head  of  the  London  LL.B.  Lists. 

Inter.  LL.B. 

Constitutional  History...         ...  ...  £-3  13  6 

Jurisprudence    ...         ...         ...  ...  3  13  6 

Eoman  Law       ...         ...         ...  ...  6  16  6 

Composition  Fee  for  all  Subjects  ...  12  12  0 
Honours  fees  on  application. 

LL.B. 

Fee  for  the  whole  course    ...         ...         ...         ...         ...     £15  lo  0 

For  LL.B.  it  is  not  desirable  that  any  subject  should  be  worked 

outside   the  College  ;  but,  in  special  cases,  singk'  subjects  may  be 

taken  at  a  little  more  than  the  proportionate  fee. 
Honours  fees  oq  application. 

Music  Examinations. 

Our  tutor  for  these  examinations  is  one  of  the  two  Doctors  of  Music 
of  London. 

Inter.  B.Mus.  Examination. 

Fee  for  all  subjects £12  12  0 

i.  Single  subjects  may  be  taken. 

B.Mus.  Examination. 

Fee  for  all  subjects  • £15  lo  (• 

Single  subjects  may  be  taken. 

Dr.  Walker  is  also  willing  to  assist  students  reading  for  the 
Doctorate. 

Scriptural  Examinations. 

Candidates  may  bo  prepared  for  these  Examinations  in  any  or  all  of 
the  subjects  :  the  Scriptural  part  of  the  course  is  taken  by  a  Prizeman 

Fees  according  to  requirementB. 

Teachers'  Diploma. 

Two  of  our  tutors  have  the  Teachers'  Diploma  of  London,  one  being 
an  M.A.  (first  of  his  year  in  Branch    IV.)  and  the  other  a  D.St. 
Another  has  had  considerable  experience  in  lectiu-ing  on  Education. 
and  is  a  University  Examiner. 
S4 


■Illuiverijit^  Correspondence  Colleae, 


INSTRUCTIONS   TO   CANDIDATES  FOR 
EXAMINATION. 


1.  Applications  for  Forms  of  Entry  must  be  made  to  the  Registrar 
hy  letter  only,  and  not  Ze-ss  than  five  weeks  before  the  first  day  of  the 
Examiuaiioii. 

2.  Every  Candidate's  Form  of  Entiy,  duly  filled  up,  must  be  re- 
turned to  the  Rpgistrar  not  le-'ss  than  four  jceeA-s,  nor  more  than  si;o 
n-eeks,  before  the  commencement  of  the  Examination,  and  with  it, 
in  the  game  cover,  must  be  sent  (a)  the  Candidate's  Certificate  nf  Age 
(when  required)  and  (h)  his  Fee  for  the  Examination. 

3.  A  Candidate's  name  will  not  be  placed  on  the  List  of  Candidates 
unless  his  Form  of  Entry,  Certificate  of  A'je  (but  see  5  below),  and 
Fee  shall  have  been  received  at  the  University  on  or  before  the  Fourth 
Monday  before  the  commencement  of  the  Examination,  on  which 
day  the  List  will  be  closed. 

4.  As  soon  as  possible  after  the  closing  of  the  List,  each  Candi- 
date's Certificate  and  Fee  will  be  acknowledged,  his  Certificate  will 
be  returned,  and  a  Number,  by  which  he  is  to  be  designated  through- 
out the  Examination,  will  be  assigned  to  him. 

5.  Candidates  who  have  previously  entered  for  the  Examination 
need  not  produce  their  Certificates  of  Age  a  second  time. 

6.  The  age  of  a  Candidate  with  regard  to  entry  is  reckoned  up  to 
and  inclusi\  e  of  the  first  day  of  the  several  Examinations,  that  day 
being  computed  to  fall  as  late  as  the  Regulations  will  allow.  The 
two  dates,  in  the  case  of  the  ilati  iculation  PJxamiiiations,  are  January 
1-ith  and  June  lAth.  Only  such  persons,  therefore,  as  shall  have 
'.omplefed  their  sixteenth  year  on  or  before  one  or  the  other  of  those 
■lates  will  Ijc  admissible  to  the  January  or  the  June  Examination,  as 
the  cnse  may  be. 


1Dluiver5it\>  CoiTc^ponbciicc  College. 


RESIDENT  BRANCH. 

Resident  Students  are  taken  at  Burlington  House,  Cam- 
bridge, ior  ull  Exaoiiuationo,  at  any  time  of  the  year,  at  the  rate 
of  thiity  guineas  for  a  term  of  l-wclve  weeks. 

Non-resident  Students  can  receive  private  oral  teaching  at  the 
rate  of  two-and-a-half  guineas  for  ten  lessens,  and  twu^guineas  for 
every  additional  ten  lessens  for  ■which  aiTangements  are  made  at  the 
same  time  with  the  first. 

ORAL  REVISION  CLASSES. 

Courses  of  daily  lectures  in  each  subject,  supplemented  by  pri- 
vate tuition  whenever  such  a  course  is  deemed  advisable,  are  given  as 
follows : — 

Per  Matriculation. — Three  weeks  before  the  January  Exami- 
nation.    Fee  five  guineas.     Correspondents,  four-and-a-half  guineas. 

Por  Intermediate  Arts. — One  month  before  the  Exam.  Fee 
seven  guineas.     Correspondents,  six  guineas. 

Por  Bachelor  of  Arts.  —  A  month  beginning  August  oth. 
Fee  seven  guineas.  Correspondents,  six  guineas.  Also  twelve 
weeks  beginning  the  same  date.  Fee  fifteen  guineas.  Correspon- 
dents, fourteen  guineas. 

(In  August,  1889,  Twenty-three  B.A.  students  were  in  residence.) 

The  arrangements  for  1890  will  be  similar  to  those  carried  out  in 
1880,  a  description  of  which,  with  a  list  of  the  Oral  Tutors,  can  be 
obtained  on  application. 

In  these  revision  classes  such  higher  parts  of  the  subjects  as 
students  may  not  have  previously  read  are  treated  fully. 

Por  Master  of  Arts  the  lee  is  si.x  guineas  a  month  for  daily 
lessons  at  any  time  of  tlie  year. 

Board  and  lodging  can  be  piovidcd  for  a  limited  nxmiber  of  students 
at  a  charge  of  from  one  guinea  per  week. 

The  Boating  and  Tennis  Clubs  are  open  to  both  resident  and  non- 
resident students. 

Intending  resident  pupils  are  requested  to  communicate  with  the 
Principal  well  in  advance,  when  he  will  advis^-  them  how  to  spend  the 
interim  in  order  to  derive  the  fullest  advantage  from  theii*  residence 
at  Burlington  House,  Cambridge. 

Private  tuition  can  also  be  obtained  in  London  for  most  subjects 
of  University  Exams.,  including  M.A.  and  il.B. 


Illniversiti?  Correspondence  College. 


ORAL  CLASSES  AND  TUITION  IN   LONDON. 

Matriculation  and  Inter.  Arts. 

Eveninc;  Classes  arc  held  at  the  Loudon  Lecture  Rooms,  Strand 
Hotel  Buildings,  Booksellers  Row,  "W.C,  in  preparation  for  each 
Matriculation  and  Intermediate  Arts  Examinations.  Fees  on  appli- 
cation. 

Inter.  Sc.  and  Frel.  Sci. 

Evening  and  Saturday  morning  Demonstrations  and  Classes  for 
practical  work  in  Chemistry  and  Biologj-  are  held  (during  the  Session 
1889-90)  at  the  London  Lecture  Rooms.  A  Class  -wiU  also  meet  daily 
during  the  week  before  each  Examination  for  practical  work  in 
Physics. 

TUTORS. 

8.  Moses,  Esq.,  M.A.  Oxon.,  B.A.  Lond.,  First  Class  Honours  London 
and  Oxford  (Double),  Exhibitioner  in  Latin  at  Inter.  Arts,  First 
in  Honours  at  Matriculation ;  Editor  of  Cicero  De  Amxciiia  and 
Pro  Balbo. 

G.  W.  Blancht-lowee,  Esq.,  B.A.,  Honours  in  Classics  and  English 
(Mr.  Blanchflower  has  had  two  pupils  at  the  head  of  the  Matricu- 
lation List  and  one  second  within  the  last  three  years). 

W.  A.  T.\RRANT,  Esq.,  B.A.  Lond.,  First  Class  Honours  in  French. 

RoBBKT  Bryant,  Esq.,  D.Sc.  Lond.,  B.A.  Lond.  ;  A.ssistant-Examiner 
in  Mathematics  at  London  University. 

H.  M.  Fek>-.\xi)o,  Esq.,  B.Sc.  Lend.,  ^M.B.  Lond.,  First  Class  Honours 
in  six  subjects  and  three  gold  medals. 

H.  K.  Tompkins,  Esq.,  B.Sc.  Lond.,  F.C.S.,  F.I.C.,  Honours  in 
Cixemistry  at  B.Sc. 

Assisted  by  other  graduates  in  high  Honours  and  experienced  in 
teaching. 

Private  Tuition. 

Private  Tuition  may  be  obtained  in  most  subjects  for  London  L^ni- 
versity  Examinations,  at  the  London  Lectuie  Rooms,  Booksellers 
Row,  Strand,  at  the  rate  of  one  guinea  for  four  or  five  lessons,  according 
to  subject  and  examination.  Arrangements  may  be  made  with  the 
Secretary',  either  personally  or  by  letter. 

Further  particulars  are  given  in  the  Prospectus  of  Oral  Classes, 
which  may  be  had  on  application  to  the  Secretary,  Strand  Hotel 
Buildings,  Booksellers  Row,  Strand,  W.C. 


IHnivcrsit^  (IolTe6pon^ence  College. 


PRESS  OPINIONS. 

The  Edacatioitul  Tiraes  says  : — "  The  University  Correspondence 
College,  a  new  but  useful  and  thriving  adjunct  to  the  ordinary  educa- 
tional machinery." 

The  Schoolmaster  says: — "'The  tutors  of  the  University  Corre- 
spondence College  have  proWded  a  complete  system  of  tuition  by 
Correspondence." 

The  Journal  of  Education,  speaking  of  University  Correspondence 
College,  tays: — "It  has  so  otten  been  our  duty  to  expose  the  im- 
postors who  offer  their  services  for  this  examination  (Matriculation) 
that  it  is  pleasant  to  certify  to  one  competent  guide." 

The  School  Guardian  says  : — "The  University  Correspondence  Col- 
lege, whose  headquarters  are  at  Cambridge,  is  now  pretty  widely 
known  all  over  the  the  country  as  a  coaching  insitution." 

The  School  Board  Chronicle  says:  — "  The  University  Correspond- 
ence College  has  tamed  high  distinction  among  students." 

The  Leeds  Mercury  says  : — "  It  needed  the  authority  of  the  Post- 
master-General to  start  the  experiment  which  is  being  made  of  the 
use  of  postage  stamps  as  an  incentive  to  thrift ;  but.  for  some  time 
back,  postage  stamps  have  been  largely  used  without  oflBcial  sanction  at 
all — none,  indeed,  being  needed — for,  in  a  sense,  as  practicfll  and  in 
all  respects  as  useful  an  end.  They  have  been  the  passport  of  a  system 
of  education  which,  although  conducted  in  writing,  has  yet  been 
attended  with  the  results  that  follow  oral  teaching,  for  the  persons 
who  have  taken  advantage  of  the  scheme  have  found  themselves 
qualified  to  go  successfully  through  the  ordeal  of  examination. 

"There  is  not  a  district  within  the  limits  of  the  United  Kingdom 
where  the  letter-carrier  cannot  be  met  on  his  daily  round.  He.  then, 
is  the  janitor  of  this  singular  Educational  Institution.  MTierever 
he  is  to  be  found  thi^  work  can  be  carried  on,  and  is  actually  being  car- 
ried on.  There  are  men  and  women  in  large  centres  of  population  who 
desire  to  continue  their  studies,  ]nit  whose  spare  time  dues  not  corre- 
spond with  the  hours  at  which  class-teaching  is  usually  eiven  ;  and  to 
their  case,  as  well  as  to  that  of  the  inmates  of  distant  and  lonely  houses, 
the  plan  of  education  by  post  addresses  itself.  Moreover,  there  is  a 
class  of  persons  who,  having  left  school,  are  willing  enough,  and 
possibly  eager,  to  continue  their  studies  and  keep  abreast  of  the 
progress  of  thought,  but  who  shrink  from  encountering  the  attrition  of 
the  class-room.  To  them  also  this  system  is  a  ready  and  open  door 
leading  to  honest  and  carefullv  directed  private  studv." 
28 


'\Ilnivcr-3itv  (^orrc6pon^cncc  Collccic. 

ANNOUNCEMENTS     Or     RESULTS 

OP 

LONDON  UNIVERSITY 

EXAMINATIONS. 


The  Secretary  of  University  Correspondence  College 
cndertakes  to  inform  any  private  student  who  is  a  Candi- 
date at  Matriculation,  Intermediate  Arts,  or  Bachelor  of 
Arts,  of  the  Resnlt  of  the  Examination,  provided  that — 

Name  and  Nnmber,  with  addressed  and  stamped  enve- 
lope or  telegram  form,  he  sent  to  him  at  the  London  OflBce, 
Strand  Hotel  Buildings.  Booksellers  Row,  W.C..  not  later 
than  three  days  before  the  date  announced  for  publication 
of  the  list  concerned.  By  this  means  a  private  student 
can  generally  learn  the  result  at  least  two  days  before 
he  receives  the  Pass  List  from  the  Registrar  of  the 
Univci-sity.  ' 

Tn  telegrams,  "Fonnd"  will  be  sent   f  '.  and 

'•  Wanting"  for  Failed. 

To  any  Candidate  who  sends  his  Name,  Examination 
Number,  and  Address  not  later  than  three  days  before  the 
publication  of  tlie  Pass  List,  a  Copy  of  the  Guide,  which 
contains,  in  addition  to  other  useful  matter,  the  Papers  set 
at  his  Examination,  reprinted  in  a  form  suitable  for  pre- 
servation, together  with  the  latest  issue  of  the  Gvidf  to 
the  next  liieher  P^xamination,  in  which  advice  oi;  the 
best  text- books  and  editions  of  the  special  subjects  is 
given,  will  be  presented ;  also,  at  each  Matriculation 
Examination,  a  Copy  of  the  Inter  rued  iaie  Direcfori/  vi^ill  be 
sent  to  all  whose  names  appear  in  the  Honours  division, 
and  Two  Prizes  of  Two  Guineas  each — one  in  money, 
the  other  in  books — are  awarded  to  the  Piivate  Students 
who  take  the  two  highest  places  among  tho?e  who  have 
applied  as  above. 

29 


TUniversitv  Corresponbencc  Collcac. 


THE     TUTORIAL     SERIES 

Consists  of  Handbooks  for  the  Examinations  of  the  Uxiversitt  ot 
London,  and  embraces — 

Book  Guides  and  Directories  (issued  periodically) ; 

Annotated  Editions  of  Latin,  Greek,  and  English  Authors  ; 

Literal   Translations  of  Latin,    Greek,   and    Old  English 
Authors  : 

Vocabularies  to  Latin  and  Greek  Classics  ; 

Synopses  of  Ancient  and  Modern  History; 

Reprints  of  Examination  Papers  ; 

Guides  to  the  Study  of  Latin,  Greek,  and  Mathematics  ; 

Guides  to  the  Study  of  Science  ;  &c.,  &c. 
The  above  works  are  specially  prepared  to  meet  the  requirements 
of  the  various  London  University  Examinations  by  Tutors  of  Uni- 
versity Correspondence  College.  A  complete  catalogue  may  be 
had  on  application  to  the  Publishers,  Messrs.  W.  B.  Clive  &  Co., 
Booksellers  Row,   Strand,  London. 

The  Schoohnaster,  of  May  21st,  1887.  says: — "This  series  ol 
Guides  to  the  Examinations  of  London  University  will  prove  extremely 
serviceable  to  candidates.  They  are — as  Guides  should  be — con- 
fessedly limited  in  scope,  but  they  g^ive  just  the  kind  of  direction  and 
advice  that  a  student  needs,  pointing  out  the  most  reliable,  helpful, 
and  recent  sources  of  information,  and  plainly  indicating  points  of 
special  importance.  In  the  Mathematical  Guides  for  Matriculation 
and  the  Intermediate,  the  syllabus  is  divided  up  into  weekly  or  fort- 
nightly portions,  and  all  the  handbooks  give  sets  of  examination 
questions,  with  solutions  to  the  exercises  in  mathematics.  Drawn  up 
in  a  useful  and  workmanlike  fashion,  the  books  give  abundant  px-oof 
of  sound  scholarship  specialised  and  applied  to  the  requirements  of 
the  London  examinations.  Speaking  from  the  recollection  of  our 
own  undergraduate  days,  it  is  painfully  evident  that  such  works  as 
these  would  have  saved  us  many  an  hour's  hard  and  profitless  grind. 
We  can  unreservedly  commend  the  series,  believing  that  such  aids, 
supplemented  by  judicious  teaching  in  weak  subjects,  may  place  a 
London  degree  within  reach  of  a  considerable  number  of  our 
readers." 

TYiG  Educational  Journal,  of  the  same  date,  says  : — "These  books 
save  the  student  an  immense  labour,  and,  being  from  the  pens  of 
professional  scholars,  the  information  is  not  only  correctly  stated,  but 
easily  understood." 

'i^he  School  Boil) il  Chrontcle  says: — "The  T^niversity  Correspond- 
ence College  Tutorial  Guides  have  gained  a  great  roputation." 

The  Kfiiunlional   Tinirs  nayt : — "  The  Tutorial  Scries  is  the  best  of 
its  kind." 
.SO 


TIlnivei*5it^  Conx5pon^cncc  ColieQC. 

ABSENCE  OF  FA/LURES. 

While  above 

170 

students  of  Univ.  Corr.  Coll. 

passed  University  Examinations  during 

the  two  nxonths  June  and  July,  1889, 

less  than  5  per  cent,  failed  of  those  who  worked  fully, 

or  nearly  so,  throug-h  the  Ordinary  Course. 

The  successes  at  the  various  Exams,   of  London  University   are 
given  on  page  32  of  this  Prospectus. 


NOTE. 

As  Correspondence  students  are  generally  children  of  an  older 
growth,  they  do  not  care  to  have  their  names  blazed  abroad  as  pupils, 
and  we  therefore  refrain  from  publishing  a  list  of  references  and 
reprinting  testimonials,  of  which  we  have  hundreds  of  the  most 
laudatory  kind.  Many  successful  students  have,  nevertheless,  been  so 
kind  as  to  offer  to  answer  any  questions  with  regard  to  the  College 
which  intending  correspondents  may  care  to  put,  and  references  to 
these  will  be  given  to  any  who  really  wish  for  them. 

We,  moreover,  rest  our  claims  to  the  student's  confidence  onthe  com- 
parison which  he  can  make  for  himself  between  our  reprints  of  the  Pass 
Lists  and  those  issued  by  the  University  ;  e.g.,  the  last  Intermediate 
Arts  and  Matriculati"M  Lists,  in  each  of  which  he  will  find  the  names 
of  more  than  seventy  University  Correspondence  College  students, 
and  the  B.A.,  where  over  15  per  cent,  of  the  whole  list  belong  to  us. 

At    the  Matriculation  Eximination  of  January,   1SS9,   all    other 

<Jorre8pondence   Classes   together    show   only  one    success    on   the 

"'^niversitv  List. 

31 


laniverstt^  Col*rc6pon^cnce  (LoUciic. 


CHIEF  SUCCESSES  DURING  THE  PAST  YEAR. 


AT  MATRICUI.ATION.  JUNE.  1889. 
78  Students  passed. 

AT  INTER.  ARTS.   3«89. 

TU..    

Over  71  Studi.nts  prisseii 

Eleven  in  Honovu-s,  two  with  first  place*,  and  o;.^  v.  ',^\_,  ,^        ^  „  {■,.,• . 

•Vlf 
21  also  passed  the  Inter.  Sc.  and  Prel.  Sci.  £xain.i., 
five  in  Honours. 

AT     E.A..     1888. 

Four  Students  took  Honours. 
33  Students  passed  : 

Being  H  larger  number  than  ^vasever  before  passed  by  any  Institution 


A  copy  of  the  Matiit...    Iiil'.i.  Art?.,    la-  V,.A.  Pass  i.i-.  vmi.    i 
post  free  on  application. 


AT    M.A..    1889. 

Two  Stu(ient>  of  I'niv.  Corr.  Cfl'.. 

jvissed  in  Br.-tnch  I.,  and  in  ISSS 

One  headed  the  Mental  and  Moi'al  Science  List. 


Turthor  information  on  application  to — 

TiiK  Spohetary,  Tyondnn  Offic*-.  Strand  Hotel  Btiildinars.  W.C. 


LL 

.E 

inni\>,  Con\  ColL  ^Tutorial  Seriee. 


OYID'S  METAMORPHOSES. 

BOOK  XI. 


U^Ji.  yTTRODUCTION,     NOTES,      VOCABU- 

LARIES, &'    TRANSLATION. 


BY  A  TUTOR  OF 
UNIVERSITY  CORRESPONDENCE  COLLEGE, 

PIR8T    CLASS    CLASSICAL    HONOURS     MAN     AT    B.A.,     AND    EXHIBITIONEB    AT 
INTEE.  ABTS, 

FIRST  IN  HONOURS  AT  MATRICULATION. 


London  :  W.  B.  CLIVE  &  CO., 

UNIV.   CORR.  COLL.   PRESS  WAREHOUSE, 

Booksellers  Row,  Stband,   W.C. 


^^ 


INTEODUCTION. 


§  I.— LIFE  AND  WORKS  OF  OVID. 

P.  OviDius  Naso  was  bom  at  Snlmo,  about  90  miles  from 
Rome,  on  March  20,  B.C.  -13.  He  was  descended  from  an 
equestrian  family,  which,  though  ancient,  was  not 
favoured  with  too  much  wealth.  Accordinsrly  he  could 
not  indulge  his  inclination  to  devote  himself  solely  and 
entirely  to  poetical  pursuits,  but  was  obliged,  at  his 
father's  express  command,  to  acquire  a  legal  training, 
and  qualify  himself  for  the  bar.  The  death  of  his 
brother  Lucius  at  the  early  age  of  20  left  the  father  w^th 
only  one  son  to  provide  for,  and  he  at  length  yielded  to 
the  desires  of  the  young  poet,  and  allowed  him  to  go  to 
Athens  (which  corresponded  in  those  times  to  our  Oxford 
and  Cambridge  Universities)  for  the  purpose  of  com- 
pleting his  education.-  Ovid  then  travelled  through  Asia 
and  Sicily,  and,  on  his  return  to  Rome,  perhaps  practised 
as  an  advocate  for  a  little  while.  He  did  not  enter  the 
Senate,  but  became  one  of  the  Triumviri  C^a^nfaZes,  certain 
officers  who  decided  petty  disputes  between  slaves  and 
persons  of  inferior  rank,  and  who  looked  after  the  prisons 
and  superintended  the  execution  of  criminals.  He  was 
next  made  one  of  the  Centumviri,  who  tried  matters  re- 
lating to  wills  and  sometimes  criminal  cases,  and  in  course 
of  time  was  promoted  to  be  one  of  the  Decemviri,  who 
assembled  and  presided  over  the  court  of  the  Centumviri. 
After  passing  through  these  offices  he  gave  up  all  public 
life  and  began  that  series  of  love  poems  which  brought 
him  so  much  fame  and  also  so  much  sorrow.  His  facility 
for  writing  verse  was  extraordinary  ;  he  found  it  much 
easier  to  write  graceful  and  elegant  lines  than  to  revise 


4  ovid's  tristia. 

and  correct  inconsistencies  iu  what  he  had  previously 
written.  He  was  married  three  times,  on  the  two  first 
occasions  to  please  his  parents,  hut  in  each  of  these  two 
marriao^es  he  soon  obtained  a  divorce;  he  seems  to  have 
loved  his  third  wife  sincerely,  and  he  had  by  her  a, 
daughter  Perilla.     His  chief  works  were : — 

1.  Amorum  Lihvi  III.,  principally  addressed  to  Corinna, 
a  mistress  of  the  poet. 

2.  The  Heroides,  or  love-letlers,  for  the  most  part  from 
the  heroines  of  mythology  to  their  faithless  husbands. 

3.  Ars  Amatoria,  or  De  Arte  Amandi,  written  about 
E.G.  2,  when  he  was  more  than  forty  years  old.  The  first 
two  books  of  the  .4 rs  Amatoria  are  supposed  to  instruct 
men,  and  the  last  book  women.  When  Ovid  was  banished, 
as  described  later  on,  this  poem  was  removed  from  the 
piiblic  libraries  by  the  command  of  Augustus. 

4.  Remedia  Ainoris,  suggesting  remedies  for  the  vinleiu-e 
of  love. 

5.  MetaiiujrjjliubKuii  Lihri  XV.,  devoted  to  the  mytho- 
logical accounts  of  transformations  caused  by  the  love, 
jealousy,  and  vengeance  of  divine  heroes  and  heroines, 
stalling  from  the  Creation  and  reacliing  down  to  tlu 
time  of  Augustus,  the  last  transformation  described  being 
that  of  the  Emperor  into  a  star.  The  skill  with 
which  the  di.stinct  episodes  are  connected  together  claims 
the  highest  admiration.  Ovid's  principal  model  was 
probably  the  'Erepoiov/xeva  of  Nicander.  The  fir.st  two  or 
three  books  of  the  Metamorphoses,  in  spite  of  their  faults, 
abound  with  beautiful  passages  which  are  poetry  in  the 
truest  sense,  and  similar  poetical  ]>assages  of  equal  excel- 
lence are  met  with,  though  less  frequently,  in  the  other 
books,  e.g.,  the  desci'iption  of  the  Cave  of  Sleep  in  the 
eleventh  book,  which  for  vigour  of  fancy  has  not  been 
surpassed  b^-  anj-  ])oet.  It  may  be  interesting  to  add 
that  Ovid  was  engaged  in  refining  and  polishing  up 
this  work  when  lie  was  driven  into  banishment  ;  in 
the  hurry  and  vexation  of  his  flight  he  burnt  the  manu- 
script, but,  bii-kiiy,  some  copies  had  alreatly  been  dis- 
tributed among  his  friends,  and  the  pooni  was  thu& 
preserved. 


INTRODUCTION.  5 

6.  Fuaiorum  Lihri  XII.,  of  which  only  the  first  six 
remain.  This  work  was  incomplete  at  the  time  of  the 
poet's  banishment,  a.d.  8,  and  he  must  have  done  the 
greatest  part  of  it  at  Tomi.  It  is  probable  that  he  began 
writing  this  patriotic  work  in  order  to  recommend  himself 
to  the  Emperor,  who  might  make  him  the  court-poet  now 
that  Horace  and  Vergil  were  dead.  His  banishment, 
however,  put  an  end  to  any  hopes  he  might  have  enter- 
tained in  that  direction. 

7.  Tristium  Libri  V.,  five  books  of  elegies  written 
during  the  first  four  years  of  his  banishment,  describing 
his  misery,  and  entreating  Augustus  for  mercy. 

8.  Epistolarum  ex  Ponto  Libri  IV.,  also  written  in 
elegiac  metre,  have  the  same  subject  as  the  Tristia. 

In  addition  to  these,  0\'id  wrote  a  tragedy  called  Medea, 
which  by  his  contemporaries  was  reckoned  his  greatest 
work,  also  an  elegiac  complaint  of  a  nut-trea  called  Nux, 
and  a  satire.  Ibis. 

It  is  now  time  to  give  a  slight  account  of  his  banish- 
ment. The  ostensible  cause  of  the  edict  of  the  Emperor 
was  the  publication  by  the  poet  of  the  Ars  Amatoria,  but 
it  has  generally  been  assumed  that  there  was  a  deeper  and 
more  personal  reason.  Ovid  hints  that  he  had  unfortu- 
nately been  a  witness  to  some  crime  or  offence  committed 
by  a  member  of  the  imperial  family.  Most  probably, 
however,  Augustus  took  advantage  of  the  opportunity 
afforded  by  his  granddaughter's  misconduct  to  punish 
both  her  and  Ovid,  whose  evil  counsels,  in  his  opinion,  had 
caused  her  and  also  her  mother  Julia  (the  Emperor's 
daughter)  to  go  astray.  Whatever  may  have  been  the 
reason,  the  fact  remains  that  towards  the  end  of  the  year 
A.D.  8  Ovid  was  suddenly  commanded  to  betake  himself  to 
Tomi,  a  town  on  the  Euxine,  near  the  mouth  of  the 
Danube,  at  the  extreme  limit  of  the  empire.  This  banish- 
ment was  not,  however,  an  exsilinm,  but  a  relegatio,  the 
latter  being  milder  than  the  former ;  by  a  relegatio  he 
neither  lost  his  citizenship  nor  deprived  himself  of 
all  hope  of  return.  To  Ovid,  with  his  town-bred  tastes 
and  requirements,  this  relegatio  was  a  most  severe  punish- 
ment, and,  though  we  cannot  admire  tho  spirit  exhibited 


S  OVID  S   TKISTIA, 

in  his  piteous  entreaties  to  be  recalled,  we  can  understand 
how  great  a  calamity  he  must  have  considered  his  enforced 
absence  from  the  cultured  society  and  abundant  pleasui'es 
and  entertainments  of  the  capital.  His  abject  flatteries 
and  humble  protestations  were  in  vain,  and  after  the  death 
of  Augustus  in  A.D.  14  he  seems  to  have  given  up  all  hope, 
and  tiiree  years  later  died  and  was  buried  in  the  place  of 
his  di'eary  exile.  During  his  banishment  his  only  solace 
was  his  poetical  writings,  of  which  a  great  many  were 
composed  at  Tomi. 


INTRODUCTION. 


§  2.   ANALYSIS  OF  METAMORPHOSES  XL 

The  general  subject-matter  of  the  fifteen  books  of  the 
Metamorphoses  has  been  given  above.  It  is  proposed  now 
to  give  a  more  detailed  account  of  Book  XL,  which  opens 
with — 

(1)  The  fable  of  the  death  of  Orpheus  (11.  1—84),  who 
is  killed  by  the  Thracian  Bacchants.  His  lifeless  head 
and  his  lyre  are  cast  into  the  river  Hebrus,  carried  down 
to  sea,  and  eventually  cast  on  shore  at  Lesbos.  A 
snake  which  is  about  to  sting  the  head  is  turned  into 
stone  by  Apollo,  and  the  Bacchic  women  who  have  killed 
the  bard  are  changed  into  trees. 

(2)  The  fable  of  Midas.  Enraged  at  the  murder  of 
Orpheus,  Bacchus  forsakes  Thrace.  Silenus,  the  tutor  of 
Bacchus,  loses  himself,  and  is  brought  to  Midas,  king  of 
Phrygia,  who  restores  him  to  Bacchus.  The  god,  in  return, 
offers  to  give  the  king  any  gift  he  chooses.  Midas  asks 
for  the  pDwer  of  turning  into  gold  everything  he  touches. 
He  obtains  this  power,  and  finds  it  a  curse  instead  of  a 
blessing  ;  he  prays  to  be  relieved  of  it,  and  with  this 
object  Bacchus  orders  him  to  bathe  in  the  Pactolus,  which 
ever  afterwards  had  golden  sands  (11.  84 — 145).  Pan 
challenges  Apollo  to  a  musical  contest ;  Tmolus  is  made 
umpire,  and  decides  in  favour  of  Apollo.  Midas,  how- 
ever, prefers  Pan,  and  is  punished  for  his  stupidity  by 
having  his  ears  changed  into  those  of  an  ass  (11.  145 — 
193). 

(3)  Fable  of  Laomedon.  Apollo,  after  punishing  !Midas, 
helps  Neptune  to  build  Troy  for  Laomedon,  who  promises 
both  the  gods  a  fixed  reward  for  their  services.  After 
Troy  is  built,  Laomedon  refuses  to  give  the  promised 
reward ;  Neptune  thereupon  inundates  the  country,  and 
is  not  appeased  until  Laomedon  exposes  his  daughter  to  a 


8  OVID  S    METAMORPHOSES. 

sea-monster.  A  reward  is  offered  for  her  rescue  ;  Hercules 
delivers  her,  but  Laomedon  ag^ain  fails  to  redeem  his 
plighted  word.  Hercules  accordingly  plunders  Trov,  and 
carries  off  Hesione,  the  daughter  of  Laomedon  (11.  194 — 
220). 

(4)  Fable  of  Peleus  and  Ceyx  (11.  265—410).  Jupiter 
becomes  alarmed  at  the  prophecy  that  Thetis  will  be  the 
mother  of  a  child  who  is  to  be  greater  than  his  father  ; 
he  accoi'dingly  allows  Peleus  to  be  her  husband,  instead 
of  assuming  that  position  himself.  The  olFspring  of  the 
marriage  is  Achilles.  Peleus  has  had  the  misfortune  to 
kill  his  brother  Phocus,  and  accordingly  goes  to  Ceyx  of 
Trachis  in  order  to  be  purified.  He  there  learns  that 
Daedalion,  the  brother  of  Ceyx,  has  been  changed  into  a 
hawk,  and  also  that  a  wolf  which  has  been  sent  by 
Psamathe  to  revenge  Phocus  is  destroying  the  herds. 
Thetis  intercedes  on  behalf  of  Peleus,  and  the  Nereid 
Psamathe  turns  the  wolf  into  stone. 

(5)  Fable  of  Ceyx  and  Alcyone.  Ceyx  is  shipwrecked 
on  his  voyage  to  the  oracle  of  Apollo  at  Claros,  whither 
he  had  gone  to  consult  about  his  brother's  fate.  His  body 
is  cast  up  on  the  shore  of  his  own  country,  and  is  there 
discovered  by  his  wife  Alcyone,  who  had  had  a  dream, 
sent  by  Somnus  at  Juno's  command,  which  revealed  to 
her  the  fate  of  her  husband.  In  despair  at  this  confirma- 
tion of  her  dream,  she  casts  herself  into  the  sea ;  but  the 
gods,  in  pity,  change  both  her  and  her  husband  into  king- 
fishers (11.  410—748). 

(6)  Fable  of  Aesacus.  The  transformation  of  Ceyx 
and  Alcyone  into  birds  reminds  the  poet  of  anotlier  similar 
transformation.  Aesacus,  the  son  of  Priam  and  Alexirrhoe, 
is  in  love  with  and  pursues  Hosperie,  the  daughter  of  the 
river-god  Cebren.  In  endeavouring  to  escape  she  is  bitten 
by  a  serpent,  and  dies  from  the  wound.  Aesacus,  through 
grief  at  her  destruction,  plunges  into  the  sea,  and  is 
changed  by  Tethys  into  a  bird  called  the  diver. 


INTRODUCTION. 


§  3.   METRE. 

The  metre  of  this  poem  is  the  ordinary  hexameter 
as  nsed  by  Yergil.  Each  line  consists  of  six  feet ; 
each  foot  is  either  a  spondee  or  a  dactyl.  A  spondee 
consists  of  two  long  syllables,  e.g.,  pt^mlent.  A  dactyl 
consists  of  one  long  syllable  followed  by  two  short 
syllables,  e.g.,  osciila. 

The  fifth  foot  in  a  line  is  always  a  dactyl,  and  the  last 
foot  a  spondee ;  or,  to  speak  more  accurately,  the  last  foot 
consists  of  two  syllables,  the  former  of  which  is  always 
long  and  the  latter  either  long  or  short. 

The  first  fonr  feet  of  the  line  can  be  either  spondees  or 
dactyls. 

The  fifth  foot  is  occasionally,  though  rery  rarely,  a 
spondee.     There  is  an  instance  in  Ovid,  Met.  XI.,  1.  93 : 

orjTa!  tradlde|rat  ||  cum  ]  Cecropf  o  Eu!molpo 

and  another  in  1.  456. 

A  caestra  is  a  cutting  up  of  a  foot  by  the  termination  of 
a  word  before  the  last  syllable  of  the  foot.  Usually  the 
caesura  falls  in  tbe  third  foot,  after  the  first  syllable  ;  but 
it  can  fall  after  the  second  syllable  of  a  dactyl,  and  it  oc- 
casionally occurs  in  the  fourth  foot  instead  of  the  third. 

An  in.stince  of  a  caesura  falling  after  the  first  syllable 
of  the  third  foot  (the  usual  caesura,  and  called  strong 
caesura)  is  given  above. 

An  instance  of  a  caesura  falling  after  the  second  syl- 
lable of  a  dactylic  third  foot  (called  a  vjealc  caesura)  is 

cumciie  cho  ro  meli|6re  ||  sii  i  vi|neta  Tilmoli 
An  instance  of  the  caesura  in  the  fourth  foot  is 

Horren  das  canit|  ambages  ||  anjtroque  re  mugit 
The  scheme  of  metre  is  accordingly 


10  ovid's  metamorphoses. 

With  regard  to  rules  for  the  quantity  of  syllables,  the 
following  are  the  most  important,  but  they  are  nearly  all 
subject  to  exceptions  : — 

(1)  A  diphthong  or  contracted  syllable  is  long,  e.g., 
auceps,  corjit  (=cdd'jit). 

(2)  The  former  of  two  vowels  not  forming  a  diphthong 
is  short,  e.g.,  gravtus. 

(3)  A  vowel  is  long  when  it  is  followed  (1)  by  two 
consonants  or  x  or  z,  whether  in  the  same  word  or 
different  words  ;  or  (2)  by  a  j  in  the  same  word. 

(4)  A  vowel  by  nature  short  becomes  either  long  or 
short  when  it  comes  before  a  mute  followed  by  a  liquid, 
e.g.,  tenebrae;  but  gn  and  gni  make  a  preceding  vowel  long. 

(5)  Final  syllables  of  words  ending  in  a,  i,  o,  «,  as,  es, 
OS,  and  c  are  long. 

(6)  Final  syllables  of  words  ending  in  e,  n,  r,  I,  d,  t, 
is,  us,  and  ys  are  short. 

(7)  Monosyllables  are  generally  long. 

(8)  Final  a  in  nom.  and  ace.  is  short. 

Final  is  is  long  in  dat.  and  abl.  plurals,  in  2nd  sing. 

pres.  of  verbs  of  the  4th  conjugation. 
Final  ns  is   short  except  in  the  nom.  and  ace.  pL, 
and  gen.  sing,  of  the  4th  declension,  and  in  fern. 
nouns  like  virfus. 
A  vowel  at  the  end  of  a  word  is  elided  before  a  vowel  at 
the  beginning  of  the  next  word. 

The  syllables  am,  em,  iin,  om,  and  nm  at  tae  end  of  a 
word  are  elided  before  a  vowel  at  the  beginning  of  the 
next  word. 

The  letter  h  has  no  effect  as  a  consonant  in  lengthening 
a  preceding  vowel.  A  final  vowel  is  elided  before  a  word 
beginning  with  It,  thus  atqiie  has. 

It  is  unusual  to  have  a  word  of  more  than  three  syllables 
at  the  end  of  a  line  ;  the  last  word  of  a  liae  generally 
consists  of  either  two  or  three  syllables.  A  aiono.sy liable 
at  the  end  of  a  line,  e.g.,  ruliculns  miis,  vulnificus  sn-s,  is 
not  reckoned  elegant,  but  this  remark  docs  not  apply  to 
a  line  ending  in  est  preceded  by  a  word  which  could  itself 
have  ended  the  line,  e.g.,  dusd  est,  credtd  est. 


INTRODUCTION.  11 

The  enclitic  que  =  and  is  sbort,  but  in  tliis  book  we 
have  two  instances  in  which  it  is  lengthened  : 

(1)  Sarculaque  rastrique  graves  longique  ligones. 

(2)  Peleusque  comitesque  rogant,  qnibus  ille  prof  atur. 

There  are  two  remarkable  instances  of  hiatus  in  this 
book: 

(1)  Tympanajqu'  et  plau|sus  ||  et|  Bacche|t  «Zttjlatus 

(2)  orgTal  ti^adidejrat  ||  ciim|  Cecr6pi|o  ^Jwlmolpo 

(1.93). 
In  addition  to  the  hiatus,  the  former  of  these  lines  is 
noticeable  because  it  ends  with  a  word  of  four  syllables, 
and  the  latter  line  is  noticeable  because  it  has  a  spondee 
in  the  fifth  foot. 

In  line  456  we  have  both  these  irregularities  combined  : 
aptarjique  su  is  ||  pin|uni  jubetj  arma'mentis. 

The  text  used  is  that  of  Triibner,  and  the  present  editor 
is  deeply  indebted  to  the  excellent  editions  of  Haupt  and 
Siebelis.     LI.  221—265  and  303—317  have  been  omitted. 


12  METAMORPHOSES   XI. 


METAMORPHOSES  XI. 

Carmine  dum  tali  silvas  animosqiie  ferarum 

Threicius  vates  et  saxa  sequentia  ducit, 

Ecce  nurus  Ciconum,  tectae  lymphata  ferinis 

Pectora  velleribus,  tumuli  de  vertice  cernunt 

Orphea  percussis  sociantem  carmina  nervis.  5 

E  quibus  una,  leves  jactato  crine  per  auras, 

"  En,"  ait  "  en  hie  est  nostri  contemptor  !  "  et  hastam 

Vatis  Apollinei  vocalia  misit  in  ora, 

Quae  foliis  praesuta  notam  sine  vulnere  fecit. 

Alterius  telum  lapis  est,  qui  missus  in  ipso  10 

Aere  concentu  victus  vocisque  lyraeque  est, 

Ac  veluti  supplex  pro  tam  furialibus  ausis 

Ante  pedes  jacuit.    sed  enim  temeraria  crescunt 

Bella,  modusque  abiit,  insauaque  regnat  Erinys. 

Cunctaque  tela  forent  cantu  mollita  :  sed  ingens  15 

Clamor  et  infracto  Berecyntia  tibia  cornu 

Tympanaque  et  plausus  et  Bacchei  ululatus 

Obstrepuere  sono  citharae.  turn  denique  saxa 

Non  exauditi  rubuerunt  sanguine  vatis. 

Ac  primum  attonitas  etiamnum  voce  canentis  20 

Innumeras  volucres  anguesque  agmenque  ferarum 

Maenades  Orphei  titulum  rapuere  triumph! 

Inde  cruentatis  vertuntur  in  Orphea  dextris 

Et  coeunt  ut  aves,  si  quando  luce  vagantem 

Noctis  avem  cernunt.  structoque  utriraque  theatre         25 

Ceu  matutina  cervus  periturus  harcna 

Praeda  canum  est,  vatemque  petunt  et  fronde  virentes 

Coniciunt  thyrsos,  non  haec  in  munera  factos  ; 

Hae  glaebas,  illae  direptos  arboro  raraos, 

Pars  torquent  silices.  neu  desint  tela  furori,  30 

Forte  boves  presso  subigebant  vomere  tcrram, 

Nee  procul  hinc  raulto  fructum  sudorc  parantes 

Dura  lacertosi  fodiebant  arva  coloni. 

Agmino  qui  viso  fugiunt,  operisque  rclinquunt 

Arma  sui.    vacuosque  jacent  dispcrsa  per  agros  35 

Sarculaque  rastrique  graves  longique  ligones. 

Quae  postquam  rapiicrc  ferae,  corniujuc  minaces 

Divulscro  boves,  ad  vatis  fata  recurrunt, 


METAMORPHOSES   XT.  13 

Tendentemqnc  manus  atque  illo  tempore  primum 

Irrita  dicentem  nee  quicquam  voce  moventem  40 

Sacrilegae  perimunt.  perque  os,  pro  Juppiter !  illud 

Auditum  saxis  intellectumque  ferarum 

Sensibus  in  ventos  anima  exhalata  recessit. 

Te  maestae  volucres,  Orpheu,  te  turba  ferarum, 

Te  rigidi  silices,  te  carmina  saepe  secutae  45 

Fleverunt  silvae  :  positis  te  frondibus  arbos 

Tousa  comam  laxit.    lacrimis  quoque  flumina  dicunt 

Increvisse  suis  :  obstrusaque  carbasa  pullo 

Naides  et  drjades  passosque  habuere  capillos. 

Membra  jacent  diversa  locis.  caput,  Hebre,  lyramque    50 

Excipis  :  et — mirum  ! — medio  dum  labitur  amne, 

Flebile  nescio  quid  queritur  lyra,  flebile  lingua 

Murmurat  exanimis,  respondent  flebile  ripae. 

Jamque  mare  invectae  flumen  populare  relinquunt, 

Et  Methymnaeae  potiuntur  litore  Lesbi.  55 

Hie  ferus  expositum  peregrinis  anguis  harenis 

Os  petit  et  sparsos  stillanti  rore  capillos. 

Tandem  Phoebus  adest,  morsusque  inferre  parantem 

Arcet,  et  in  lapidem  rictus  serpentis  apertos 

Congelat  et  patulos,  ut  erant,  indurat  hiatus.  60 

Umbra  subit  terras,  et  quae  loca  viderat  ante, 

Cuncta  recognoscit :  quaerensque  per  arva  piorum 

Invenit  Eurydicen,  cupidisquc  amplectitur  ulnis. 

Hie  modo  conjunctis  spatiantur  passibus  ambo, 

Nunc  praecedentem  sequitur,  nunc  praevius  anteit,        65 

Eurydicenque  suam  jam  tuto  respicit  Orpheus. 

Non  inpune  tamen  scolus  hoc  sinit  esse  Lyaeus: 
Amissoque  dolens  sacrorum  vate  suorum, 
Protinus  in  silvis  matres  Edonidas  omnes, 
Quae  videre  nefas,  torta  radice  ligavit.  70 

Quippe  pedum  digitos,  in  quantum  quaeque  secuta  est, 
Traxit,  et  in  solidam  detrusit  acumine  terram. 
Utque  suum  laqueis,  quos  callidus  abdidit  auceps, 
Crus  ubi  commisit  volucris,  sensitque  teneri, 
Plangitur,  ac  trepidans  astringit  vincula  motu;  75 

Sic,  ut  quaeque  solo  defixa  cohaeserat  harum, 
Exsternata  fugam  frustra  temptabat :  at  illam 
Lenta  tenet  radix,  exsultantemque  coercet. 
Dumque  ubi  sint  digiti,  dum  pes  ubi,  quaerit,  et  ungues, 
Aspicit  in  teretes  lignum  succedere  suras.  80 

Et  conata  femur  maerenti  plangere  dextra, 
Robora  percussit.   pectus  quoque  robora  fiunt : 
Robora  sunt  umeri :  longos  quoque  bracchia  veros 


14  METAMORPHOSES   XI. 

Esse  putes  ramos,  et  non  fallare  putando. 
Nee  satis  hoc  Baccho  est.   ipsos  quocjue  deserit  agros,  85 
Cumque  chore  meliore  sui  vineta  Timoli 
Pactolonque  petit ;  quamvis  non  aureus  illo 
Tempore  nee  caris  erat  invidiosus  harenis. 
Hunc  assueta  cohors  satyri  bacchaeque  frequentant : 
At  Silenus  abest.   titubantem  annisque  meroque  90 

Ruricolae  cepere  Phryges,  vinctumque  coronis 
Ad  regem  duxere  Midan,  cui  Thracius  Orpheus 
Orgia  tradiderat  cum  Cecropio  Eumolpo. 
Qui  simul  agnovit  socium  comitemque  sacrorum, 
Hospitis  adventu  festum  genialiter  egit  95 

Per  bis  quinque  dies  et  junctas  ordine  noctes. 
Et  jam  stellarum  sublime  coegerat  agmen 
Lucifer  undecimus,  Lydos  cum  laetus  in  agros 
Rex  venit,  et  juveni  Silenum  reddit  alumno. 
rHuic  deus  optandi  gratum,  sed  inutile,  fecit  100 

Muneris  arbitrium,  gaudens  altore  recepto. 
Ille,  male  usurus  donis,  ait  "  effice,  quicqiiid 
Corpore  contigero,  fulvum  vertatur  in  aurum." 
Annuit  optatis,  nocituraque  munera  solvit 
Liber,  et  indoluit,  quod  non  meliora  petisset.  105 

Laetus  abit  gaudetque  malo  Berecyutius  heros  : 
Pollicitique  fidem  tangendo  singula  temptat. 
Vixque  sibi  credens,  non  alta  fronde  virentem 
Ilice  detraxit  virgam  :  virga  aurea  facta  est. 
Tollit  humo  saxum :  saxum  quoque  palluit  auro.  110 

Contigit  et  glaebam  :  contactu  glaeba  potenti 
Massa  fit.    arentes  Cereris  decerpsit  aristas  : 
Aurea  messis  erat.    demptum  tenet  arbore  poraum : 
Hesperidas  donasse  putes.    si  postibus  altis 
Adraovit  digitos,  postes  radiare  videntur.  115 

Ille  etiam  liquidis  palmas  ubi  laverat  undis, 
Unda  fluens  palmis  Danaen  eluderc  posset. 
Vix  spes  ipse  suas  animo  capit,  aurea  fingena 
Omnia,    gaudenti  mensas  posuerc  ministri 
Exstructas  dapibus  nee  tostae  frugis  ogentes :  120 

Turn  vero,  sive  ille  sua  Cercalia  Acs  <  :\ 
Munera  contigerat.  Cercalia  dona  ri,i;L'l)ant ; 
Sive  dapes  avido  coTivellere  dcnto  parabat, 
Laramiiia  fulva  dapes,  udmoto  donte,  preraebat. 
Miscuerat  puris  auctorera  muneris  undis  :  125 

P\isile  por  rictus  aurum  tluitare  videres. 
Attonitus  novitate  inali,  divesquo  miserque. 
EtTugere  optat  opes  et  fiuae  modo  voverat,  odit. 


METAMORPHOSES   XI.  15 

Copia  nulla  famera  relevat;  sitis  arida  uuttur 
Urit,  et  inviso  moritus  torquotur  ab  auro.  130 

Ad  calaeuraque  manus  et  splendida  bracchia  toUens, 
"Da  veniam,  Leuaee  pater  !  peccarimus  ;  "  inquit 
"  Sed  miserere,  precor,  speciosoque  eripe  damuo." 
Mite  deum  uumen  Bacchus  peccasse  fatentem 
Eestituit,  factique  fide  data  munera  solvit.  135 

"Neve  male  optato  maneas  circumlitus  auro. 
Vade"  ait  "ad  maguis  viciuum  Sardibus  amnem, 
Perque  jugum  mentis  labentibus  obvius  undis 
Carpe  viam,  donee  venias  ad  fluminis  ortus  ; 
Spumigeroque  tuum  fonti,  qua  plurimus  exit,  1 40 

Subde  caput,  corpusque  simul,  siraul  elue  crimen." 
Eex  jussae  snccedit  aquae,    vis  anrea  tinxit 
Flumen,  et  humane  de  corpore  cessit  in  amnem. 
Nunc  quoque  jam  veteris  percepto  semine  venae 
Arva  rigent  auro  raadidis  palleutia  glaebis.  145 

Hie,  perosus  opes,  silvas  et  rura  colebat, 
Panaque  montanis  habitantem  semper  in  antris. 
Pingue  sed  ingenium  mansit ;  nocituraque,  ut  ante, 
Rursus  erant  domino  stolidae  praecordia  mentis. 
Nam  frcta  prospiciens  late  riget  arduus  alto 
Tmolus  in  ascensu,  clivoque  extensus  utroque 
Sardibus  hinc,  illinc  parvis  finitur  Hypaepis. 
Pan  ibi  dum  leneris  jactat  sua  carmina  nymphis 
Et  leve  cerata  modulatur  harundine  carmen, 
Ausus  Apollineos  prae  se  contemnere  cantus,  155 

Judice  sub  Tmolo  ccrtamen  venit  ad  inpar. 
Monte  suo  senior  judex  consedit,  et  aures 
Liberat  arboribus  ;  quercu  coma  caerula  tantum 
Cingitur,  et  pendent  circum  cava  tempera  glandes. 
Isque  deum  peceris  spectans  "  in  judice  "  dixit  160 

"  Nulla  mora  est."    calamis  agrestibus  insonat  ille : 
Barbaricoque  Midan — aderat  nam  forte  canenti — 
Carmine  delenit.    pest  hunc  sacer  era  retorsit 
Tmolus  ad  os  Phoebi ;  vultum  sua  silva  secuta  est. 
Ille  caput  flavum  lauro  Parnaside  vinctus  165 

Verrit  humum  Tyrio  saturata  murice  palla  : 
Instrictamque  fidem  gemmis  et  dentibus  Indis 
Sustinet  a  laeva  :  tenuit  manus  altera  plectrum. 
Artificis  status  ipse  fuit.    turn  stamina  docto 
PoUice  sollicitat,  quorum  dulcedine  captus  170 

Pana  jubet  Tmolus  citharae  summittere  cannas. 
Judicium  sanctique  placet  sententia  mentis 
Omnibus,   arguitur  tamen  atqae  injusta  vocatur 


IG  METAM  jRPHOSES   XI. 

Unius  sermone  Midae.    nee  Delius  aures 

Humanam  stolidas  patitur  retinere  figuram  :  175 

Sed  trahit  in  spatium,  villisque  albentibus  implet, 

Instabilesque  imas  facit  et  dat  posse  moveri. 

Cetera  sunt  hominis  :  partem  damnatur  in  unam, 

Induiturque  aures  lente  gradientis  aselli. 

lUe  quidem  celare  cupit,  turpique  pudore  180 

Tempora  purpureis  temptat  velare  tiaris. 

Sed  solitus  longos  ferro  resecare  capillos 

Viderat  hoc  famulus,    qui  cum  nee  prodere  visum 

Dedecus  auderet,  cupiens  efferre  sub  aura?. 

Nee  posset  reticere  tamen,  secedit,  humumque  185 

Effodit,  et,  domini  quales  aspexerit  aures, 

Voce  refert  parva,  terraeque  inmurmurat  haustae; 

Indiciumque  suae  voces  tellure  regesta 

Obruit,  et  scrobibus  tacitus  discedit  opertis. 

Creber  harundinibus  tremulis  ibi  surgere  lucus  190 

Coepit,  et,  ut  primum  pleno  maturuit  anno, 

Prodidit  agricolam  :  leni  nam  motus  ab  austro 

Obruta  verba  refert,  dominique  coarguit  aures. 

Ultus  abit  Tmolo,  liquidumque  per  aera  vectus 
Angustum  citi-a  pontum  Ncphcleidos  Helles  195 

Laomedonteis  Latoius  astitit  arvis. 
Dextera  Sigei,  Rhoetei  laeva  profundi 
Ara  Panomphaeo  vetus  est  sacrata  Tonanti. 
Inde  novae  primum  moliri  moenia  Trojao 
Laomedonta  videt,  susceptaque  magna  labore  200 

Crescere  ditHcili,  nee  opes  ex'poscere  parvas  : 
Cumque  tridentigero  tumidi  genitore  profundi 
Mortidem  induitur  formam.  Phrygiaeque  tyranno 
Aedificat  muros,  pactus  pro  moenibus  aurura. 
Stabatopus:  pretium  rex  inticiatur,  et  addit,  205 

Perfidiae  cumulum,  falsis  perjuria  verbis. 
"Non  inpunc  feres"'  rector  maris  inquit:  et  omnes 
Incliiiavit  acpias  ad  avarae  litora  Trojae. 
Inque  freti  formam  terras  complevit,  opesque 
Abstulit  agricolis  et  fiuctibus  obruit  agros.  210 

Poena  neque  haec  satis  est :  regis  quoque  filia  moustro 
Poscitur  aoquoreo.    qiiam  dura  ad  saxa  revinctam 
Viiidicat  Alcides,  pronii.ss:i<|UC  munera,  dictos 
Poscit  cc|uos  ;  tantirpic  operis  mercede  negata 
Bis  perjura  cajnt  superatac  moenia  Trojao.  215 

Nee  pars  railitiac.  Telamon,  sine  honore  rcccssit, 
Hesiiineque  data  potitur.    nam  conjuge  Pcleus 
Clams  erat  diva,    nee  avi  magis  ille  superbit 


METAMORPHOSES   XI.  17 

Nomine,  quarn  soceri ;  siquidem  Jovis  esse  uepoti 
Coutigit  haud  uui,  conjuux  dea  contigit  uni.  220 


Felix  et  nato,  felix  et  conjiige  Peleus,  266 

Et  cui,  si  demas  iugulati  crimina  Phoci, 
Omnia  contigerant.     fraterno  sanguine  sontem 
Expulsumque  domo  patria  Trachinia  tellus 
Accipit.     hie  regnum  sine  vi,  sine  caedc  regebat  270 

Lucifero  genitore  satus,  patriumque  nitorem 
Ore  ferens  Ceyx.     illo  qui  tempore  maestus 
Dissimilisque  sui  fratrem  lugebat  ademptum. 
Quo  postquam  Aeacides  fessus  curaque  viaque 
Venit,  et  intravit  paucis  comitantihus  nrbem.  275 

Qiiosque  greges  pecorum,  quae  secum  armenta  trahebat, 
Haud  procul  a  muris  sub  opaca  valle  reliquit, 
Copia  cum  facta  est  adeundi  prima  tyranni, 
Velamenta  manu  praetendens  supplice,  qui  ait, 
Quoque  satus,  memorat.     tantum  sua  crimina  celat,     280 
Mentiturque  fugae  causam  ;  petit,  urbe  vel  agro 
Se  juvet.     hunc  contra  placido  Tracbinius  ore 
Talibus  alloquitur  :  "  mediae  quoque  commoda  plebi 
Nostra  patent,  Peleu,  nee  inhospica  regna  tenemus. 
Adicis  huic  animo  momenta  potentia,  clarum  285 

Nomen  avumque  Jovem.     ne  tempora  perde  precando  : 
Quod  petis,  omne  feres,     tuaque  haec  pro  parte  vocato, 
Qualiacumque  vides.     utinam  meliora  videres  !  " 
Et  flebat.     moveat  tantos  quae  causa  dolores, 
Peleusque  comitesque  rogant.     quibus  ille  profatur  :    290 
"  Forsitan  banc  volucrem,  rapto  quae  vivit  et  omnes 
Terret  aves,  semper  pejinas  babuisse  putetis. 
Yir  fuit.     et  tanta  est  anirai  constantia.  quantum 
Frater  erat  belloque  ferox  ad  vimque  paratus, 
Nomine  Daedalion,  illo  genitore  creatus,  295 

Qui  vocat  auroram  caeloque  novissimus  exit. 
Culta  mihi  pax  est,  pacis  mihi  cura  tenendae 
Conjugiique  fuit :  fratri  fera  bella  placebant. 
Illius  virtus  reges  gentesque  subegit, 
Quae  nunc  Thisbaeas  agitat  mutata  columbas.  300 

Nata  erat  huic  Chione,  quae  dotatissima  forma 
Mille  procoa  habuit,  bis  septem  nubilis  annis. 


18  METAMORPHOSES   XI. 

Quid  peperisse  duos  et  dis  placuisse  duobus 

Et  forti  genitore  et  progeuitore  comanti 

Esse  satara  prodest  ?  an  obest  quoque  gloria  raultis  ?  320 

Obfuit  huic  certe.     quae  se  praeferre  Dianae 

Sustinuit,  faciemque  deae  culpavit.     at  illi 

Ira  ferox  mota  est,  '  factis  '  que  '  placebimus  '  inquit. 

Nee  mora,  curvavit  cornu,  nervoque  sagittam 

Inpulit,  et  meritam  trajecit  haruudine  linguam.  325 

Lingua  tacet,  nee  vox  temptataque  verba  sequuntur  ; 

Conantemque  loqui  cum  sanguine  vita  reliquit. 

Quam  miser  araplexans  ego  tum  patruoque  dolorem 

Corde  tuli,  fratrique  pio  solacia  misi ; 

Quae  pater  baud  aliter,  quam  cautes  murmura  ponti    330 

Accipit,  et  natam  delamentatur  ademptam : 

Ut  vero  ardentem  vidit,  quater  impetus  illi 

In  medios  iuit  ire  rogos  ;  quater  inde  repulsus 

Concita  membra  fugae  mandat,  similisque  juvenco 

Spicula  crabronum  pressa  cervice  gerenti,  335 

Qua  via  nulla,  ruit.     jam  tum  mihi  currere  visua 

Plus  homine  est,  alasque  pedes  sumpsisse  putares. 

EfFugit  ergo  omnes,  veloxque  cupidine  leti 

Vertice  Pamasi  potitur.  miseratus  Apollo, 

Cum  se  Daedalion  saxo  misisset  ab  alto,  340 

Fecit  avem  et  subitis  pendent  em  sustulit  alis, 

Onxciue  adunca  dodit,  curvos  dedit  unguibus  hamos, 

Virtutem  antiquain,  ma j ores  corpore  vires. 

Et  nunc  accipiter,  nulli  satis  aequus,  in  omnes 

Saevit  aves,  alii^f|ue  dolens  fit  causa  dolendi."  345 

Quae  dum  Lucifero  genitus  miracula  uarrat 
De  coiisoite  suo,  cursu  festinus  anhelo 
Advolat  armenti  custos  Phoceus  Anetor, 
Et  "  Peleu,  Peleu  !  magnao  tibi  nuntius  adsum 
Cladis  "  ait.     quodcumque  ferat,  jubet  edere  Peleus.     350 
Pendet  et  ipse  metu  trepidi  Trachinius  oris. 
lUe  refert :  "  fessos  ad  litora  curva  juveiK-ns 
Appuleram,  medio  cum  Sol  altissimus  orbi- 
Tantum  respicerct,  (luiintum  superesse  vidi-ret ; 
Parsque  boum  fulvis  genua  iuclinarat  haniiis,  355 

Latarumque  jaceiis  campos  spectabat  aquarum. 
Pars  gradibus  tardis  illuc  crrabat  et  illuc, 
Naiit  alii,  cclsoquc  instant  su])er  aeqnoni  coUo. 
Templa  mari  .subsunt  ncc  miirmore  clara  nee  auro, 
Sed  trabibns  dcnsis  lucoquc  umbrosa  vetusto :  360 

Ncroides  Nercusque  tencnt;  hos  navita  ponti 
Edidit  esse  deos,  dum  retia  litorc  siccat. 


METAMORPHOSES   XI.  19 

Juucta  palus  huic  est,  densis  obsessa  salictis, 

Quam  restagnantis  fecit  maris  unda  paludera. 

lode  fragore  gravi  strepitus  loca  proxima  terret ;  365 

Belua  vasta,  lupus  mucisque  palustribus  exit 

Oblitus  et  spumis,  exspcrsus  sanguine  rictus 

Fulmiueos,  rubra  suffusus  lumiua  flamma. 

Qui  quamquam  saevit  pariter  rabieque  fameque, 

Acrior  est  rabie.     neque  enim  jejunia  curat  370 

Caede  boum  diramque  famem  tinire,  sed  omne 

Vulnerat  armentum,  steruitque  hostiliter  omne. 

Pars  quoque  de  nobis  funesto  saucia  morsu, 

Dum  defensamus,  leto  est  data,     sanguine  btus 

Undaque  prima  rubet  demugitaeque  paludes.  375 

Sed  mora  damnosa  est,  nee  res  dubitare  remittit. 

Dum  superest  aliquid,  cuncti  coeamus,  et  arma, 

Arma  capessamus,  conjunctaque  tela  feramus." 

Dixerat  agrestis.     nee  Pelea  damna  movebant : 

Sed,  memor  admissi,  Nereida  coUigit  orbam  380 

Damna  sua  inferias  extincto  mittere  Phoco. 

Induere  arma  viros  violentaque  sumere  tela 

Rex  jubet  Oetaeus ;  cum  quis  simul  ipse  parabat 

Ire.     sed  Alcyone  coujunx  excita  tumultu 

Prosilit,  et,  nondum  totos  ornata  capillos,  385 

Disicit  hos  ipsos,  colloque  infusa  mariti, 

Praestet  ut  auxilium  sine  se,  verbisque  precatur 

Et  lacrimis,  animasque  duas  ut  servet  in  una. 

Aeacides  illi:  "pulchros,  regina,  piosque 

Pone  metus.    plena  est  promissi  gratia  vestri.  390 

Non  placet  arma  mibi  contra  nova  monstra  moveri : 

Numen  adorandum  pelagi  est."     erat  ardua  turris 

Arce  loci  summa,  fessis  lux  grata  carinis. 

Ascendunt  illuc,  stratosque  in  litore  tauros 

Cum  gemitu  aspiciunt,  vastatoremque  cruento  395 

Ore  ferum,  longos  infectura  sanguine  villos. 

Inde  manus  tendens  in  aperti  litora  ponti, 

Caeruleam  Peleus  Psamathen,  ut  finiat  iram, 

Orat,  opemque  ferat.     nee  vocibus  ilia  rogantis 

riectitur  Aeacidae:  Thetis  banc  pro  conjuge  supplez  400 

Accepit  veniam.     sed  enim  revocatus  in  acri 

Caede  lupus  perstat,  dulcedine  sanguinis  asper; 

Donee  inhaerentem  lacerae  cervice  juvencae 

Marmore  mutavit.   corpus  praeterque  colorem 

Omnia  servarit :  lapidis  color  indicat,  ilium  405 

Jam  non  esse  lupum,  jam  non  debere  timeri. 

Kec  tamen  hac  profugum  consistere  Pelea  terra 


20  METAMORPHOSES    XI. 

Fata  sinunt :  jMagnetas  adit  vagus  exul.  et  illic 
Sumit  ab  Haemonio  purgamina  caedis  Acasto. 

Interea  fratrisque  sui  fratremque  secutis  410 

Anxia  prodigiis  turbatus  pectora  Ceyx, 
Consulat  ut  sacras,  hominum  oblectamina,  sortes, 
Ad  Clarium  parat  ire  deum.     nam  templa  profanus 
Invia  cum  Phlegyis  faciebat  Delphica  Phorbas. 
Consilii  tamen  ante  sui,  fidissima,  certam  415 

Te  facit,  Alcyone,     cui  protinus  intima  frigus 
Ossa  receperunt,  buxoque  simillimus  ora 
Pallor  obit,  lacrimisque  genae  maduere  profusis. 
Ter  conata  loqui  ter  fletibus  ora  rigavit, 
Singultuque  pias  interrumpente  querellas  420 

"  Quae  mea  culpa  tuam,"  dixit  "  carissime,  mentem 
Vertit  ?    ubi  est,  quae  cura  mei  prior  esse  solebat  ? 
Jam  potes  Alcyone  securus  abesse  relicta  ? 
Jam  via  longa  placet  ?   jam  sum  tibi  carior  absens  ? 
At,  puto,  per  terras  iter  est,  tantumque  dolebo,  425 

Non  etiam  metuam,  curaeque  timore  carebunt. 
Aequora  me  terrent  et  ponti  tristis  imago, 
Et  laceras  nuper  tabulas  in  litore  vidi, 
Et  saepe  in  turaulis  sine  corpore  nomina  legi. 
Neve  tuum  fallax  animum  fiducia  tangat,  430 

Quod  socer  Hippotades  tibi  sit,  qui  carcere  fortes 
Contineat  ventos,  et,  cum  velit,  aequora  placet. 
Cum  semel  emissi  tenuerunt  aequora  venti. 
Nil  illis  vetitum  est,  incommendataquetellus 
Oranis,  et  omne  fretum.     caeli  quoque  nubila  vexant    435 
Excutiuntque  feris  rutilos  concursibus  ignes. 
Quo  magis  hos  novi, — nam  novi  et  saepe  paterna 
Parva  domo  vidi — magis  hoc  reor  esse  timendos. 
Quod  tua  si  flecti  precibus  sententia  nullis. 
Care,  potest,  conjunx,  nimiunique  es  certus  eundi,        440 
Me  quoque  tolle  simul.     certe  jactabimur  una. 
Nee  nisi  quae  patiar,  metuam  ;  pariterque  feremus, 
Quicquid  erit ;  pariter  super  aequora  lata  feremur." 
Talibus  Acolidis  dictis  lacrimisque  movetur 
Sidereus  conjunx  :  neque  enim  minor  ignis  in  ipso  est.  445 
Sed  neque  propositos  pelagi  dimitterc  cursus, 
Ni'C  vult  Alcyoncn  in  jiartem  adhibcrc  pericli ; 
Multaque  respondit  timiduni  .solantia  pectus. 
Non  tiimcn  idcirco  causam  pmliat.     addidit  illia 
Hoc  (luoque  leninien,  <|Uo  sold  Hcxit  amantein  :  450 

"  Longu  <|uidoui  est  nnbis  oiiinis  mora  :  sed  tibi  jure 
Per  putrios  ignes,  si  me  modo  fata  remittent, 


METAMORPHOSES   XI.  21 

Ante  reversurum,  qnam  luna  bis  impleat  orbem." 

His  ubi  promissis  spes  est  admota  recursus, 

Protinus  ednctain  navalibus  aequore  tingui,  455 

Aptarique  suis  piuiim  jubet  armamemis. 

Qua  rursus  visa,  veluti  praesaga  faturi, 

Horruit  Alcyone  lacrimasque  emisit  obortas, 

Amplexusque  dedit,  tristique  miserrima  tandem 

Ore  "  vale  "  dixit,  coUapsaque  coipore  toto  est.  460 

Ast  juvenes,  quaerente  moras  Ceyce,  reducunt 

Ordmibus  geminis  ad  fortia  pectora  remos, 

AequaUque  ictu  scindunt  freta.    sustulit  ilia 

Umentes  oculos,  stantemque  in  puppe  i-ecurva 

Concussaque  manu  dantem  sibi  signa  maritum  465 

Prima  videt  redditque  notas  :  ubi  terra  recessit 

Longius,  atque  oculi  nequeunt  cognoscere  vnltus, 

Dum  licet,  insequitur  fugientem  lumine  pinum  : 

Haec  quoque  ut  baud  poterar,  spatio  sumraota,  videri, 

Vela  tamen  spectat  summo  tluitantia  malo.  470 

Ut  nee  vela  videt,  vacuum  petit  anxia  lectum, 

Seque  toro  ponit.    renovat  lectusque  locusque 

Alcyonae  lacrimas,  et  quae  pars,  admonet,  absit. 

Portibus  exierant,  et  moverat  aura  rudentes  : 

Obvertit  lateri  pendentes  navita  remos.  475 

Cornuaque  in  sumraa  locat  arbore,  totaque  malo 

Carbasa  deducit  venientesque  accipit  auras. 

Aut  minus,  aut  certe  medium  non  amplius  aequor 

Puppe  secabatur,  longeque  erat  utraque  tellus, 

Cum  mare  sub  noctem  tumidis  albescere  coepit  480 

Flucribus  et  praeceps  spirare  valentius  eurus. 

"  Ardua  jandudum  demittite  comua,"  rector 

Clamat  "  et  antemnis  totum  subnectite  velum." 

Hie  jubet :  impediunt  adversae  jussa  procellae, 

Nee  sinit  audiri  vocem  fragor  aequoris  ullam.  485 

Sponte  tamen  properant  alii  subducere  remos, 

Pars  munire  latus,  pars  ventis  vela  negare  : 

Egerit  hie  fluctus,  aequorque  refundit  in  aequor, 

Hie  rapit  antemnas.    quae  dum  sine  lege  geruntur, 

Aspera  crescit  hiems,  omnique  e  parte  feroces  490 

Bella  gerunt  venti  fretaque  indignantia  miscent. 

Ipse  pavet,  nee  se,  qui  sit  status,  ipse  fatetur 

Scire  ratis  rector,  nee  quid  jubeatve,  vetetve  : 

Tanta  mali  moles,  tantoque  potentior  arte  est. 

Quippe  sonant  elamore  viri,  stridore  rudentes,  495 

Undurum  incursu  gravis  unda,  tonitribus  aether. 

Fluetibus  erigitur  caelumque  aequare  videtur 


22  METAMORPHOSES    XI. 

Pontus,  et  mdnctas  apperj^ine  tangere  nubes  ; 

Et  modo,  cum  fulvas  ex  imo  verrit  harenas, 

Concolor  est  illis,  Stygia  modo  nigrior  unda  :  500 

Stemitur  interdum,  spumisque  sonantibus  albet. 

Ipsa  quoque  his  agitur  vicibus  Tracliinia  puppis  : 

Et  nunc  sublimis  veluti  de  vertice  mentis 

Despicere  in  valles  imumque  Acheronta  videtur : 

Nunc,  ubi  demissam  curvum  circumstetit  aequor,  505 

Suspicere  inferno  summum  de  gurgite  caelum. 

Saepe  dat  ingentem  fluctu  latus  icta  fragorem, 

Nee  levius  pulsata  sonat,  quam  ferreus  olim 

Cum  laceras  aries  ballistave  concutit  arces. 

Utque  solent  sumptis  incursu  viribus  ire  510 

Pectore  in  arma  feri  protentaque  tela  leones  : 

Sic  ubi  se  ventis  admiserat  unda  coortis. 

Ibat  in  arma  ratis,  multoque  erat  altior  illis. 

Jamque  labant  cunei,  spoliataque  tegmine  cerae 

Rima  patet,  praebetque  viam  letalibus  undis.  515 

Ecce  cadunt  largi  rosolutis  nubibus  imbres, 

Inque  fretum  credas  totum  descendere  caelum, 

Inque  plagas  caeli  tumefactum  ascend  ere  pontum. 

Vela  madent  nimbis,  et  cum  caelestibus  undis 

Aequoreae  miscentur  aquae,    caret  ignibus  aether,        520 

Caecaque  nox  premitur  tenebris  hiemisque  suisque. 

Discutiunt  taraen  has  praebentque  micantia  lumen 

Fulmina :  fulmineis  ardescunt  ignibus  undae. 

Dat  quoque  jam  saltus  intra  cava  texta  carinae 

Fluctus  :  et  ut  miles,  numero  praestantior  omni,  525 

Cum  saepe  adsiluit  defensae  moenibus  urbis, 

Spe  potitur  tandem,  laudisque  accensus  amore 

Inter  mille  viros  murum  tamen  occupat  unus  : 

Sic  ubi  pulsarunt  noviens  latera  ardua  fluctus, 

Vastius  insurgens  decimae  ruit  impetus  undae,  530 

Nee  prius  absistit  fessam  obpugnare  carinara, 

Quam  vclut  in  captae  descendat  moenia  navis. 

Pars  igitur  temptabat  adhur  invadcre  pinum. 

Pars  maris  intus  erat.    trepidant  hand  secius  omnes, 

Quam  solet  urbs,  aliis  murum  fodiontibus  extra  535 

Atque  aliis  murum,  trepidare,  tenentibus  intus. 

Deficit  ars,  animique  cadunt :  totidomque  videntar, 

Quot  veniant  fluctus,  mere  atque  irrunipcre  mortes. 

Non  tenet  hie  lacrimas  ;  stupet  hie ;  vocat  illo  beatos, 

Funera  quos  maneant ;  hie  votis  uumen  adorat,  540 

Bracchiaciue  ad  caelum,  quod  non  vidot,  irrita  tollens 

Poscit  opem  :  subcunt  illi  fratresque  parensqae, 


METAMORPHOSES    XI.  23 

Huic  cum  piguoribus  domus,  et  quod  cuique  relictum  est. 

Alcyoue  Ceyca  movet ;  Ceycis  in  ore 

Nulla  nisi  Alcyone  est :  et  cum  desideret  unam,  545 

Gaudet  abesse  tamen.    patriae  quoque  vellet  ad  oras 

Respicere,  inqne  domum  supremos  vertere  vultus  : 

Verum  ubi  sit,  nescit ;  tanta  vortigine  poutus 

Ferret,  et  inducta  piceis  e  nubibus  umbra 

Omne  latet  caelum,  duplicataqne  noctis  imago  est.        550 

Frangltur  iucursu  iiimbosi  turbiuis  arbor ; 

Frangitur  et  regimen  :  spoliisqiie  animosa  superstes 

Unda,  velut  victrix,  sinuataque  despicit  undas  : 

Nee  levins,  quam  siquis  Atbon  Pindumve  revulsos 

Sede  sua  totos  in  apcrtum  everterit  aequor,  555 

Praecipitata  cadit,  pariterqiie  et  poudere  et  ictu 

Mergit  in  ima  ratem,  cum  qua  pars  magna  virorum 

Gurgite  pressa  gravi  neque  in  aera  reddita  fato 

Functa  suo  est.    alii  partes  et  membra  carinae 

Trunca  tenent.    tenet  ipse  manu,  qua  sceptra  solebat,    660 

Fragmina  navigii  Ceyx,  socerumque  patremque 

Invocat  heu  !  frustra.    sed  plurima  nantis  in  ore 

Alcyone  conjunx.    illam  meminitque  refertque: 

niius  ante  oculos  ut  agant  sua  corpoi'a  fluctus, 

Optat,  et  exanimis  manibus  tumuletur  amicis.  565 

Dum  natat,  absentem,  quotiens  sinit  hiscere  fluctus. 

Nominat  Alcyonen.  ipsisque  inmurmurat  uudis. 

Ecce  super  medios  fluctus  niger  arcus  aquarum 

Frangitur,  et  rupta  mersum  caput  obruit  unda. 

Lucifer  obscurus,  nee  quern  cognoscere  posses,  570 

Ilia  luce  fuit:  quoniamque  excedere  caelo 

Non  licuit,  densis  texit  sua  nubibus  ora. 

Aeolis  interea  tantorum  ignara  malorum 
Dinumerat  noctes  :  et  jam,  quas  induat  ille, 
Festinat  vestes,  jam  quas,  ubi  veuerit  ille,  675 

Ipsa  gerat,  reditusque  sibi  proraittit  inanes. 
Omnibus  ilia  quidem  superis  pia  tura  ferebat : 
Ante  tamen  cunctos  Junonis  templa  colebat, 
Proque  viro,  qui  nnllus  erat,  veniebat  ad  aras, 
TJtque  foret  sospes  conjunx  suus,  utque  rediret,  580 

Optabat,  nuUamque  sibi  praeferret.    at  illi 
Hoc  de  tot  votis  poterat  contingere  solum. 

At  dea  non  ultra  pro  functo  morte  rogari 
Snstinet;  utque  maiius  funcstas  arceat  aris, 
"  Iri,  meae  "  dixit  "  fidis.sima  nuntia  vocis,  585 

Vise  soporiferam  Somni  velociter  aulam, 
Exstinctique  jube  Ceycis  imagine  mittat 


24  METAMORPHOSES    XI. 

Somnia  ad  Alcyonen  veros  uarrantia  casus." 
Dixerat  :  induitur  velamina  mille  colorum 
Iris,  et  arcuato  caelum  curvamine  signans  590 

Tecta  petit  jnssi  sub  nube  latentia  regis. 
[     Est  prope  Cimmerios  longo  spelunca  recessu, 
Mons  cavus.  ignavi  domus  et  penetralia  Somui : 
Quo  numqiiam  radiis  oriens  mediusve  cadensve 
Phoebus  adire  potest,    nebulae  caligine  mixtae  595 

Exhalantur  humo  dubiaeque  crepuscula  lucis. 
Non  vigil  ales  ibi  cristati  cantibus  oris 
Evocat  Auroram,  nee  voce  silentia  rumpunt 
Sollicitive  canes  canibusve  sagacior  anser. 
Non  fera,  non  pecudes,  non  moti  flaraine  rami,  600 

Humanaeve  sonum  reddunt  convicia  linguae. 
Muta  quies  habitat,    saxo  tarn  en  exit  ab  imo 
Rivus  aquae  Lethes,  per  quem  cum  murmure  labens 
Invitat  somnos  crepitantibus  unda  lapillis. 
Ante  fores  antri  fecunda  pajiavera  florent  605 

Innumeraeque  herbae,  quarum  de  lacte  soporem 
Nox  legit  et  spargit  per  opacas  umida  terras. 
Janua,  ne  verso  stridores  cardine  reddat, 
Nulla  domo  tota  ;  custos  in  limine  nullus. 
At  medio  torus  est  ebeno  sublimis  in  antro, —  610 

Plumeus,  unicolor,  pullo  velamine  tectus  ; 
Quo  cubat  ipse  deus  membris  languore  solutis. 
Hunc  circa  passim  varias  imitantia  formas 
Somnia  vana  jacent  totidera,  quot  messis  aristas, 
Silva  gerit  I'rondes,  ejectas  litus  harenas.     )  615 

Quo  simul  intravit,  manibnsque  obstantia  virgo 
Somnia  dimovit,  vestis  fulgore  reluxit 
Sacra  domus  :  tardaque  deus  gravitate  jacentes 
Vix  ocnlos  tollens,  iterumque  iterumque  relabens 
Summaque  percutiens  nutanti  pectora  mento,  620 

Excussit  tandem  sibi  se,  cubitoque  Icvatus, 
Quid  veniat, — cognovit  enim — scitatur.    at  ilia  : 
"  Somne,  quics  rerum,  placidissime,  Somne,  deorum, 
Pax  animi,  quem  cura  fugit,  qui  corpora  duris 
Fe.ssa  ministeriis  mulccs  reparasque  labori !  625 

Somnia,  quae  veras  aequent  imitamine  formas, 
Herculea  Tiachiue  jube  sub  imagine  regis 
Alcyonen  adeant,  simulacraque  naufraga  fingant. 
Imperat  hoc  Juno."     postcpiam  mandata  pi  regit, 
Iris  abit :  nequc  enim  ultcrius  tolerare  vaporis  630 

Vim  poterat,  labique  ui  somnum  scusit  in  anus, 
Eljugit,  et  remcat  per  quos  mode  venerat  arcus. 


METAMORPHOSES   XI.  25 

At  pater  e  populo  natorum  mille  .«uorum 
Excitat  artificeni  simulatoremcjue  fiizurae 
Morphea,    non  illo  jussos  sollertius  alter  635 

Exprimit  incessus  vultumque  sonumque  loquendi; 
Adicit  et  vestes  et  consuetissima  cuique 
Verba,    sed  hie  solos  homines  imitatur.    at  alter 
Fit  fera,  fit  volucris,  fit  longo  corpore  serpens. 
Hunc  Icelon  superi,  mortale  Phobetora  valgus  640 

Nominat.    est  etiam  diversae  tertius  artis 
Phantasos ;  ille  inhumum  saxuraqneundamquetrabemque, 
Quaeque  vacant  anima  fallaciter  omnia  transit. 
Regibus  hi  ducibusque  suos  ostendere  vultus 
Jsocte  sclent,  populos  alii  plebemque  pererrant.  645 

Praeterit  hos  senior,  cuuctisque  e  fratril)us  unum 
Morphea,  qui  peragat  Thaumantidos  edita,  Somnus 
Eligit :  et  rursus  moUi  languors  solutus 
Deposuitque  caput,  stratoque  recondidit  alto. 
Ille  volat  nullos  strepitus  f'acientibus  alis  650 

Per  tenebras,  intraque  morae  breve  tempus  in  urbem 
Pervenit  Haemoniam  ;  positisque  e  corpore  pennis 
In  faciem  Ceycis  abit,  sumptaque  figura 
Luridus,  exanimi  similis,  sine  vestibus  uUis, 
Conjugis  ante  torum  miserae  stetit.    uda  videtur  655 

Barba  viri,  madidis^que  gravis  fluere  unda  capillis. 
Tum  lecto  incumbens,  fletu  super  ora  refuso, 
Haec  ait :  "  agnoscis  Ceyca,  miserrima  conjunx  ? 
An  mea  mutata  est  facies  nece  ?  respice !  iiosces, 
Inveniesque  tuo  pro  conjuge  conjugis  umbram.  660 

Nil  opis,  Alcyone,  nobis  tua  vota  tulerunt : 
Occidimus.    falso  tibi  me  promittere  noli. 
Nubilus  Aegaeo  deprendit  in  aequore  navem 
Auster,  et  ingenti  jactatam  flamine  solvit : 
Oraque  nostra,  tuum  frustra  clamantia  nomen,  665 

Implerunt  ductus,   non  haec  tibi  nuntiat  auctor 
Ambiguus,  non  ista  vagis  rumoribus  audis  : 
Ipse  ego  fata  tibi  praesens  mea  naufragus  edo. 
Surge,  age,  da  lacrimas,  hisrubriiique  indue,  nee  me 
Indeploratum  sub  inania  Tartara  mitte."  670 

Adicit  his  vocem  Moqjheus,  quam  conjagis  ilia 
Crederet  esse  sui.    fleius  quoque  fundere  veros 
Visus  erat,  gestumque  manus  Ceycis  habebat. 
Ingemit  Alcyone  lacrimans,  movet  atque  lacertos 
Per  somnum,  corpusque  petens  amplectitur  auras ;       675 
Exclamatque  "  mane !  quo  te  rapis  ?  ibimus  una." 
Voce  sua  specieque  viri  turbata  soporem 


26  METAMORPHOSES   XI. 

Excutit :  et  primo,  si  sit,  circumspicit  illic, 

Qui  modo  visus  ei'at.     nam  moti  voce  miuistri 

Intulerant  lumen,     postquam  non  invenit  usquam,       680 

Percutit  ora  manu,  laniatque  a  pectore  vestes, 

Pectoraque  ipsa  ferit.     nee  crines  solvere  curat ; 

Scindit,  et  altrici,  quae  luctus  causa,  roganti 

"  Nulla  est  Alcyone,  nulla  est :  "  ait  "  occidit  una 

Cum  Ceyce  suo.     solantia  toUite  verba !  685 

Naufragus  interiit.     vidi  agnovique,  manusque 

Ad  discedentem,  cupiens  retinere,  tetendi. 

Umbra  fuit.     sed  et  umbra  tamen  manifesta  virique 

Vera  mei.     non  ille  quidem,  si  quaeris,  habebat 

Adsuetos  vultus,  nee  quo  prius,  ore  nitebat.  690 

Pallentem  nudumque  et  adhuc  umente  capillo 

Infelix  vidi.     stetit  hoc  miserabilis  ipso 

Eece  loco  " — et  quaerit,  vestigia  si  qua  supersint. 

"  Hoc  erat,  hoc,  animo  quod  divinante  timebam, 

Et  ne,  me  fugiens,  ventos  sequerere,  rogabam.  695 

At  certe  vellem,  quouiam  periturus  abibas, 

Me  quoque  duxisses.     multum  fuit  utile  tecum 

Ire  mihi.     neque  enim  de  vitae  tempore  quicquam 

Non  simul  egissem.  nee  mors  discreta  fuisset. 

Nunc  absens  perii,  jactor  quoque  fluctibus  absens,         700 

Et  sine  te  me  pontus  habet.     crudelior  ipso 

Sit  mihi  mens  pelago,  si  vitam  ducere  nitar 

Longius,  et  tanto  pugnem  superesse  dolori. 

Sed  neque  pugnabo,  nee  te,  miserande,  relinquam  ; 

Et  tibi  mane  saltem  veniam  comes,    inqne  sepulchro    705 

Si  non  urna,  tamen  junget  nos  littera  :  si  non 

Ossibus  ossa  meis.  at  nomen  nomine  tangam." 

Plura  dolor  prohibet,  verboque  intervenit  omni 

Plangor,  et  attonito  gemitus  e  corde  trahnntur. 

Mane  crat.     egreditur  tectis  ad  litus,  et  ilium  710 

Maesta  locum  repetit,  de  quo  spectarat  euntem. 

Dumque  raoratur  ibi.  diimque  "hie  retinacula  solvit. 

Hoc  mihi  discedens  dedit  oscula  litore  "  dixit, 

Quae  dum  tota  locis  reminiscitur  acta,  frctumquc 

Prospicit :  in  liquida.  spatio  distaiite,  tuotur  715 

Nescio  quid  quasi  corpus,  aqua,     primoquo.  quid  illud 

Essct,  erat  dubium.     postquam  paulum  apjiulit  unda. 

Et,  quamvis  aborat,  corpus  tamen  esse  liqiioliat. 

Qui  foret,  ignorans,  quia  naufragus.  omiiie  mota  est.    71f> 

Et.  tamcjuam  ignoto  lacrimam  daret,  "hen!  nnscr,"  inquit 

"  Quisquis  OS,  et  si  qua  est  conjunx  tibi !"  fluctibus  actum 

Fit  propiua  corpus,    quod  quo  magis  ilia  tuetur. 


METAMORPHOSES    XI.  27 

Hoc  minus  et  minus  est  mentis,  jam  jamque  propinquae 
Admotum  terrae,  jam  quod  cognoscere  posset, 
Cernit :  erat  conjuux.    "  ille  est !  "  exclamat,  et  una     725 
Ora  comas  vestem  lacerat,  tendensque  trementes 
Ad  Ceyca  manus  "  sic,  o  carissime  conjunx. 
Sic  ad  me,  miserande,  redis  ?  "  ait.    adjacet  undis 
Facta  manu  moles,  quae  primas  aequoris  iras 
Frangit  et  incursus  quae  praedelassat  aquarnm.  730 

Insilit  hue.    mirumque  fuit  potuisse  ?    volabat, 
Percutiensque  levem  modo  natis  aera  pennis, 
Stringebat  summas  ales  miserabilis  undas, 
Dumque  volat,  maesto  similem  plenumque  querellae 
Ora  dedere  sonum  tenui  crepitantia  rostro.  735 

Ut  vero  tetigit  mutum  et  sine  sanguine  corpus, 
Dilectos  artus  amplexa  recentibus  alis, 
Frigida  nequiquam  dure  dedit  oscula  rostro. 
Senserat  hoc  Ceyx,  an  vultum  motibus  undae 
Tollere  sit  visus,  populus  dubitabat.     at  ille  740 

Senserat.     et  tandem,  superis  miserautibus,  ambo 
Alite  mutantur.     fatis  obnoxius  isdem 
Tunc  quoque  mansit  amor,  nee  conjugiale  solutum 
Foedus  in  alitibus.     coeunt,  fiuntque  parentes  : 
Perque  dies  placidos  hiberno  tempore  septem  745 

Incubat  Alcyone  pendentibus  aequore  nidis. 
Tunc  jacet  unda  maris,     ventos  custodit  et  arcet 
Aeolus  egressu,  praestatque  nepotibus  aequor. 
Hos  aliquis  senior  junctim  freta  lata  volantes 
Snectat,  et  ad  finem  servatos  laudat  amores.  750 

Proximus,  aut  idem,  si  fors  tulit,  "  hie  quoque,"'  dixit 
"  Quem  mare  carpentem  substrictaque  crura  gerentem 
Aspicis," — ostendens  spatiosum  in  guttura  mergum — 
"  Regia  progenies,    sunt,  si  descendere  ad  ipsum 
Ordine  perpetuo  quaeris,  sunt  hujus  origo  755 

Ilus  et  Assaracus  raptusque  Jovi  Ganymedes 
Laomedonque  senex  Priamusque  novissima  Trojae 
Tempora  sortitus.    frater  fuit  Hectoris  iste  : 
Qui  nisi  sensisset  prima  nova  fata  juventa, 
Forsitan  inferius  non  Hectore  noraen  haberet ;  760 

Quamvis  est  ilium  proles  enixa  Dymantis, 
Aesacon  umbrosa  furtim  peptrisse  sub  Ida 
Fertur  Alexirhoe,  Granico  iiata  bicorni. 
Oderat  hie  urbes,  nitidaque  remotus  ab  aula 
Secretes  montes  et  inambitiosa  colebat  765 

Rura,  nee  Iliacos  coetus  nisi  rams  adibat. 
Non  agreste  tamen  nee  inexpugnabile  amori 


2?  METAMORPHOSES   XI. 

Pectus  habens,  silvas  captatam  saepe  per  omnes 

Aspicit  Hesperien  patria  Cebrenida  ripa, 

Injectos  umeris  siccantem  sole  capillos.  770 

Visa  fugit  nymphe,  veluti  perterrita  fulvum 

Cerva  lupum,  longeque  laca  deprensa  relicto 

Accipitrem  fluvialis  anas,    quara  Troius  heros 

Insequitur,  celeremque  metu  celer  urguet  amore. 

Ecce  latens  herba  coluber  fugientis  adunco  775 

Dente  pedem  strinxit,  virusque  in  corpore  liquit. 

Cum  vita  snbpressa  fuga  est.    amplectitur  amens 

Exanimem,  clamatque  '  piget,  piget  esse  secutum  ! 

Sed  non  hoc  timui,  nee  erat  mihi  vincere  tanti. 

Perdidimus  miseram  nos  te  duo  :  vulnus  ab  angue,        780 

A  me  causa  data  est.    ego  sura  sceleratior  illo  : 

Qui  tibi  morte  mea  mortis  solacia  mittam.' 

Dixit,  et  e  scopulo,  qua  rauca  subederat  unda, 

Se  dedit  in  pontum.    Tethys  miserata  cadentem 

Molliter  excepit,  nantemque  per  aequora  pennis  785 

Texit,  et  optatae  non  est  data  copia  mortis. 

Indignatur  amans  invitum  vivere  cogi ; 

Obstarique  animae,  misera  do  sede  volenti 

Exire.    utque  novas  umeris  adsumpserat  alas, 

Subvolat  atque  iterum  corpus  super  aequora  mittit.      790 

Pluma  levat  casus,    furit  Aesacos,  inque  profundum 

Pronus  abit,  letique  viam  sine  fine  retemptat. 

Fecit  amor  maciem  :  longa  internodia  crurum, 

Longa  manet  cervix ;  caput  est  a  corpore  longe. 

Aequor  amat,  nomenque  tenet,  quia  mergitur  illo." 


NOTES.  29 


NOTES. 


1.  tali    refers    to    the    songs    and    tales    in    Book    X.    of    the 

Metamorphoses. 

2.  Threicius  vates  :  Orpheus,  a  mythical  musician  and  poet,  earlier 

than  Ilomer,  was  reared  in  Thrace,  a  district  N.E.  of  Greece. 
He  received  a  lyre  from  Apollo  (or  Mercury),  on  which  he 
played  so  skilfully  that  he  drew  after  him  not  only  wild  beasts, 
but  rivers,  trees,  and  rocks.  He  married  Eurydice,  who  was 
stung  by  a  serpent  and  died.  Orpheus  followed  her  to  Hades, 
and  so  charmed  the  Gods  by  his  playing  that  they  consented 
to  restore  Eurydice  to  him  on  condition  that,  when  leading 
her  away,  he  should  not  look  behind  until  he  had  left  Hades. 
Orpheus  looked  back,  and  so  lost  her  irretrievably.  He 
retired  to  Thrace,  where  his  death  took  place  as  described  by 
Ovid  here. 

3.  Cicones :  a  people  of  Thrace,  near  the  river  Hebrus ;  assisted 

Priam,  and  were  punished  by  Ulysses  on  his  return  home. 

4.  pectora :    ace.  of  respect   after   tectae — "  covered   as   to  their 

maddened  breasts." 

6.  leves :  remember  the  difference  between  levis,  light,  and  levis, 

smooth. 

7.  nostri :  properly  the  gen.  sing.  neut.  (if  the  possessive  adjective 

noster,  used  as  objective  genitive  plural  of  ego.  (An  objective 
denotes  the  object  of  the  verbal  action  implied  in  the  noun  on 
which  it  depends).  The  true  genitive  plural  nostrura  is  used 
partitively,  e.g.,  uterque  nostruyn,  each  of  us. 

8.  ora  :  os,  oris  (n.),  a  month  or  face  ;  os,  ossis  (n.),  a  bone  ;  ora,  -ae 

(f.),  a  shore. 

11.  aere  :  distinguish  this  word  from  ae.',  aeris  (n.),  brass. 

12.  ausis :  a  neuter  participle  used  as  a   noun,  and  therefore  may 

have  an  adjective  furialihus  agreeing  with  it. 

13.  sed  enim,  lit.  but ...  for,   is  to  be  explained  by  an  ellipse — "  but 

this  wonderful  event  made  no  impression  on  the  Bacchants, 

for,"  «Sec. 
li.  Erinys  :  one  of  the  Furies. 
16.  infracto  :  there  is  another  reading  infiato  =  blown. 

Berecyntia  :  from  mount  Berecyntus,  in  Phrygia,  the  seat  of  the 

wc  iship  of  Cybele. 


30  METAMORPHOSES    XI. 

17.  Scan — Tympana  |  qu'  et  plSu  |  sus  et  |  Bacche  |  i  iilu  |  latua. 

Note  the  hiatus  before  idulatus  :  cf.  Ver£^il,  femiueo  iilulatu  ; 
and  Metam.  II.,  244,  cum  Phfgiaco  Erymaatho ;  and  III., 
184,  ant  purpureae  aurorae ;  and  below,  line  93,  Cecropio 
Eumolpo. 

18.  obstrepuere ;  resounded  against,  i.e.,  drowned. 
20.  etiamnum:  etiam  nunc. 

22.  Maenades  :  Maenads,  another  name  for  Bacchants,  from  Greek 

fialvofj.at,  I  am  mad. 
Orpheus :  See  v.  2,  sup. 
triumphi :    some  read    theatri — "  the   glory   of   this  theatre  of 

Orpheus";  the  crowd  of  animals,  snakes,  and  birds  being 

regarded  as  an  audience  in  a  theatre. 

25.  noctis  avem ;  the  bird  of  night,  i.e.,  the  owl. 

utrimq^ue  :  this  refers  to  the  amphitheatre  {lit.,  a  theatre  on 
both  sides,  afiipl  and  Oearpo»),  which  was  a  circular  or  oval 
building. 
20.  COniciunt :    note   the   spelling,    from    con   and  jacio;    conjido 

=  conicio,  so  disicit  =  disjicit. 

28.  thyrsos :  thyrsus,  a  staff  twined  round  with  ivy  and  vine  shoots, 
borne  by  Bacchus  and  the  Bacchants. 

31.  subigebant:  suh  when  compounded  with  verbs  often  has  the 
meaning  of  wp,  i.e.,  motion  from  under. 

35.  arma,   lit.  arms,   here  means  tools,  from  arma   -oi-um   (n.  pi.)  ; 

annus,  -i,  is  an  arm,  shoulder,  especially  used  with  reference 
to  animals. 

36.  rastri :  from  rastrum,  -i  (n.),   a   rake,  pi.  rastri  (m.) ;  cf.   the 

converse   case  of  loca,   -orum  (n.),   one   form   of  the  pi.   of 

locus,  -i  (m.),  a  place.     See  carhatia  below,  line  48. 

Note  the  abnormal  lengthening  of  que  before  the  following  r 

Sarciila.  |  que  ras  |  trique  gra  |  vcs  Ion  |  gique  li  |  gonos. 
In  Greek  a  short  vowel  is  sometimes  lengthened  before  p. 
The  other  two  que'a  in  the  line  are  short,  as  usual. 

40.  nec  quicquam  :  quisquam  and  idlus  are  used  in  negative  and 
coiiii)arative  sentences,  and  iu  interrogative  sentences  that 
oxpcc-i  the  answer  No. 

pro  Juppiter  :  pro  is  here  an  interjection  =  oh,  alas  j  and  not  a 
preposition. 

46.  positis :   pono,  lit.  I  place,  often  acquires  the  meaning  of  I  lay 
iisidc,  1  lose. 
frondibus:   from /cims, /roid is  (f.),  a  loaf  or  leafy  branch.     Dis- 
tiuguiah  it  from  frons,  front  is  (f.),  the  brow,  forehead. 


NOTES.  31 

47.  comam  :   ace.  of  respect;  cf.  tectae  pectora,  line  4. 

48.  The   conscructiou  is — Naidesque   et  Dryades  habuere   carbasa 

obstrusa  pullo  capillosque  habuere  pasnos. 

carbasa :  for  the  neut.  pi.  cf .  line  36,  raatri. 

49.  Naides:  the  nymphs  of  lakes,  rivers,  springs,  and  foantains. 

Dryades :   the  nymphs  of  the  woods.     The  life  of  each  Dryad 
terminated  with  that  of  the  tree  over  which  she  presided. 

50.  Hebre  :  Hebrus,  a  river  in  Thrace,    named    from   Hebrus,    a 

Thracian  prince  who  was  drowned  in  it. 

51.  minim  is  a  neut.  n  j.  used  in  apposition  to  the  whole  sentence. 

52.  nescio  quid  has  much  the    same   meaning  as  aliquid  =  some- 

thing, I  know  not  what. 

54.  mare :  ace.  of  motion  toward,  after  invectae. 
popalare :  native,  i.e.,  Thracian. 

55.  Methymnaei :  Methymna,  a  city  in  the  north  of  Lesbos. 

Lesbi  :    Lesbos,  a  large  island  off  Mysia,  in  Asia  Minor.     It  was 
the  native  country  of  Arion,  Alcaeus,  and  Sappho. 

potinntur :  they  {i.e.,  the  head  and  lyre)  reach. 

58.  Phoebus  (another  name  of  Apollo),  had  given  Arion  the  lyre, 
and  now  appropriately  comes  to  his  rescue.  Phoebus  presided 
over  poetry,  and  was  often  seen  with  the  Nine  Muses  on 
Mount  Parnassus. 

62.  The  conr-iruction  is — Recognoscit  cuncta  loca  quae  viderat  ante. 

cuncta  is  for  coiuncta,  i.e.,  conjuncta,  joined  together,  whole,  all. 

arva  piorum  :  i.e.,  Elysium,  which,  according  to  the  Latin  poets, 
was  a  portion  of  the  nether  world. 

63.  Eurydicen :  Eurydice,  the  wife  of  Orpheus,  died  from  the  sting 

of  a  serpent  inflicted  when  she  was  fleeing  from  Aristaeus, 
who  had  fallen  in  love  with  her.  See  sup.,  line  2,  and  cf.  the 
tale  of  Aesacus  and  Hesperie  at  the  end  of  this  book. 

65.  anteit :  a  dissyllable,  the  e  not  being  pronounced. 

66.  tuto  :  adv.,  in  safety,  safely.     The  form  tnte  is  also  used,     tuti 

is  an  intensive  form  of  t\i,  and  means  thou  thyself. 

67.  Lyaeus :    Bacchus,  the   god  of  wine,  from  the   Greek  \i/w,    I 

loosen,  as  wine  is  said  to  loosen  or  free  men  from  care.  Sea 
below,  line  105  and  line  132. 

scelus  hoc  :  this  crime,  i.e.,  the  murder  of  Orpheus. 


32  METAMORPHOSES   XI. 

69.  Edonidas:  ace.  p\.o?Edonis, -idis{i.)  ;  the  nam.  p\.  is  Edonides. 
Edon  is  a  mountain  in  the  south  of  Thrace,  a  great  seat  of  the 
worship  of  Bacchus,  whence  Edonis  =  a  Bacchant, 
auceps  :  from  atu*-,  a  bird,  and  capio,  I  take  or  catch ;  a  bird- 
catcher. 

74.  The    construction   is — Utque   volucris,    ubi    crus   suum   laqueis 

commisit,  sensitque  teneri  laqueis  quos  callidus  abdidit  auceps, 
plangitur,  &c. 
laqueis    is    the    dative  after  commisit,    and   the    ablative  after 
teneri.     As  the  forms  of  both  the  dative  and  ablative  are  the 
same,  the  word  is  not  repeated. 

75.  plangitur    is  middle  in  meaning — strikes  itself,   i.e.,    flaps    its 

wings. 
77.  temptabat :   note  the  frequentative  or  iterative  imperf. 
79.  The  construction  is — Dum  quaerit  ubi  sint  digiti,  dum  (quaerit) 

ubi  sint  pes  et  ungues. 

83.  fiunt:  according  to  the  English  idiom  you  would  expect, /if,  but 

7-Qhora  attracts  it  into  the  plural. 

84.  putes :  the  present  subj.,  the  apodosis  of  a  conditional  sentence, 

sc,  if  you  were  to  see  them  you  would  think. 

failure  =fallaris  ;  also  pres.  subj.  for  the  same  reason. 

85.  Baccho  :  called  Lyaetis  in  line  67. 

86.  Timolus  or  Tmolus  :  a  great  mountain  of  Lydia,  named  from  the 

husband  of  Ouiphalc. 

87.  Pactolon  :  Pactolus,  a  river  of  Lydia,  flows  from  Mount  Tmolus 

past  Sardis  into  the  Herinus.  It  washed  down  golden  sands. 
Pactolon  is  the  Greek  form  of  the  accusative,  cf.  Eurydicen, 
1.  6-3. 

89.  COhors  :  a  baud,  by  analogy  with  colwrs  praetoria,  the  general's 

bodyguard.  A  cohort  was  one-tenth  of  a  legion,  and  con- 
sisted of  three  maniples,  or  six  centuries.  Two  ccnturiac 
=  one  manipnliif; ;  three  manipnli  =  one  cohor.f  ;  ten  cohortes 
=  one  logic  =  ten  cohorts  =  30  maniples  =  60  centuries. 

90.  Silenus  :    a  demigod,  represented   as  chief  of  the  satyrs,  and 

nurse,  preceptor,  and  attendant  of  Bacflius.  lie  was  born  at 
Nysa,  or  at  Malea  in  Lesbos.  lie  would  not  exercise  his  gift 
of  prophecy  unless  those  who  consulted  him  surprised  him 
asleep  and  bound  him  in  floral  chains.  Below,  in  line  101, 
he  is  called  the  altor,  or  foater-fathor  of  Bacchus,  and  Bacchus 
is  referred  to  as  his  aluviuus,  line  99. 

91.  Phryges :  nom.  pi.  m.  =  Phrygians,  tlie  inhabitants  of  Phrygin, 

a  district  in  Asia  Minor,  south  of  Bithyuia,  and  east  of  Mysia, 
Lydia,  and  Caria. 


NOTES.  33 

92.  Llidan  :  Greek  ace.  m.     Mirlas  was  kintj  of  Phrygia,  and  son  of 

Goidius.     The  ordinary  story  of  his  life  is  given  in  the  text. 

93.  Cecropio  :    Athenian ;  from   Cecrops,   the  mythical  founder  of 

Athens.     He  is  represented  as  coming  from  Egypt  and  leading 
a  colony  to  Attica  about  B.C.  1556. 
Eumolpo  :  Eumolpus,  king  of  Thrace,  was  forced,  in  consequence 
of  a  conspiracy,  to  flee  to  Attica,  where  he  was  initiated  into 
the  mystei-ies   of  Ceres   at  Eleusis,   and    made    high  priest. 
After  his  death,  his  descendants  the  Eumolpidae  always  held 
the    priesthood   of  Ceres   at   Eleusis,    and   presided   at   the 
Eleusinia. 
For  the  hiatus  in  Cecropio  Eumolpo,  see  above,  line  17.     The 
two  spondees  at  the  end  of  the  line  are  also   remarkable. 
This  irregularity  is  soniPtimes  allowed  with  proper  names,  but 
Vergil,  in  Aeneid  III.  12,  ends  a  hexameter  with  et  magnis  dis. 
99.  Lucifer :  the  morning-star,  also  called  Phosphorus  (the  Greek 
equivalent  of  Latin  Lucifer  =  light-bearing).     The  same  star 
at  evening  is  called  Hesperus.     Here  the  word  is  used  gener- 
ally for  dawn  or  day. 
Lydos :  Lydian,  from  Lydia,  a  district  in  Asia  Minor  lying  between 
Caria  and  Mysia.     It  is  bounded  on  the  west  by  the  Aegaean 
Sea  and  on  the  east  by  Phrygia.     Its  capital  was  Sardis. 

100.  altore  :  altor,  the  nourisher  or  father,  from  alo,  ului,  alitum,  or 
altum,  3,  is  the  correlative  form  of  ahimmis  =  the  nourished 
one,  son,  foster-son.  Alxi,mnu!^  shows  the  remains  of  an  old 
Latin  partic.  passive  ;  cf.  the  Greek  partic.  passive  in  -jxivos. 

102.  lisurus:  utor,  Wkc  potior,  fruor,fHnijor,  ?und  vescor,  ^ovemB  the 
ablative.  The  ordinary  tran.slation  of  utor  is  /  use,  but  more 
strictly  it  is  I  am  employed,  or  /  employ  myself,  and  hence 
naturally  is  followed  by  the  ablative. 

104.  munera  solvit :  solvere  is  used  on  analogy  with  the  phrase 

solvere  pecuniani  =  to  pay  money,  the  favour  being  a  debt  of 
gratitude  owing  by  Bacchus  to  Midas. 

105.  Liber  is  another  name  for  Bacchus  ;  see  Lyaeus,  line  67,  and 

Lenaev.s,  line  132.  The  word  Liber  is  connected  with  libare, 
to  offer  libations,  Bacchus  being  the  god  of  wine  which  was 
n.sed  in  libations. 

106.  Berecyntius:  Berecyntian  or  Phrygian,  Midas  being  king  of 

Plirygia  ;  see  notes  on  lines  16  and  92.  Midas  is  also  said  to 
have  been  the  son  of  Cybele,  who  is  often  called  Berecyntia 
mater. 
109 — 112.  Notice  the  variation  in  the  tenses — "  He  lifts  a  stone  from 
the  ground  and  instantaneously  it  has  got  the  pale  colour  of 
gold  ;  he  has  no  sooner  touched  a  clod  of  earth  than  it  becomes 
a  mass  of  metal ;  he  has  plucked  some  ears  of  corn,  it  turns 
out  that  it  was  a  golden  harvest " 
C 


34  METAMORPHOSES   XI. 

112.  Cereris  :  gen.  of  Ceres.  Ceres  was  the  goddess  of  corn  and 
crops,  and  was  the  mother  of  Proserpine.  The  name  is  often 
used  metaphorically  for  corn  ;  of.  Cerealia  munera  and  Cerealia 
dona  below,  line  121,  and  the  word  cereals  iu  English. 

114.  Hesperidas :  ace.  pi.  of  Hesperides.  The  Hesperides  were  three 
celebrated  nymphs,  daughters  of  Hosporns,  and  were  the 
guardians  of  the  golden  apples  which  Terra  presented  to  Juno 
on  her  marriage  with  Jupiter.  The  eleventh  labour  of 
Hercules  was  to  obtain  some  of  these  golden  apples. 

117.  Danaen  :  ace.  sing,  of  Dana'e.  Danae  was  daughter  of  Acrisius, 
king  of  Argos.  She  was  confiued  in  a  brazen  tower  by  her 
father  in  order  that  she  should  have  no  child,  for  an  oracle 
had  declared  that  Acrisius  should  be  destroyed  by  her  child. 
Jupiter  wooed  her  iu  a  shower  of  gold,  and  she  bore  him  a  son 
Perseus,  who  fulfilled  the  oracle  by  inadvertently  killing  his 
father. 

120.  egentes :  egeo  governs  the  genitive;  so  also  do  misereor,  obli- 
viscor,  and  reminiscor. 

125.  auctorem  muneris:  the  author  of  the  gift,  i.e.  Bacchus,  i.e. 
wine.  The  munus,  of  course,  refers  to  the  gift  of  the  power 
of  turning  into  gold  everything  that  Midas  touched.  The 
early  Romans  hardly  ever  drank  their  wine  unmixed,  they 
nearly  always  added  water. 

128.  odit :  this  is  an  instance  of  a  verb  in  the  perfect  used  with  a 
present  meaning;  cf.  meinini,  I  remember,  and  7ioi'i,  I  kuow. 

131.  splendida  :  because  his  arms  were  covered  with  gold. 

132.  Lenaee  :  Lenaeus  comes  from  the  Greek  word  meaning  "  belong- 

ing to  a  wiiie-press,"  and  is  an  epithet  of  ;ind  synonym  for 
Bacchus,  who  was  the  god  of  the  wiue-prcss.  Cf.  lines  67  and 
105,  above. 

133.  specioso :  specious,  i.e.,  from  a  disaster  or  loss  which  has  the 

appearance  of  good  fortune. 

135.  pactique  :  there  is  another  reading,  pactaque,  which  would  then 

agree  with  fide  and  depend  on  data  =  given  by  his  plighted 
promise.  If  we  read  pactique,  pacti  is  the  gen.  sing,  of  the 
subst.  pactum,  and  wo  must  translate,  "  takes  back  the  favour 
given  in  the  faitliful  performance  of  his  agrei  nieut." 

136.  circumlitus :    remember    the    distinction    between    obUtiis  = 

sniciired,  from  oblino,  and  oblitas  =  having  forgotten,  from 
oblirincor ;  cf.  line  3G5. 

137.  Sardibus  :  Snrdis,  the  capital  of  Lydia;  see  line  99. 

138.  Phrygiae :    this  imght    more    strictly   to    be    Ltjdiae,   but    tho 

trageiliiins  and  poets  often  use  the  name  I'hrygia  for  Lydia 
and  Troas. 


NOTES.  35 

143.  et :  this  is  translated  in  English  by  when.  In  Latin  two  sen- 
tences are  often  made  co-ordinate  where  in  English  one  is 
made  subordinate  to  the  other. 

145.  Lit.  =  "the  fields  gleaming   (pale)  with  their  damp  sod  are 

hard  with  gold." 

146.  perosus:    used    actively    here.      Cf.   the    "semi-deponents" 

no.visus  su7n  from  gav.deo,  ansus  sum  from  audeo,  and  solitxis 
sum  iromsoleo;  but  pe/05us  is  also  used  passively  in  later  Latin. 
COlebat  has  two  meanings,  one  of  which,  that  of  haunting  or 
frequenting,  applies  to  srJ'-as  et  nrra,  and  the  other,  that  of 
paying  veneration  to,  applies  to  Paiia.  So  in  English  we  say 
a  member  of  Parliament  "  took  the  oath  and  his  seat,"  a 
phrase  which  could  not  be  rendered  literally  into  Latin.  Cf. 
movet,  line  674.  Perhaps  the  English  word  court  combines 
both  meanings. 

147.  Pana  :  Greek  ace.  sing,  of  Pan.     Pan  was  the  Arcadian  god  of 

shepherds.  He  was  supposed  to  appear  suddenly  to  travellers, 
and  on  account  of  his  extraordinary  looks  and  dress  to  give 
them  a  fright.     Hence  we  get  our  word  panic. 

148.  pingue  :  fat,  therefore  lazy,  and  therefore  stupid. 

151.  Tmolus  :  see  line  86. 

152.  Hypaepis :  Hypaepa  lay  on  the  southern  slope  of  the  range  of 

Tmoltis,  and  Sardis  on  the  northern  slope. 

158.  caerala :  blue,  because  in  the  distance  the  top  of  a  mountain 
has  a  blue  appearance  to  the  spectator. 

162.  barbarico :  Phrygian,  here.  Barharictcs  means  foreign  rather 
than  savage.  Everything  which  was  not  Greek  or  Roman  was 
called  harl'iricus. 

165.  Pamaside  :  from  Pamasis,  a  fem.  adj.  =  of  Parnassus,  a  high 

mountain  in  Phocis  sacred  to  the  Muses  and  Apollo. 

Tyrio  :  Tyrian,  from  Tyre,  a  colony  in  Phoenicia,  south  of  Sidon. 
It  was  famous  for  its  purple  dyes,  obtained  from  a  small  shell 
fish  (murex). 

166.  saturata  ;  saturated,  i.e.,  dyed  and  re-dyed. 

167.  Remember  the  difi'erence  of  declension  between  yides,  -ei,  faith, 

and  fides,  jidis,  a  lyre. 

170.  qnonun  probably  refers  to  stamina;  it  might  also  refer  to 
stamina  and  status  together. 

174.  Delias  :  the  Delian  trod  is  AjkjIIo,  who  was  bom  at  Delos,  the 
central  isle  of  the  Cyclades.  From  B.C.  470 — 461  it  was  the 
seat  of  the  treastiry  of  the  Greek  confederacy  against  Persia. 

176.  trahit  in  spatium  :  drags  into  space,  i.e.  expands,  enlarges. 


36  METAMORPHOSES    XI, 

177.  posse  moveri ;  notice  how    Lacin    uses    verbs    where   English 
prefers  nouns. 

179.  induitur  is  middle  voice. 

aselli  :  ascUus  is  a  diminutive  of  asinus. 

180.  turpi  pudore  :  the  words  turpis,  px'.dor,  and  dedeciis,  line  184, 

all  contain  the  idea  of  physical  deformity,  disfigurement,  and 
have  but  a  faint  trace  of  the  moral  meaning  of  shame,  dis- 
grace. 

181.  tiaris :  tiara,  -ae  (f.),  or  tiares,  -ae  (m.),  was  the  head-dress  of 

the  Orientals  ;  a  turban,  tiara. 

182.  solitus :  for  the  deponent  form  see  line  146. 

184.  efferre :  remember  the  principal  parts — effero,  extuli,  elatitm. 
189.  opertis:    operio,  to  shut,   i^i   the  opposite  of  aperio,   to  open. 

Another  word  for  shut  is  claudo,  with  its  correlative  rechido, 

to  open. 

192.  agricolam  :  lit.,  husbandman ;  here,  the  sower  of  the  seed. 

194.  aera:  see  line  11. 

195.  Nepheleidos  Helles ;  Nephele  was  the  wife  of  Athamas,  king 

of  Boeotian  Orchomenus,  and  the  mother  of  Phryxus  and 
Helle.  Athamas,  pretending  that  Nephele  was  subject  to 
fits  of  madness,  divorced  her  in  order  to  marry  Ino  ;  the 
latter  wished  to  destroy  Xepliele's  children,  and  accordingly 
procured  au  oracle  to  the  cflfect  that  the  pestilence  then 
raging  could  only  be  stayed  by  their  saciifice.  They  were  led 
to  the  altar,  but  fled  through  the  air  on  a  golden  ram.  Helle 
dropped  off  and  fell  into  the  sea,  which  was  on  that  account 
called  Hellespont. 

196.  Laomedonta:  ace.  sing,  of  Lao»ie(io?i.     Laomedon  was  king  of 

Troy,  and  father  of  Priam,  Hesione,  &c. 
Latoius :  son  of  Latona,  i.e.,  Apollo. 

197.  Sigei,  Rhoetei :  Sigeum  and  Rhoeteum  are  both  promontories 

on  the  Trojan  coast. 

198.  Panomphaeo  :   Panomphaeus,  an  epithet  of  Jupiter  =  (1)  The 

author  of  all  oracles;  or  (2)  He  who  is  worshipped  by  the 

voices  of  all. 
2('0.  suscepta :  strictly  a  neut.  pi.     The  perf .  part.  pass,  is  here 

used  as  a  noun  =  itndertakinri,  and  has  an  adj.  maona  to  agree 

with  it.     Cf.  pro  tarn  fur ialihu.'<  ausis,  line  12. 
102    tridentigero  :   Neptune  is  generally  represented  as  carrying  a 

trident.     It  was  in  consequciic»  of  liis  attempting  to  dethrone 

Jupiter  that  he  wos  banisiied  from  Olympus  for  a  j'ear  and 

compelled    with     ApiJlo    to    build     the    walls    of    Troy    for 

Laomedou. 


NOTES.  37 

204.  pactus :  this  word  comes  from  pacisror,  I  bargain.  Auother 
reading  is  pacto,  which  comes  from  pango,  pepigi,  pactum,  3, 
I  fix,  arrange. 

206.  perfidiae  cumulum:  cumulum  is  in  the  accusative  case,  in 
apposition  to  the  whole  sentence,  addit  falsis  perjuria  verbis. 

213.  dictos  here  has  a  special  meaning  of  fixed,  bargained  for. 

215.  bis  can  go  either  with  perjxtra  or  with  superatae,  hut  probably 

with   perjura — perjured  once  against    both    gods,    and    once 
against  Hercules. 

216.  Telamon  was  the  son  of  Aeacus,  accompanied  Jason  to  Colchis, 

and  was  armour-bearer  to  Hercules  against  King  Laomedon. 

217.  Peleus,  king  of  Myrmidones  at  Phthia  in  Thcssaly,  was  son  of 

Aeacus  (the  son  of  Jupiter),  father  of  Achilles,  and  husband 
of  the  Nereid  Thetis,  whom  he  surprised  in  a  grotto  after  she 
had  fled  from  him  and  had  in  turn  assumed  the  shapes  of  a 
bird,  a  tree,  and  a  tigress. 
potitUT  :  the  i  in  this  word  is  either  long  or  short. 
219.  The  literal  translation  of  this  passage  is,  "  Since  to  be  the 
grandson  of  Jupiter  has  fallen  (i.e.,  happened)  to  not  on© 
(alone),  (but)  a  goddess  wife  has  fallen  to  one  (alone)." 

266.  nato  :  Achilles, 
conjuge  :  Thetis. 

267.  Phoci :  Phocus  was  the  half-brother  of  Peleus. 

269.  dome  patria :  an  et  must  he  supplied  in  translating  into  English. 
It  is  very  commonly  omitted  in  cases  of  this  kind  in  Latin. 
Cf.  patres  con-icripti,  which  stood  originally  for  patres  et  con- 
scripti,  i.e.,  the  ancient  "fathers"  and  the  newly  enrolled 
members  of  the  Senate. 
Trachinia  tellus :  a  coast  district  of  Phthiotis,  in  S.E.  of 
Thcssaly. 

271.  Lucifero  genitore  satus  :  son  of  his  father  Lucifer.     In  many 

casfs  it  is  advisable  in  translating  to  leave  out  genitor,  and 
say  merely  son  of  Lucifer. 

nitorem  properly  =  splendour  ;  hence  =  beauty,  comeliness. 

272.  Ceyx :    a  king  of   Trachinia,   son  of  Lucifer  and  husband  of 

Alcyone,  was  drowned  when  going  to   consult  the  oracle  at 
Claros. 

273.  fratrem  ademptum :    the   loss  of  his  brother,  lit.  =  his  lost 

brother.     So  .iV'Hiiin.s  mons  =  the  top  of  the  mountain,    urbs 
capita  =  the  taking  of  the  city.     This  is  an  important  idiom. 

274.  Aeacides :    son   of  Aeacus  =  Peleus.       The   -ides   is  a   masc. 

"  patronymic  "  termination,  and  can  generally  be  translated 
by   8071    of.      Cf.   Prio.mides,    Tyndaridea.      The  other  masc. 


38  UETAMORPHOSES   XI. 

terminations  are  -Mes,  -Ideb;  and  -tades,  e.g.,  Hippofades, 
Thesides,  Thcstiades  =  the  son  of  Hippotas,  Thesens,  Thestius. 
The  chief  fem.  terminations  are  -is,  -eis,  and  -as;  e.g., 
Thaumaiitis  =  daughter  of  Thaumas,  Nereis  =  daughter  ot 
Nereus,  Thestias  =  daughter  of  Thestius. 

276,  277.  Construe  these  lines  in  the  following  order — Reliqnitque 
sub  opaca  valle  haut  procul  a  muris  greges  pecorum  quoa 
secum  trahebat  (et)  armenta  quae  secum  trahebat.  For  the 
omission  of  et  cf.  line  269. 

278.  COpia  here  =  opportunity.     Generally  in  the   sing,   it  means 

abundance,  and  in  the  plural  forces,  supplies. 

prima  :  the  adv.  primum  is  more  common  in  this  sense,  instead 
of  the  adj.  prima. 

279.  velamenta :     from    velainenfujn,    a    covering ;     here  =  olive- 

branches  wound  about  with  woollen  fillets,  or  rods  wound 
about  in  the  same  manner,  which  suppliants  bore  before  them. 

qui  sit :  qui  =  what  kind  of  man,  what  were  his   personal  cir- 
cumstances.       Quis    would    have    referred    merely    to     hig 
name. 
282.  Tracliinius :  Ceyx. 

286.  avumque  Jovem  :  Jupiter  was  the  father  of  Aeacus,  who  was 

father  of  Peleus. 

287.  feres  :  you  shall  carry  off,  i.e.,  gain. 

pro  parte  =  for  your  (equal)  part  =  one-half. 

288.  qualiacumque ;  qualiscumque,  of  whatever  sort,  generally  has 

a  disparaging  sense — "  however  poor  they  may  be." 

290.  Notice  the  unusual  lengthening  of  the  enclitic  que  after  Peleus. 

Pelensque  comitesque  rogant :  qnibiis  ille  pi  ofatur. 
Cf.  line   36.      Sarculaque  rastrique  graves   longique  ligones. 
In  both  these  lines  we  see  the  following  que  has  its  usual 
short  quantity. 

291.  forsitan  in  Cicero  always  governs  the  subjunctive.  In  poetry  and 

post-Augustan  prose  it  sometimes  is  followed  by  the  indie. 
Ilere  it  governs  the  subj.  pxifeiis. 

rapto  is  the  abl.  sing,  of  the  neut.  raptum  =  prey,  booty. 

Daedalion  :  Apollo  changed  Daedalion  into  a  falcon  on  account 
of  his  excessive  grief  for  the  death  of  his  son  Philonis. 

295.  genitore:  Lucifer. 

296.  novissimus  :    /i7.,  the  newest,  "departs  the  newest,"  t.c,  the 

latest.  If  a  guest  departs  later  than  the  rest  he  is  the  must 
newly  or  recently  departed. 

299.  The  second  i  in  illius  can  bo  long  or  short.     Here  it  is  long. 


NOTES.  39 

300.  Thisbaeas :    Thisbe   was    a    Boeotian    towu    south   of   Mount 
Helicon.     It  was  fomous  for  the  nutnbei"  of  doves  it  produced. 
Homer  calls  it  noKvTpTjpwv  =  abounding  in  doves. 
318    peperisse  duos  :  rhilammon  and  Autolycus. 
dis  placuisse  duobus :  Phoebus  and  Mercury, 
genitore :  Daedalion. 

progenitore  ;  Jupiter,  who  was  the  father  of  Lucifer,  grand- 
father of  Daedalion,  and  gre^it-grandfather  of  Chione. 

322.  sustinuit  =  endured,  had  the  courage  to  =  ausa  est. 

323.  The  (J we  oi  factisque  is  construed  with  inquii  factis  placehimus ; 

this  is,  of  course,  ironical. 

325.  meritam :  from  mereo,  2,  or  mereor,  2  dep.  =  to  deserve,  de- 

servins:  punishment  or  reward. 

326.  VOX  temptataque  verba  =  the  sound  of  her  attempted  words; 

so  pateris  libannif!  et  auro  —  we  offer  libations  in  cups  of  gold. 
This  idiom  is  called  hendiadys,  or  the  expression  of  one  idea 
by  means  of  two.  In  English  the  phrase  can  generally  be 
rendered  by  putting  of  before  the  second  noun,  or  else  turning 
it  into  an  adj.,  e.g.,  "  golden  cups."  This  is  the  converse  of 
capta  urbs  and  summus  mons  noticed  in  note  to  line  273. 
328,  329.  Construe  in  the  following  order — Quo  corde  miser  ego 
tum  tuli  amplexus  doloremque  patris,  dixique  solacia  pio 
fratri. 

amplexus  is  the  ace.  pi.  of  amplexus,  -us,  an  embrace, 
plus  =  loving,   affectionate,    performing   one's   duty   either  to 
goils,  parents,  or  children  ;  of.  "  pius  Aeneas." 

Daedalion  was  the  father  of  Chione  and  brother  of  Ceyx.  There 
is  another  reading — 

"  Quam  miser  amplexans  ego  tum  patruoque  dolorem 
Corde  tuli,  fratriqne  pius  solacia  dixi." 
(And  I  hapless  wretch  embracing  her  then  both  bore  grief  in 
my  heart  as  an  uncle,  and  affectionately  offered  consolation  to 
my  brother.) 
332.  ardentem  =  burning  on  the  funeral  pyre. 

337.  plus  homine  =  plus  quam  pro  homine  =  more  than  in  accord- 
ance with  man's  powers. 

3.39.  Parnasi :  Parnassus,  a  mountain -range  of  Phocis  and  Doris  ; 
the  name  Parnassus  is  chiefly  applied  to  the  higliest  part  near 
Delphi.     Cf.  line  165. 

341.  subitis  alls:  with  suddenly  made  wings;  subitis  expresses 
that,  while  Daedalion  was  falling  through  the  air,  Apollo 
changed  him  into  a  bird,  and  suddenly  supplied  him  with 
«rings. 


40  METAMORPHOSES  XI. 

313.  majores  COrpore  =  majores  quam  pro  corpore ;  cf.  line  337. 

345.  aliisque  dolens,  etc. :  in  his  grief  for  Chione  he  ciuses  grief  to 

other  beings. 

346.  Lucifero  genitus  :  Luc'fero  is  the  abh  of  origin,  governed  by 

genitiis.     We  find  the  same  construction  with  satus,  ereatus, 
ortus,  and  natus. 

348.  Phoceus  :  Phocaean,  from  Phocae,  the  northernmost  coast  city 
of  Ionia.  It  soon  became  a  great  naval  power,  founded  many 
colonies,  and  among  them  Massilia  (Marseilles). 

351.  pendet :  hangs  in  suspense. 

trepidi  oris  is  the  genitive  of  quality.  The  Trachinian  of 
tremblini^  face,  i.e.,  the  trembling-faced  Trachinian.  Another 
reading  is — 

"  Pendet  et  ipse  metu  trepido  Trachinius  hospes." 
TracMnius :  Ceyx. 
353.  medio  cum  sol,  etc. :  when  the  sun  was  at  its  highest  point 

and  had  completed  one-half  of  its  diurnal  course. 
356.  latarum  =  broad ;    another   word  latiis  =  borne,    from   fero ; 
l(itus,  -eris  (n.)  =  a  side. 
campos  latarum  aquarum  =  the  broad  sea. 

359.  templa :  notice  the  plural  where  we  might  have  expected  the 

sin<,'ular  tern  plum. 

360.  trabibus  :  trunks  of  living  trees. 

Nereides :  the  fifty  daughters  of  Nereus  and  Doris  were  the 
nymphs  of  the  Mediterranean.  The  most  famous  Nereid  was 
Thetis,  the  mother  of  Achilles.  They  were  represented  as 
beautiful  maidens  who  resided  in  caves  by  the  seashore,  or  at 
the  bottom  of  the  sea,  with  their  father.  For  the  patronymic 
termination  cf.  line  274. 

Nereus  :  son  of  Oceanns  and  Terra,  father  of  the  Nereids,  had 
the  gift  of  prophecy,  and  could  (like  Proteus)  take  different 
shapes. 

361.  ponti :  i.e.,  the  Malian  Gulf,  in  south  of  Thessaly.     Distinguish 

pons,  pontis,  abridge,  from  pontns,  -i,  the  sea. 

364.  paludem  :  the  repetition  of  this  word  is  not  necessary,  although 

perhaps  it  adds  clearness  and  emphasis.     Cicero  and  Caesar 
constantly  repeat  the  noun  in  the  relative  clause. 

A  little  to  the  south-east  of  the  marsh  of  Trachis  ran  the 
famous  pass  of  Thermopylae,  wliore  Leonidas  and  his  300 
Spartans  opposed  the  Persians  in  B.C.  480. 

365.  The  better  reading  of  the  passage  is — 

"  Inde  fragore  gravi  strepitus  loca  proxima  terret 
Bellua  vasta  lupus :  juncisque  paluatribus  exit 
Oblitus  et  spumis,  et  sparsus  sanguine,"  etc. 


NOTES.  41 

It  ia  possible,  however,  to  put  a  semicolon  after  tC'-r-t  ;  then 
s?/r]iififs  will  be  not  genitive  but  nom.,  and /ca^yo/'e  lefi-rs  to 
the  breaking  of  branches.  Another  reading  is  spisso  for 
!<parsus,  and  another  is — 

"  Belua  vasta,  lupus  mucisque  palustribus  e.'cit 
Oblitus  et  spuniis,  expersus  sanguine  rictus,"  etc. 
mucus  probably  means  moisture,  but  it  is  an  uncommon  use  of 

the  word, 
oblitus  :  from  ohUno,  to  besmear ;  cf.  line  136. 
rictus  fulmineos  is  the  ace.  of  respect,  governed  by  sparsus  or 
ex.<persus,  if  those  words  are  in  the  reading.    If  spisso  is  read, 
rictus  is  ace.  of  respect,  governed  by  oblitus. 
368-  lumina :  ace.  of  respect,  governed  by  suffusus. 
369.  quamquam  generally  takes  the  indie.,  qunmvis  the  subjunctive, 
but  see  line  718,  infra.     Quainvis  may   i.e   used  to  quality  an 
adj.,  qHatnqucun  cannot  be  so  used.    Thus,  "  however  great  "  = 
quaiiiris  magnus,  not  quarnquain  i)ia{)nus. 

374.  defensamus :  iJeftnso  is  the  frequentative  form  of  defendo,  and 
signifies  repeated  efforts  to  ward  off.  Cf.  verso  and  verto, 
ventito  and  cenio.  Befenso  here  can  mean  either  (1)  defend 
the  flocks,  or  (2)  ward  off  the  wolf. 

376.  remittit   here  =  permits. 

379.  dixerat :  the  rustic  had  spoken,  i.e.,  his  speech  had  finished. 

380.  admissi  :    sc.  sceleris  =  ox  the  crime    he  had  committed;  but 

admissum  is  also  used  by  itself  as  a  neuter  noun  =  crime. 
Nereida ;  Psamathe,  the  mother  of  Phocus. 
conligit :  like  the  English  "gathers,"  =  infers,  concludes. 

381.  inferias :  inferiae  =  sacrifices  in  honour  of  those  down  below, 

i.t.,  of  the  dead. 

383.  Rex  Oetaeus  :    Ceyx,  king   of  Trachin.     Mount   Oeta  was   a 

mountain- ran L'e  in  the  district  of  Trachin,  in  the  south  of 
Thessaly,  running  from  the  river  Spercheus  to  Thermopylae, 
quis  is  a  contracted  form  of  quibus,  from  qui,  quae,  quod.  In 
prose  when  cum  is  used  with  qiubus,  it  is  placed  after  the 
relative, — quibuscum,  not  cum  quibtis.  So  mecuni,  tecum, 
secum,  nobiscum,  vobiscum,  quocum. 

384.  excita:  from  excio,  -ivi  or  -it,  -itum,  4,  to  rouse,  terrify. 

385.  capillos  :  ace.  of  respect. 

386.  hos  ipsos  :  the  hair  already  trimmed. 

infusa    has  a   middle  sense    rather   than   a  passive  =  pouring 
lierself  round,  i.e.,  clinging  to,  from  in/undo,  -fudi,  -fusum,  3. 

387.  sine  se:    se  refers  to  the  subject  of  mittat,  and  not  to  the 

principal  verb  precatur. 


42  .  METAMORPHOSES    XI. 

389.  Acacides :  son  of  Aeacus  =  Peleus. 
illi :  so.  dixit  =  (said)  to  her. 

392.  pelagi  :    nearly  all   nouns  in    -us   of  the   End  declension    are 

masculine.  Pelagus,  virus,  and  vulgus  are  neuter,  but  vulgus 
is  sometimes  masculine. 

393.  loci:  there  is  another  reading /ocws  =  fire,  beacon. 

394.  stratos  :  from  stemo  ;  see  Hue  372. 

395.  vastatorem  ferum  :    here  Jerum   is    probably  the  noun,    and 

vastatorem  the  adjective.  So  victor  and  victrix  are  used  as 
adjectives,  e.g.,  victrix  caterva.  It  is  possible,  however,  to  take 
ferus  as  the  adjective  and  vastator  as  the  noun. 

396.  longos  villos  :  ace.  of  respect  after  infectum. 

infectum :  here  =  dyed,  from  inficio,  to  dye.  Jnfectus  also 
means  not  made,  not  done. 

401.  sed  enim  :  "  hut  the  wolf  continues  his  slaughter,  for  the  blood 
has  made  him  savage." 

404.  mutavit :  "  Psamathe  changed."  Muto  may  have  accus.  of 
what  is  left,  or  ablative  of  what  is  taken,  or  (in  poetry)  the 
converse.  Thus,  nudare  urhem  exilio,  and  mntare  urhe  exilium 
may  equally  mean,  "to  quit  the  city  and  go  into  banishment." 

406.  jam  non  :  no  longer  ;  nondum  =  not  yet. 

408.  Magnetas  :   the  inhabitants    of  ]Man;nesia,   a  town   and    small 

coast  district  of  eastern  Thessaly,  south  of  Ossa. 

409.  Haemonio :    Haemonian.     Haemonia  is   a  poetical   name   for 

Thessaly. 

Acasto :  Acastus,  son  of  king  Pelias  of  Thessaly,  married 
Hippolyte,  who  fell  in  love  with  Peleus  when  the  latter  was 
an  exile  at  the  court  of  Acastus.  Peleus  rojocted  her  love, 
and  she  accordingly  accused  him  of  attempting  her  honour. 
He  was  exposed  to  the  centaurs,  but  delivered  by  Vulcan  at 
Jupiter's  command. 

purgamina :  if  a  man  was  guilty  of  a  serious  crime  he  could 
become  reconciled  to  the  Gods  only  by  getting  an  innocent 
man  to  purify  him.  This  purification  was  generally  by  means 
of  water,  sulpliur,  and  fire. 

410.  Con.struo  as  follows: — Interea  Ceys,  turbatus  anxia  pectora 

(ace.  of  respect),  prodipiia  et  fratris  sni  et  fniircm  seoutis. 
Fratrevi  secufis  is  short  for  fratri.t  pmdiijia  sccutis.  Prodigia 
fratris  =  the  metamorphosis  of  D.'\e<lftliou,  and  sccutis  prodigia 
fnitris  =  the  appearance  and  petrifaction  of  the  wolf. 

413.  Clarium  deum  :  the  god  of  Clarua,  a  town  of  Ionia,  famous  for 
nn  ornrlo  of  .\pollo. 


NOTES.  43 

413.  Phlegyis  :  the  Phlcgyae  were  a  mythica  race  of  Thessaly  wlio 
plundered  and  burnt  Apollo's  temple  at  Delphi.  Some  of 
them  settled  in  Phocis. 
Phorbas  was  one  of  the  Lapithae  who  dwelt  in  the  mountains 
of  Thessaly.  He  was  a  savage  robber,  forced  strangers  to  box 
with  him,  and  then  slew  them.  He  challenged  the  gods,  and 
was  slain  by  Apollo  for  his  presumption. 

417.  OSSa :  from  os,  ossis  (n.),  a  bone;  the  other  word  os,  oris  (n.), 
=  the  face  ;  oris  is  also  the  dat.  and  abl.  pi.  of  ora,  a  shore. 

422.  Construe  —  Ubi  est  cura   mei  quae  prior  esse  solebat  ?     For 

the  transference  of  the  noun  cura  into  the  relative  clause,  cf . 
lines  363,  364. 

423.  securus :    free   from  care;    from  se  =  S!')?e,  without,    and   cura 

=  care.     So  socors  —  silly,  is  from  se  =  without,  and  co<-  =  heart, 
intelligence. 

425.  puto  :  iinal  o  in  Latin  is  usually  long,    but  in  modo  and  cqo  it  is 

short,  and  generally  in  pj/fo. 
tantumque  :  tantum  here  is  the  adverb  meaning  only. 

426.  carebunt :  verbs  signifying  to  ahound  in  or  to  he  in  need  of,  as  a 

rule  govern  the  ablative,  e.g.,  e(ieo,  careo,  ahundo,  vaco. 

428.  laceras    tabulas :    broken    planks   from  shipwrecks.      Tahula 

oriiiinally  meant  a  plank,  and  hence  a  tablet  or  writing-tablet. 

429.  tumulis  sine  corpore  :  graves  without  bodies,  i.e.,  cenotaphs,  or 

graves  erected  in  honour  of  people  whose  bodies  were  lost  at 
sea.  It  was  thought  that  the  soul  of  a  person  who  had 
received  no  funeral  honours  was  obliged  to  wander  in  agony 
on  the  banks  of  the  Styx  for  100  years.  To  save  the  souls  of 
their  friends  from  this  unpleasant  fate  it  was  customary  for  the 
Greeks  to  erect  tombs,  which,  however,  as  the  body  could  not 
be  found,  were  necessarily  empty, 
nomina  legi :  there  is,  of  course,  an  anachronism  here  in 
referring  to  an  epitaph  on  a  tomb. 

431.  Hippotades  =  Aeolus,  son   of  Hippotas,  was  made   by   Juno 

king  of  the  winds,  in  Aeoliae.     For  the  patronymic  termi- 
nation see  line  274. 

Alcyone  was  the  daughter  of  Aeolus  and  granddaughter  of 
Hippotas. 

432.  placet,  from  placo,  1,  to  appense,  calm,  governs  ace.     Placet  is 

from  placeo,  2,  to  please,  and  governs  dative, 
sit  is  the  subj.  after  quod  expressing  a  reason.      Contineat  and 
placet  are  in  the  subj.  because  they  are  in  relative  sentences 
depending  on  a  verb  in  the  subj. 

4.34.  incommendata :  from  incommendatus,  -a,  -urn,  a  very  rare  word 
=  unrecommended,  given  up,  abandoned. 


44  METAMORPHOSES    XI. 

435.  vexant :  the  nom.  is  venti. 

437,  8.  quo  magis  .   .   .  magis  hoc  :  the  prose  form  is  g"o  magis 

.  .  .  ec  mo'jjf:.     Qv-o,  eo,  and  hoc  are  all  ablatives  of  instru- 
ment. 

novi  is  a^  perfect  tense  used  with  a  present  meaning  (cf.  odit, 
line  128),  and  corresponds  exactly  with  reor  in  the  next  line. 

438.  Construe — Si  tua  senteniia,  care  conjunx,  potest  flecti  nullis 

precibns. 

440.  certus  eundi  :  this  construction  of  cerfu.?  with  the  genitive  of 

the  gerund  is  very  common.     Another  common  construction 
is  the  infinitive,  e.g.,  certa  tnori  =  resolved  on  death. 

441.  una  is  an  adverb  =  together,  at  the  same  time. 

444.  Aeolidis  :  from  Aeolis.     Aeolis  was  the  daughter  of  Aeolus  = 

Alcyone. 

445.  sidereus  :    Cfyx,  who  was  son  of  Lucifer,  the  Morning  Star. 
ignis  :  the  fire  of  love. 

451.  longa  :  long,  troublesome,  wearisome. 

nobis  :  here  probably  =  mihi.  It  is  the  "  plural  of  majesty." 
Cf.  the  use  of  We  in  proclamations  by  the  Queen. 

452.  patrios  :  i.e.,  Lucifer's. 

453.  Antequam  luna  bis  impleat  orbem :   Uf.  =  before  the  moon 

fills  her  orb  twice,  i.e.,  before  tlie  lapse  of  two  months. 

456.  pinum,  from  pinus,  a  pine-tree,  of  which  wood  ships  were 
made,  is  often  used  for  a  ship  itself.  So  puppis,  a  prow,  and 
carina,  a  keel,  are  used  for  a  ship,  the  part  being  taken  to 
express  the  whole. 

jubet :  juheo  takes  the  infinitive,  but  impero  takes  ut,  in  accord- 
ance with  the  rule: — 

With  ask,  command,  advise,  and  strive. 
By  ut  translate  infinitive  ; 
But  not  so  after  julriK  nor 
After  verb  deponent  cwr. 

armamentis  :  the  spondee  in  ihc  fifth  foot  instead  of  a  dactyl 
is  vtiy  unusual.  The  fact  tliat  onvomentis  is  a  four-syllable 
is  perhiips  some  palliation  ibr  the  irrepulaiity  ;  cf.  "  Cornua 
velataruin  obvertinins  antennarum,"  Verg.  Aen.  iii.,  549.. 

rursus  horruit :  shuddering  «as  a  bad  omen. 

lacrimasque,  &c.  .-  lit.  =  slud  the  tears  that  sprang  up  in  her 
oyes,  and  gave  embraces. 

46'».  vale,  from  raleo,  to  be  well  or  vigoroas,  lit.  means  be  well  or 
fare  tridl,  and  hence  fj'iorjhi/e. 


NOTES.  45 

461.  juvenes :  juvenis  in  Latin  =  a  person  in  the  prime  of  life,  the 

age  included  being  from  twenty  to  forty  years  old.  Juvenis 
has  not  the  same  meaning  as  our  word  youth. 

462.  ordinibus  geminis:  (1)  in  rows  of  two,  i.e.,  the  rowers  sit  on 

both  oicks  i)f  the  boat  just  opposite  each  other,  i.e.,  two 
abreast ;  or  (2)  in  two  rows  right  round  the  ship,  i.e..  the  ship 
was  a  bireme,  with  two  rows  of  oars  on  each  side.  A  trireme 
had  three  rows  of  oars,  a  quadrireme  four,  and  a  quinquereme 
live. 

464.  recurva  is  abl.  agreeing  with  puppe.  There  is  another  read- 
ing, relicta  =  nom.  agreeing  with  ilia,  or  else  abl.  agreeing 
with  puppe. 

466.  prima  agrees  with  signa,  and  is  not  fem.  sing,  agreeing  with 
x-idet. 

470.  malo  :  remember  the  various  meanings  of  this  word  : — (1)  dat. 

and  abl.  of  yndlus,  -i  (m.),  a  mast;  (2)  dat.  and  abl  of  malus, 
-1  (f.),  an  apple-tree ;  (3)  dat.  and  abl.  of  malum,  -i  (n.),  an 
apple  ;  (4)  pres.  ind.  of  nidlo,  I  prefer.  Malo  is  the  dat.  and 
abl.  (m.  and  n.)  of  malu.s,  -a,  -urn,  bad,  and  the  dat.  and  abl. 
of  malum,  •%  (n.),  an  evil. 

471.  ut,  followed  by  indie.  =  as  or  when. 

474.  rudentes  :  from  rudenx  (m.),  a  rope,  cord;  in  plural  =  rigging. 

The  word  is  probably  derived  from  rudo,-ivi,  -Itum,  3,  to  roar, 
creak.  This  word  is  an  exception  to  the  rule  that  nouns 
ending  in  "  s  impure,"  i.e.,  in  s  preceded  by  a  consonant,  of 
the  3rd  declension,  are  fem.  The  other  important  exceptions 
are  mons,  pons,  fans,  and  dens.  Rudens  is  sometimes  fem.  in 
Plautus. 

475.  obvertit :  turns  toward,  or  near,  the  side  of  the  boat.     When 

they  leave  the  harbour  the  men  first  use  their  oars,  but  when 
they  are  quite  free  of  the  land  they  use  their  sails. 

476.  arbore  :  lit.  =  tree  ;  hence  =  that  which  is  made  from  a  tree, 

a  mast. 

478.  medium  aequor :  the  middle  of  the  water,  i.e.,  half  the  dis- 

tance. 

479.  utraque  tellus  :  i.e.,  the  land  from  which  they  started,  and  the 

l;iiid  to  which  they  were  going. 

erat  =  aherat. 
482.  jamdadom  here  =  immediately.     The  word  often  means  long 

COmua  :  properly  the  extremity  or  end  of  the  sail-yards  ;  here 
used  for  the  sail-yards  themselves. 
486.  alii  :  some,  corresponding  to  fars  in  nest  line. 


46  METAMORPHOSES    XI. 

486.  subducere :  suhducerc  navem  =  to  draw  a  ship  up  on  land  ;  so 

suhducere  remos,  to  draw  the  oars  up  on  the  boat,  to  "  ship 
oars." 

487.  munire  latus:    secure  the  side  of  the  ship,  i.e.,  prevent  the 

water  from  coming  through  the  holes  made  for  the  oars. 

488.  egerit :  from  egero,  -essi,  -estum,  3,  to  take  out,  pump  out.     It  is 

not  the  third  sing.  perf.  subj.  of  ago,  egi,  actum,  agere. 

489.  sine  lege  :  without  law,  i.e.,  without  any  order. 

492.  nee  se  fatetur  scire :  the  negative  of  nee  goes  with  scire,  and 
not  with  fateri.  So,  "  I  say  this  is  not  true  "  must  be  rendered 
in  Latin  by  "  Nego  hoc  verum  esse."  In  Latin  the  negative 
is  attached  to  the  principal  rather  than  to  the  subordinate 
verb  of  the  sentence. 

495.  The  lit.  translation  is — "  Forsooth  the  men  resound  with  shouts, 

the  cordage  with  creaking,  the  heavy  wave  with  the  rush  of 
winds,  and  the  air  with  thunder." 

496.  tonitribus :    from  tonitrus,   -us  (m.),  thunder.      There   is    no 

authority  for  the  neuter  form  tonitvv.,  -us,  but  there  is  a  neuter 
noun  tonitruum,  -i. 

497.  aequare :  to  reach. 

inductas  :  from  induco,  -duxi,  -ductum,  to  overlay,  overspread. 

499.  modo  .  .  .  modo  :  at  one  time  ...  at  another. 

500.  Stygia  :  Styx  is  the  principal  river  in  the  lower  world,  round 

whicli  it  flows  seven  times. 

501.  interdum,  sometimes,  must  be  distinguished  from  interdiu,  in 

the  daytime, 
sternitur :  is  strewn  level,  is  smooth. 

504.  Acheronta :  Acheron,  the  river  of  the  lower  world,  round  which 

the  shades  hover. 

505.  curvum  aequor :  the  hollow  between  two  waves. 
507.  latus  ;  ace.  of  respect  after  icta. 

509.  ballista :  a  largo  military  engine,  like  a  bow,  stretched  with 

cords   and   thongs,   by   which   masses  of  stones  and   other 
missiles  were  thrown  to  a  great  distance. 

510.  incursu  :  by  its  onset,  momentum. 
513.  arma  bore  means  rigging,  tackle. 

5i  4.  spoliataque  :  spulio  governs  the  ablat  ivp,  like  most  verbs  signi- 

fying  jirivation  ;  cf.  egeo,  carco,  lino  426. 
tegmine  cerae  :  the  seams  of  the  ship  wore  stopped  with  wax, 

or  :i  compound  of  pitcli  and  wax,  to  make  them  water-tight. 
517.  Credas :  "you  would  think,"  the  ajiodosis  of  a  conditional  son- 

teiire,  tho  protasis  [e.g.,  if  you  tried  to  explain  the  event)  being 

omitted. 


NOTES.  47 

518.  plagas :  from  plfifja,  -ae  (f.),  a  region,  tract.    Plniia,  -ae  (f.),  also 

means  a  snare,  net ;  and  2'^';7«,  -ce  (f.)  =  a  blow,  wound. 

519.  undis,  aquae:  we  should  perhaps  expect  aquis,  imdae,  as  aqua 

would  be  more  naturally  applied  to  the  waters  from  heaven, 
and  uiHlae  to  the  waves  of  the  sea.  Undis  is  probably  used 
because  the  rain  was  so  heavy  as  to  form  waves  by  itself. 

520.  ignit)US  :  its  fires,  i.e.,  the  stars. 

521.  caeca  :  lit.,  blind  ;  here  =  dark,  inpenetrable. 

522.  micantia :  mico  =  to  move  quickly  to  and  fro,  to  have  a  vibrat- 

ing, tremulous  motion ;  hence  =  to  quiver,  to  spring  forth  (of 
fountains),  to  gleam,  glitter  of  stars. 

524.  texta :  from  text  um,  that  which  is  woven  together,  a  fabric. 

Remember  the  parts  of — texn,  tcxui,  tevtum,  3,  to  weave  ;  and 
tego,  texi,  tectum,  3,  to  cover. 

525.  numero  omni :  than  all  the  number  of  his  fellow-soldiers. 
527.  spe  here  =  the  object  of  his  hope. 

530.  Construe — Impetus  decimae  undae,  vastius  insurgens,  ruit. 

decimae  undae  ;  the  Romans  used  to  consider  that  every  tenth 
wave  was  larger  and  more  dangerous  and  powerful  than  the 
Others.     Cf.  Tristia,  1.  2,  49— 

"  Qui  venit  hie  fluctus,  fluctus  supereminet  omnes; 
Posterior  nono  est  undecimoque  prior." 

536.  trepidare  must  be  taken  with  solet  xirbs. 

537.  ars  :  the  ^kill  of  the  sailors  and  master. 

538.  mortes  :  kinds  of  death. 

540.  funera  quos  maneant :  whom  a  funeral  awaits,  i.e.,  who  die  on 
land  where  their  friends  can  bury  them,  and  not  at  sea  where 
their  bodies  are  lost.  If  a  person  were  not  buried  it  was  sup- 
posed that  his  soul  could  never  cross  over  the  river  Styx. 

542.  opem  :  this  word  in  singular  means  help,  assistance  ;  in  plural  = 

resources,  wealth.     Cf.   copia  =  plenty,  abundance  ;  copiae  = 
supplies,  forces, 
subeunt :  sc.  in  mentcm  =  come  up  into  his  mind. 

543.  pignoribus  :  pi^/nora  are  pleges,  i.e.,  children  who  are  pledges 

of  afl'ection.     If  children  were  left  behind  at  home,  they  were 

a  pledge  that  the  parent  would  return. 
quod  cuique  relictum  est :  the  order  is  probably,  Et   cuiqne 

subit  quod  ei   relictum  est ;    but  the  other  way  of  making 

cuique  the  ind.  object  of  relictum  is  possible. 
545.  desideret :  desidem  =  to  desire  something  which  is  absent,  to 

miss. 
549.  fervet :  besides  the  verb  ferveo,  there  is  another  form   fervo, 

Jtrvi,  3. 


48  MtTAMORrUuSKS    XI. 

550.  duplicata  :  tliis  refers  to  line  521 — 

"  Caecaqne  nox  premitur  tenebris  hiemisque  euisque." 

551.  arbor  :  cf.  line  476,  and  also  the  use  of  2nnus  for  ship,  line  456. 

552.  spoliis  :  i.e.,  the  mast  and  rudder. 

superstes:    standing   over    (from   super   and   sto).      The    word 

generally  means  surviving. 
554.  Atlion  :  Mount  Athos,   a  mountain   of  Macedonia,   projecting 

into  the  Aegaean.    Xerxes  made  a  canal  at  its  inland  base  for 

his  fleet,  to  avoid  the  danger  of  doubling  the  mountain. 
Pindumque :     Pindus,    a    mountain-chain    between    Thessaly, 

Macedonia,  and  Epirus,  sacred  to  the  Muses  and  Apollo, 
siquis :  after   we,  nisi,  num,  and   si,   quis   is   used  instead   of 

o.Uquis. 
558.  aera  :  aer  is  properly  the  lower  atmosphere,  as  distinguished 

from  aether,  the  upper  pure  air. 
fato  functa  SUO  est :   lit.  =  accomplishes  its  fate,  i.e.,  meets  its 

fate. 

561.  socerum  :  i.e.,  Aeolus, 
patrem :  i.e.,  Lucifer. 

562.  plurima  is  strictly  an  adjective  agreeing  with  Alcyone,   but  it 

has  the  meaning  of  an  adverb  =  most  of  all. 

563.  refertque  :  calls  her  again  and  again,  repeats  her  name. 

564.  illius :  the  position  of  this  word  at  the  beginning  of  the  line 

shows  that  it  is  emphatic, 
corpora:  either  for  corpus,    or    else  the  plural    denotes    the 
scattered  portions  of  his  body. 

565.  exanimis  is  nom.  from  exanimis,  and  not  abl.  from  exanimns. 
manibus :  by  the  hands.     Mdnihus  =  to  or  from  the  Manes,  or 

ghosts  of  the  dead. 
568.  niger  arcus  aquarum  :  lit.  =  a  black  bow  of  waters,  i.e.,  a  black 
sweeping  wave  ;  it  is  called  black  probably  from  the  reflection 
of  the  dark  clouds, 
frangitur :  used  in  middle  voice. 
57l.  excedere  caelo  :  to  leave  the  sky  in  order  to  assist  his  sou. 

texit :  fioni  tc'jo,  I  hide.     It  is  possible  to  make  it  the  present 
of  tcvo,  I  weave,  l)ut  this  meaning  is  not  probable. 

573.  Aeolis  :  the  daughter  of  Aeolus,  i.o.,  Alcyone.     The  termination 

-IS  C'lniHonly  means  child  of;  cf.  line  274. 

574.  quas   induat  ille :    indua*  is    the    .subjunctive   because   qua$ 

stands  for  vt  eas  =  that  he  may  put  (hem  on  ;  iicrat  is  coordinate 
with  induat. 
578.  Junonis  :  because  Juno  presided  over  marriages, 
ante:  in  preference  to;  cf.  antcpono,  antefero. 


NOTES.  49 

579.  qui  nallas  erat :  who  was  no  husband  of  hers,  but  dead. 

582.  hoc  :  this  latter,  i.e.,  that  he  should  prefer  no  other  woman  to 
her.  Hie  generally  refers  to  the  nearer  of  two  objects 
(the  latter),  and  ille  to  the  one  farther  off  (the  former). 

584.  manus  fimestas :  unclean  hands.     Contact  or  connection  with 

a  dead  body,  or  having  a  dead  body  in  the  house,  was  con- 
sidered to  defile  a  person.  So  in  this  case,  by  a  poetical 
extension  of  the  idea,  the  fact  that  the  husband  of  Alcyone 
was  dead  made  her  hands  unclean,  although  she  had  not  been 
near  to  him. 

585.  Iris,  daughter  of  Thaumas  and  the  Oceanid  Electra,  was  the 

messenger  of  the  gods,  especially  of  Juno.  One  of  her  duties 
was  to  cut  the  thread  which  detained  the  soul  in  the  body  of 
the  dying.     She  was  the  same  as  the  rainbow. 

586.  vise  :    viso  is   properly  a   frequentative   or   intensive  form  of 

video.  It  means  (1)  to  look  at  attentively,  (2)  to  go  to  see. 
The  parts  are  viso,  -i,  -urn,  3.     Cf.  defenso  above. 

587.  mittat :  this  is  the  subj.  governed  perhaps  by  ut  understood 

after  jube.  As  juheo,  however,  generally  takes  the  infinitive, 
and  not  ut  with  the  subjunctive,  mittat  may  be  looked  on  as 
the  subjunctive  used  imperatively. 

590.  arcuato  :  a  trisyllable,  pronounced  as  if  the  it  had  been  a  v. 

591.  jussi:    this  adjective  is  transferred  to  regis,  instead  of  being 

applied  to  Iris.  The  "  ordered  "  kino:  is  either  "  the  king  to 
whom  Iris  was  ordered  to  go,"  or  else  "  the  king  who  was 
ordered  to  obey  Juno's  command."  In  the  former  case, 
"ordered  king"  =  king  about  whom  Iris  had  received  orders. 

592.  Cimmerios :  Cimmerii,  a  mythical  people  on  the  extreme  west 

of   the  Ocean,    lived   in    caves  in    a    region  of    fogs.     This 
description  of  the  Cave  of   Sleep  is  most  powerful  and  vivid, 
and  is  perhaps  the  finest  passage  in  this  book. 
591.  medius  Phoebus :  mid-day  sun,  i.e.,  Phoebus  in  the  middle  of 
his  course. 

596.  dubiaeque  crepuscula  lucis  :  the  twilight  of  uncertain  light  is  a 

result  of  the  dark  clouds  and  mists. 

597.  ales  cristati  oris  :  the  bird  of  crested  head  =  the  cock. 

vigil,  solliciti,  sagacior :  notice  the  climax  in  these  adjectives. 
Notice  the  genitive  of  quality — ales  cristati  oris.  In  this 
construction  the  insertion  of  an  adjective  is  always  neces- 
sary. Thus  vir  integritatis  is  not  allowable  for  a  Tnan  of  in- 
tegrity ;  you  must  say,  vir  suinmae  integritatis. 

599.  sagacior  anser :  the  goose  is  called  wise  in  reference  to  the 
legend  about  the  Capitol  having  been  saved  from  capture  by 
D 


50  METAMOKPHOSES   XI. 

the  Gauls  (b.c.  390)  through  the  geese  of  the  Capitol  giving 
the  alarm  to  the  unsuspecting  Romans. 
601.  COnvicia :  from  convicium,  a  loud  noise,  clamour,  wrangling.    It 
is  probably  derived  from  or  connected  vrith  vox,  a  voice. 

603.  Lethes  :  the  Greek  gen.  sing,  of  Le</ie,  the  river  of  forgetfuluess. 

It  was  a  river  in  Hell,  the  waters  of  which  were  drunk  by  the 
spirits  of  the  dead  in  order  to  make  them  forget  the  past. 

604.  lapillis :  lapillus  is  the  dimin.  of  lapis,  -idis,  a  stone. 

605.  fecunda  :  the  poppy  is  called  fertile  or  fruitful  on  account  of 

the  number  of  seeds  it  contains. 

610.  medio  is  joined  with  in  antro.     Eheno  is  for  ehenina  sponda,  on 

an  ebony  frame. 

611.  unicolor :    of  one  colour,  i.e.  pullus,  as  the  couch  was  pullo 

velamine  tectus. 

613.  hunc  circa :  occasionally  in  Latin  the  preposition  comes  after 

the  case  it  governs. 

614.  messis  silva  and  litus  are  each  the  subject  of  gerit. 
616.  simul  =  simul  atque,  as  soon  as. 

virgo :  Iris. 
618.  sacra  domus  :  the  house  is  called  sacra  because  it  is  the  home 

of  a  god. 
621.  excussit  sibi  se :  shook  himself  from  himself,  i.e.,  from  sleep, 
Sornnus  being  the  subject  of  excussit. 

623.  Somne  . . .  Somne  :  notice  the  repetition,  employed  no  doubt  in 

order  to  wake  Somnus  up. 

624.  In  another  passage  Ovid  makes  a  very  similar  statement  about 

Ambrosia : — 

"  Ea  fessa  diurnis 
Membra  ministeriis  nutrit,  reparatque  labori." 

625.  mulces  :  distinguish  the  parts  of  this  verb  from  those  of  muiyco, 

mulsi,  muhum,  or  mulctum,  2,  to  milk. 

627.  Herculea  Trachine :    Trachis    is    called    Herculean    because 

Hercules  towards  the  end  of  his  life  lived  here,  and  it  was 
on  Mount  Octa,  in  the  neighbourhood,  that  ho  burnt  him- 
self to  death, 
jube  ...  adeant :  see  above,  lino  587. 

628.  simulacra  naufraga:  the  images  of  shipwrecked  persons,  ht. 

=  images  apportaining  to  shipwreck. 

629.  postquam  in  Latin  generally  takes  the  perfect  where  in  English 

we  use  the  pluperfect. 
631.  ut  with  the  indie.  =  when  or  as.     When  it  is  translated  tluit 
(whether  consequential  or  final)  it  takes  the  subjunctive ;  cf. 
line  471. 


NOTES.  51 

632.  areas :  this  is  the  rainbow  down  which  Iris  had  flown  to  the 

kingdom  of  sleep.  Per  q^u>8  arcus  is  a  short  and  idiomatic 
form  for  per  eos  arcus  per  quos.  The  plural  is  probably  used 
on  account  of  the  many  colours  in  the  rainbow,  each  colour 
being  regarded  as  a  bow. 

633.  pater :  sc.  Somnus,  Father  Sleep. 

populo  here  =  multitude,  crowd.  The  word  populus,  -i  (m.),  is 
derived  from  the  rootof  ^s^eo  and  ^jJchus,  full;  populus,  -i  {{.), 
=  a  poplar-tree. 

Morphea :  Greek  ace.  sing,  of  Morpheus,  the  son  and  minister 
of  Somnus,  and  god  of  dreams.  The  name  is  derived  from  a 
Greek  word  meaning  to  form  (dreams)  ;  iJ.op(pri  =  shapes. 

634.  artificem  simulatoremque  is  a  hendiadys  =  a  skilful  imitator. 

635.  quisquam :  quisquam  and  ullus  are  used  instead  of  aliquis  in 

negative     and    comparative     sentences,     and    interrogative 

sentences  which  expect  the  answer  No. 
illi  =  patri  =  Father  Sleep. 
640.  Icelon  :  ace.  sing,  oi  Icelos,  from  a  Greek  word  YKeXos,  meaning 

like. 
Phobetora :    Greek  ace.    sing,  of  Pholetor  =  the   Frightener, 

from  (po^foi,  I  frighten, 
vulgus ;  this  is  one  of  the  few  neuter  nouns  of  the  2nd  decl. 

which  end  in  -us;  see  line  392. 

642.  Phantasos  :  this  is  from  the  same  root  as  (pavracris  =  fancy. 

in  humum  saxumque  undamque  trabemque :  in  a  combination 
of  words  like  this  in  Latin,  you  must  either  put  a  connecting 
word  to  every  word  after  the  first,  or  else  omit  it  entirely. 
Thus  you  could  say,  "in  humum  saxum  undam  trabem,"  but 
not  "  in  humum  saxum  undam  trabemque,"  nor  "  in  humum 
saxum  undamque  trabemque." 

643.  Lit.  =  things  which  are  without  life,  i.e.,  all  lifeless  bodies. 

645.  populos  plebemque  :    a  hendiadys.      Populus  =  the    people ; 

populi  =  peoples,    nations  ;    plebs  =  the     common    people, 
populace. 

646.  eligit  Morphea  qui  peragat :  notice  the  final  use  of  qui  =  ut — 

"  choose  Morpheus  in  order  that  he  may  accomplish." 

647.  Thaumantidos  :  gen.  of  Thaumantis  =  Iris,  who  was  daughter 

of  Thaumas  ;  see  line  585. 
edita :  ace.  neut.  pi.  of  editus,  from  edo,  =  things  given  out  = 
orders  ;  cf.  jussa.     Distinguish  the  conjugation  of  edo,  -didi, 
-ditum,  3,  to  give  out,  and  edo,  edi,  esum,  3,  to  eat. 
651.  intraqae  morae  breve  tempus  :  lit.  =  and  within  a  short  time 
of  delay. 


52  METAMORPHOSES   XI. 

652.  Haemoniam  :  see  line  409.     JJrhem  Haemoniam  =  Trachin. 
654.  sine  vestibus  ullis  :  the  clothes  of  the  Greeks  were  attached 

so  loosely  that  they  would  fall  oflf  when  a  man  was  swimming. 

The  appearance  of  Ceyx  "sine  vestibas"  would  tell  Alcyone 

that  he  was  drowned. 

661.  nil  opis  :  lit.,  nothing  of  help,  i.e.,  no  help  ;  opis  is  the  partitive 

genitive. 

662.  OCCidimus  :  distinguish   occido  from  occido,  -ctdi,  -clsum,  3,  to 

kill.  A  verb  which  when  uncompounded  reduplicates  in  the 
perfect,  as  a  rule  loses  the  reduplicated  syllable  when  it  is 
compounded  with  a  preposition  ;  thus  cddo,  cecidi,  and  caedo, 
cecldi  become  respectively  occidi  and  occldi  in  the  perfect 
when  compounded  with  ob. 

Cf.  line  576 — "  reditusque  sibi  promittit  inanes." 
me  =  me  reditum. 

falso  is  either  an  adv.  =  by  mistake,  or  else  the  dat.  sing,  of 
the  pass,  partic.  o^fallo. 

664.  auster :  the  southern  wind.     In  line  481  it  is  called  Euros,  or 

east  wind.  Aquilo  is  the  north  wind,  Kotiis  the  south-west 
wind,  Zephyrus  the  west  wind.  Boreas  is  also  the  north 
wind. 

665.  Ora  nostra  =  ace.   after  implerunt ;    nostra  =  mea,  being  the 

plural  of  majesty,  many  instances  of  which  have  occurred 
above. 

666.  non  is  joined  closely  with  amhiguus. 

669.  lugubria  :  sc,  vestimenta  =  mourning  garments. 

670.  Tartara:  from    Tartarus,    -i    (m.),    pi.    Tartara,   -arum   (n.)  = 

Tartarus,  the  infernal  regions.  Sub  inania  Tartara  =  ad  Tar- 
tareas  umbras.  Tartarus  is  called  empty,  because  it  is  the 
abode  of  shades  which  have  no  substance.  Sub  with  ace.  = 
down  into. 

671.  quam  crederet :  crederet  is  subj.,  as  it  is  the  apodosis  of  a  con- 

ditional sentence  of  which  the  protasis  (e.3.,if  she  were  asked 
whose  it  was)  is  implied.  Another  explanation  is  that  the 
construction  =  "  adicit  (talem)  vocem  ut  ilia  crederet  earn 
esse  coujugis,"  where  quam  =  ut  earn,  and  adicit  must  bo  the 
historic  present  in  order  that  it  may  be  followed  by  crederet, 
an  imperfect  tense. 

673.  manus  is  either  the  nom.  sing,  or  gon.  sing.,  i.e.,  either  "  his 

hand  had  the  gesture  of  Ceyx,"  or  "he  had  Ceyx'  hand- 
gesture." 

674.  movet  governs  lacrimas  and  lacertos,  and  must  be  translated  by 

a  separate  word  in  English  for  each  object  ;  cf.  colehat, 
lino  148. 


NOTES.  63 

676.  mane  :  imp.  from  maneo  =  to  stay  ;  mane  =  the  morning,  or 
early. 

678.  CoTisrrue  —  Circumspicit   si    (iHe),   qui   modo    visns   erat,    sit 

illic. 

679.  nam  :  there  is  an  implied  ellipse  of"  she  was  not  alone,"  for... 

680.  postquam  is  seldom  found  with  the  present,    invenit  here  is  the 

historic  present. 
682.  ferit  (ferio,  ferire)  is  a  defective  verb ;    the  perf.  and  supine 

perciissi.  percussum  are  supplied  icora  percutio. 
690.  nee  quo  prius  ore  nitebat :  short  for  "  oris  nitorem  quo  prius 

nitebat;"    cf.    line   271 — "  patriumque   nitorem   ore    ferens 

Ceyx." 
nudum :  of.  line  654 — "  sine  vestibus  ullis." 
695.  ventos  sequerere  :  (seg!terere  =  segMerej"is,  2ndBing.imperf.subj. 

of  sequor) — follow  the  winds,  i.e.,  go  where  the  winds  send  you. 

697.  vellem  duxisses :  very  many  constructions  can  be  used  after 

volo,  viz. — (1)  the  infinitive,  (2)  ace.  with  inf.,  (3)  ut  with 
subj.,  (4)  subj.  without  uf,  and  (5)  with  noun  object.  We 
have  here  an  instance  of  the  fourth  construction. 

vellem  is  a  potential  subj.  =  I  should  have  liked,  representing 
the  wish  as  contrary  to  fact ;  while  velim  refers  to  a  wish 
which  may  be  realised. 

698.  multum  utile  :   muUum  is  an  adv.  =  very ;    cf.  "  O   multum 

miseri  meus  illiusque  parentes." 

699.  non  simul :  without  thee. 

700.  nunc :  very  often,  as  here,  =  as  it  is,  as  the  case  stands. 

701.  sine  me :  without  myself,  i.e.,  without  my  actual  body.     My 

body  is  here,  but  my  existence  depended  on  and  ended  with 

yours.     There  is  another  reading — sine  te. 
703.  superesse :  we  might  perhaps  have  expected  ut  supersim  instead 

of  superesse. 
706.  tamen,  as  a  rule,  does  not  stand  at  the  beginning  of  a  sentence. 

So  igitur,  quidem,  autem,  etc. ;  and  on  the  other  hand,  sed,  at, 

a.st,  et,  atque  can  always  stand  at  the  beginning  of  a  sentence, 
littera  :  the  inscription  on  the  tomb.     Litterae  in  pi.  =  a  letter, 

epistle. 

712.  According  to  some  readings,  the  object  of  dicit  begins  with 

dumque  moratur  ihi,  instead  of  with  hie. 

713.  hoc  litore  :  in  this  spot  on  the  shore. 

oscula :  from  osculum  =  a  little  month,  pretty  month  ;  a  kiss. 

718.  quamvis  aberat :  quamvis  nearly  always  is  followed  by  the 
Bubj.,  but  in  Lucretius  and  post-Ciceronian  writers  (rarely  in 
Livy)  it  is  found  with  the  indie. ;  cf.  line  761. 


54  METAMORPHOSES   XI. 

719.  omine:  Alcyone  regards  as  an  omen  of  her  husband's  death  the 
fact  that  the  body  of  a  shipwrecked  person  is  floating  straight 
in  front  of  her. 

722.  quo  magis  ilia  tuetur  lioc  magis :  as  before,  hoc,  the  abl.  of 
excess  or  instrument,  stands  for  the  more  usual  eo. 

724.  jam  quod  cognoscere  posset :  now  so  near  that  she  coald 

recognise  it. 
729.  manu  :  mortali  manu,  or  liominum  manibus. 

733.  summas  undas :  the  top  or  surface  of  the  waves.     This  use  of 

the  adjective  and  noun  in  Latin  where  we  use  two  nouns 
coupled  by  of  has  been  referred  to  above.  Cf.  urhs  capta  = 
the  taking  of  the  city. 

734.  maesto  :  sc,  sono  =  sad  sound. 

737.  dilectos  :  behoved,  from  diligo.     Dilectus,  -us  (m.),  or  delectus, 

-us  (m.),  a  choice,  levy.     DeTigo,  -egi,  -ectiun,  3,  to  select; 
deUgo,  1,  to  bind  fast ;  delego,  1,  to  assign,  delegate, 
artus,   -us  (m.),   a  limb;   artus,    -a,    -urn,  narrow;   artum,  a 
narrow  place  or  passage. 

738.  senserit:  w6-mw  is  understood  before  senserit.     The  perf.  subj, 

seiiserit  and  viaus  sit  seem  contrary  to  the  rule  for  sequence  of 
tenses  in  dependent  sentences.  We  should  either  expect 
duhitavit  for  dribitahat,  or  sensisset  and  visus  esset  for  sertserit 
and  visus  sit.  The  perfect  is  however  found,  especially  in 
Livy,  of  an  event  in  past  time  simply  regarded  as  such, 
without  reference  to  its  being  contemporaneous  with,  or  prior 
to  the  past  event  denoted  by  the  main  verb. 

742.  alite  mutantur :  lit.,  they  are  changed  with  a  bird,  i.e.,  the 

substitution  of  a  bird  is  the  means  of  their  change  in  each 
case,  i.e.,  they  are  each  changed  into  a  bird  ;  cf.  line  404. 
fatis  obnoxius  isdem  amor  is  a  concise  expression  for  "  amor 
eorum,  qui  isdem  fatis  obnoxii  erant." 

obnoxius  in  Latin  never  means  obnoxious  in  the  sense  of 
hateful.  It  means  (1)  liable  to  punishment,  (2)  liable  to  or 
guilty  of  a  fault,  (3)  submissive,  (I)  responsible,  (5)  liable  to. 

743.  nec  conjugiale  solutum  foedus  in  alitibus  :  the  legend  is  that 

the  male  kingfisher  was  so  constant  to  bis  maie  that  if  she 
died,  ho  never  took  another.  When  the  halcyon  was  sitting 
the  sea  was  supposed  always  to  bo  calm,  hence  the  English 
phrase  "halcyon  days." 

744.  coeunt :  mate,  pair  off. 

746.  pendentibus  nidis :  the  nests  are  said  to  hang  on  the  wares, 
because  the  waves  often  washed  the  nests  from  off  the  rooks, 
and  the  nests  then  floated. 


NOTES.  65 

748.  nepotibus :    Alcyone  was  the    daughter    of  Aeolns,   so    her 

children    and    remoter    issae     are    his    grandchildren    and 
descendants. 
aequor  :  here  used  in  its  strict  sense  of  level  surface  of  water. 
It  is  derived  from  the  same  root  as  aequus,  even,  level. 

749.  freta  lata  volantes  :  the  accusative  denotes  the  extent  of  the 

action  of  the  verb,  i.e.,  the  ground  over  which  the  motion 
passes.     This  use  is  a  variety  of  the  cognate  accusative. 

750.  amores  :  the  plural  is  used  to  represent  the  love  on  both  sides. 

751.  si  fors  tulit:  perchance,  lit.,  if  chance  (so)  brought  (it  about). 
?62.  mare   carpentem    (cf.   carpere  viam,  to  hurry  over  the  way) 

=  hurrying  over  the  sea. 
substricta :  lean,  slender,  thin ;  sxibstringo  =  to  draw  up. 
753.  spatiosum  in  g^ittura :   cf.   "  celsum  in  cornua."     In  =  with 

regard  to,   broad  in  respect  of  its  throat ;  guttura  is  plural 

probably  because  the  throat  is  considered  as  consisting  of 

many  parts. 
756.  Ilus,  fourth   king  of  Troy,  founded  Ilion   and  received  from 

Jupiter  the  famous  Palladium.     He  was  the  son  of  Tros,  father 

of  Laomedon,  and  grandfather  of  Priam. 

Assaracus :  son  of  Tros,  father  of  Capys,  and  grandfather  of 
Anchises.  The  genealogy  given  here  is  not  a  strict  descent 
from  father  to  son.  Ilus,  Assaracus,  and  Ganymede  were 
brothers  ;  Laomedon  was  the  son  of  Ilus,  and  Priam  was  the 
son  of  Laomedon. 

756.  Ganymedes,  a  beautiful  youth  of  Phrygia,  son  of  Tros,  was, 

when  hunting  on  Mount  Ida,  carried  away  by  an  eagle  to 
Jupiter  and  made  cup-bearer  to  the  gods. 

757.  Priamus :  the  last  king  of  Troy,  son  of  Laomedon,  father  of 

Hector  and  Paris,  and  husband  of  Hecuba.  Troy  was  besieged 
for  10  years  by  the  united  Greeks  on  account  of  Paris'  rape 
of  Helen.  Priam  perished  with  the  fall  of  Troy ;  his  head  was 
cut  off  and  his  mutilated  body  was  left  among  the  heaps 
of  the  slain. 
Hectoris  :  Hector,  son  of  Priam,  and  husband  of  Andromache, 
was  the  bravest  of  the  Trojans  ;  he  was  killed  by  Achilles  in 
revenge  for  the  death  of  Patroclus. 

758.  iste  =  the  diver  which  you  see. 

761.  ilium  :  Hector. 

Dsrmantis :  Hecuba,  the  daughter  of  Dymas  and  mother  of 
Hector,  was  the  honoured  wife  of  Priam,  as  distinguished 
from  his  other  wives  who  were,  in  a  sense,  his  mistresses.  It 
was  therefore  to  be  expected  that  the  fame  of  Hector  would 
be  greater  than  that  of  his  half-brothers. 


56  METAMORPHOSES   XI. 

761.  gnamvis  generally  takes  the  snbj. ;  here  we  have  the  indie. ; 

cf.  1.  718. 

762.  Aesacon :    Aesacus,    a    son    of    Priam,     by    Alexirhoe,    loved 

Hesperie  and  pursued  her  into  the  woods ;  the  nymph  flung 
herself  into   the   sea   and  was    made    a   bird,  and  Aesacus, 
following  her  example,  was  made  a  cormorant  or  diver. 
Ida  :  a  lofty  mountain  of  Troas. 

763.  Granico  :  Granicus,  a  river  of  Mysia,  near  which  Alexander  the 

Great  defeated  Darius  with  great  slaughter,  B.C.  334. 
bicorni :   the    river-gods   were    always  represented   as    having 
horns  ;    bicornis  as  applied  to  a  river  =  with  two  mouths. 

764.  oderat :    since   the  perfect   odi   is  used  as   a  present,   oderat 

corresponds  to  the  imperfect, 
nitida :     cf.    the    use    of    nitor  =  splendour ;     nitidiis    often 
means  sleek. 

765.  inambitiosa  :      unpretending  ;      amhitiosus,      honour  -  loving, 

conceited,  ostentatious,  showy. 

766.  Iliacos :  Trojan,  from  Ilium,  the  poetical  name  for  Troy. 

768.  captatam  :  from  capto,  to  seek  eagerly  after;  a  frequentative  of 

capio  =  to  try  to  catch  again  and  again. 

769.  Cebrenida:  from  Cebrenis,  daughter  of  Cebren.     Cebren  was  a 

river  in  Troas;  also  a  river-god,  father  of  Genone  and  Hesperie. 
772.  longe  probably  goes  with  relicto — "caught  after  the  lake  has 
been   left   far    behind."     It  can    possibly    go    with  deprensa 
=  "  caught  at  a  distance  from  the  lake  it  has  left  behind." 

778.  piget  is  an  impersonal  verb  (cf.  pudet,    tacdet,  poetiitet,  and 

miseret),  and  like  them  takes  the  accu.'^ative  of  the  person 
feeling,  and  the  genitive  of  that  which  causes  the  feeling,  e.g., 
Poenitet  me  iracundiae  meae,  I  repent  of  my  anger. 

779.  tanti:  worth  so  much,  the  genitive  of  price.     Tanti,  qiianti, 

pliiris,  minoris  are  used  after  verbs  of  selling  and  buying. 
Price  when  indefinite  is  regarded  by  the  Latins  as  a  quality, 
and  expressed  by  the  genitive;  when  definite  it  is  regarded  as 
an  instrument,  and  expressed  by  the  ablative  ;  thus,  "  At  what 
price  was  the  rice  bought  ?  For  a  small  price." — Quanti  oryza 
empta  est  ?    Parvo. 

780.  nos  duo  :  the  snake  and  I. 

782.  qui :  the  relative  must  often  bo  split  up  into  a  conjunction  and 
pronoun  ;   here  qui  =  itaque  ego. 
mortis  solacia:  an  expiatory  offering  for  your  death. 
784.  se  dedit :  threw  himself,  for  sc  dejecit.     Dare,  which  asnall^ 
mt^ns  to  give,  also  means  to  put  or  place ;   cf .  circumdo  =  to 
pnt  round,  surround. 
Tethys:    the   Sea,  properly  a  marine  goddess,   daughter  of 


XOTES.  57 

Coelus  and  Terra  ;  she  married  Oceanus  and  bore  the  various 
river-gods,  the  Oceanides,  &c. 

788.  Obstarique  :  this  is  impersonal.     Obsto  governs  the  dative,  and 

therefore  in  the  passive  can  only  be  used  impersonally  ;  so 
obstari  =  that  an  opposition  is  made.  You  cannot  say  obstor 
for  /  am  opposed,  but  obstatur  mihi ;  so  you  cannot  say 
anima  obstatur,  or  anima7n  obstari,  but  yon  must  say  obstatur 
animae,  or  obstari  anitnae. 

misera  de  sede :  from  its  unhappy  abode,  i.e.,  from  the  body. 

789.  Utque  :  and  when. 

790.  subvolat :  he  flies  from  under,  i.e.,  flies  up. 

792.  sine  fine  :  used  adverbially  =  constantly,  ceaselessly. 
795.  nomen  =  mergus,  from  mergo,  to  plunge,  dive. 


METAMORPHOSES   XI. 


TOCABrLARY   I. 

1  ferarum fera,  -ae,  f.,  a  wild  animal. 

2  vates    vates,  -is,  c.  {a prophet),  a  bard. 

3  nurus  nurus,  -us,  f.  [a  daughter-in-law),  a  married  u-oman, 

5  percussis pcrrutio,  -cussi,  -cussum,  3,  to  strike. 

6  crine    crinis,  -is,  m.,  the  hair. 

7  nostri nos,  nostri,  we. 

8  ora   OS,  oris,  n.,  the  face. 

9  praesuta praesuo,  -i,  -turn,  3,  to  sew  over, 

11  aere aer,  -is,  xn..,  air. 

concentu concentus,  -us,  m.,  harmony. 

12  auais     audeo,  ausus  sum,  2,  to  dare. 

13  temeraria    ...  temerarius,  -a,  -um,  rash. 

crescunt cresco,  crevi,  cretum,  3  (to  grow),  to  increase. 

15  mollita     moUio,  -ivi,  -itum,  4,  to  soften. 

17  tympana tymjianum,  -i,  n.,  a  drum. 

18  obstrepiiere...  obstrepo,  -ui,  -itum,  3,  to  resound  against. 

19  rubuerimt  ...  rubesco,  -ui,  3,  to  grow  red. 

20  ctiamnum   ...  conj.,  even  notv. 

22  titulum    titulus,  -i,  m.  {title),  glory. 

25  utrinque adv.,  on  both  sides. 

26  matutina matutinus,  -a,  -um,  early. 

27  canum canis,  -is,  c,  a  dog. 

28  munera    munus,  -eris,  n.,  a  gift. 

29  glebas gleba,  -ae,  f.,  a  clod. 

30  torquent torqueo,  torsi,  tortum,  2  {to  twist),  to  hurl, 

sUices  silex,  -ids,  m.  (sometimes  f.),  ajiint. 

31  Bubigebant ...  subigo,  -egi,  -actum,  3,  to  tuin  up. 

32  sudore sudor,  -oris,  m.  {sweat),  toil. 

33  lacertosis lacertosus,  -a,  -um,  muscular. 

34  operis  opus,  -eris,  n.,  W6ik. 


METAMORPHOSES   XI. 


VOCABULARY   II. 

36  sarcula sarculum,  -i,  n.,  a  hoe. 

rastri   lastium,  -i,  n.,  a  rake. 

ligones ligo,  -onis,  m.,  a  mattock. 

38  divellere divello,  -velli  or  vulsi,  -vulsum,  3,  to  pluck  asunder. 

41  perimunt perimo,  -emi,  -emptum,  3,  to  destroy. 

42  intellectum . . .  intelligo,  -exi,  -ectuni,  3,  to  itnderstatid. 

47  tonsa    tondoo,  totondi,  tonsum,  2,  to  shave. 

48  carbasa    carbasus,  -i,  f.  (pi.  carbasa,  a..),  fine -linen. 

49  passes pando,  pandi,  passum  ««f^  pansum,  3,  to  spread  out. 

populare popnlaris,  -e,  native. 

55  potiuntur    ...  potior,  -itus,  4  {to  acquire),  to  reach. 

59  rictus rictus,  -us,  m.,  the  gaping  mouth. 

60  patnlos    patulus,  -a,  -um,  wide. 

63  amplectitur. . .  amplector,  amplexus,  3,  to  embrace. 

ulnis    ubia,  -ac,  f.  {elbow),  arm. 

70  radice  radix,  -icis,  f.,  a  root. 

72  detrusit   detrudo,  -si,  -sum,  3,  to  thrust  doicn. 

73  auceps auceps^  aucupis,  c,  a  bird-catcher. 

15  plangitur    ...  plango,  planxi,  planctum,  3,  to  strike. 

76  cohaeserat  ...  cohacreo,  -hacsi,  -haesum,  2,  to  cleave  together. 

80  teretes teres,  toretis,  adj.,  rounded. 

83  humeri     humerus,  -i,  m.,  a  shoulder. 

84  fallare fallo,  fefelli,  falsum,  3,  to  deceive. 

88  arcnis  arena,  -ae,  f.,  sand. 

90  titubantem  . . .  titubo,  1,  to  totter. 

91  viuctum  vincio,  vinxi,  vinctum,  4,  to  bind. 

92  traxero    traho,  traxi,  tractum,  3,  to  draw. 

93  tradiderat     ..  trado,  -didi,  -ditum,  3,  to  hand  over, 
festum fcstum,  -i,  n.,  afcstival,  holiday. 

95  gcuiuliter    ...  adv.,  merrily. 


METAMORPHOSES  XI. 


VOCABULARY  III. 

99  alumno alumnus,  -i,  m.,  a /osier-child. 

100  optancU opto,  1,  to  wUh. 

101  arbitrium  ...  arbitrium,  -i,  n.,  choice. 
gaudens gaudeo,  gavisus  sum,  2,  to  rejoice. 

102  contigero  ...  contingo,  -tigi,  -tactum,  3,  to  touch. 

103  solvit solvo,  solvi,  solutum,  3  {to  loose),   to  paij. 

108  ilice    ilex,  ilicis,  f.,  a  holm-oak. 

109  rirgam  virga,  -ae,  f.,  a  tu-ig. 

110  toUit tollo,  sustuli,  sublatum,  3,  to  raise. 

112  decorpsit    ...  dccerpo,  -psi,  -ptum,  3,  to  pluck  from. 

116  laverat  lavo,  lavi,  lautum,  lotum,  lavatum,  1,  rarely  3,   to 

wash . 
120  exstructas ...  exstruo,  -uxi,  -uctum,  3,  to  huilcl  rip, 
122  rigebant    ...  rigeo,  rigere,  2,  to  be  stiff. 

127  novitate novitas,  -atis,  f.,  novelty. 

dives dives,  divitis,  adj.,  rich. 

128  voverat voveo,  vovi,  votum,  2,  to  vow. 

129  famem    fames,  -is,  f.,  hunger. 

132  veniam  venia,  -ae,  f.,  pardon. 

133  misfrere    ...  misereor,  misoritus  sum,  2,  to  pity. 
13-3  fatentem    ...  fateor,  fassus  sum,  2,  to  confess. 

136  circumlitus..  circumlino,  (-le\'i),  -litum,  3  [to  besmear  round),  to 
clothe. 

138  jugura   jugum,  -i,  n.,  a  ridge. 

144  semine  semen,  -inis,  n.,  seed. 

146  perosus perodi,  perosus,  perodisse,  to  detest, 

loO  freta  fretum,  -i,  n.,  a  strait. 

152  finitur    finio,  4  {to  finish),  to  limit. 

1-54  arundine   ...  arundo,  -inis,  f.,  a  reed. 

cerata     ceratus,  -a,  -um,  waxed  over. 

100  contcmnere..  contemno,  -tempsi,  -temptum,  3,  to  despise. 
159  glandes glans,  glandis,  f.,  an  acorn. 


METAMORPHOSES  XI. 


VOCABULARY   lY. 

160  pecoris  pecus,  -oris,  n.,  afioch. 

IGl  calamis  calamus,  -i,  in.,  a  reed. 

1G5  flavum  flavus,  -a,  -\im,  i/ellow. 

ii66  verrit verro,  verri,  versum,  3,  to  sweep, 

murice  murex,  -\cia,  m.,  purple. 

167  fidem fides,  -is,  i.,  a  lyre. 

169  artificis artifex,  -icis,  c,  an  artist. 

stamina stamen,  -inis,  n.  (a  thread),  a  string, 

170  pollice   pollex,  -icis,  m.,  a  thumb. 

171  cannas  canna,  -ae,  f.,  a  reed. 

175  stolidas stolidus,  -a,  -um,  stupid. 

176  villis  villus,  -i,  m.,  shaggy  hair. 

albentibus...  albeo,  -ere,  to  be  ivhite. 

181  tempora tempora,    -um  (the  sing,   tempus  is  rare),  n.,   the 

temples. 

182  solitus    soleo,  -itus  sum,  2,  to  be  accustomed. 

189  scrobibus  ...  scrobis,  -is,  m.  (loss  freq.  f.),  a  ditch. 

190  tremulis     ...  trcunilus,  -a,  -um,  trembling. 

191  maturuit   ...  maturcsco,  maturui,  3,  to  grow  ripe. 

193  coarguit coarguo,  -ui,  3  [to  refute),  to  betray. 

198  vetus vetus,  adj.,  old. 

202  tridentigero.  tridcntiger,  -eri,  m.,  the  trident-bearer, 

204  pactus    paciscor,  pactus,  3,  to  bargain. 

205  infitiatur  ...  infitior,  1,  to  deny. 

206  cumtilum  ...  cumulus,  -i,  m.,  heap. 

212  poscitur posco,  poposci,  poscitum,  3,  to  ash. 

214  mercede merccs,  -edis,  f.,  reward. 

218  superbit    ...  supcrbio,  4,  to  be  proud. 

219  soceri soccr,  -eri,  m.,  a  father-in-law, 

siquidem   ...  adv.,  since  indeed. 

nepoti    nepot),  -otis,  va..,  a  grandson. 


METAMORPIIOSt:S   XI. 


VOCABULARY  V. 

267  jtigulati  jugulo,  1,  to  cut  the  throat. 

268  sanguine sanguis,  -inis,  m.,  blood. 

sontem sons,  sontis,  adj.,  guilty. 

271  satus    scro,  sevi,  satum,  3,  to  sow;  pass.,  to  he  horn. 

273  ademptum  adimo,  -emi,  -emptum,  3,  to  takeaway. 

275  comitantibus  ...  coniitor,  1,  to  accompany. 

278  supplice  supplex,  -icis,  adj.,  suppliant. 

281  mentitur mentior,  -t,  to  speak  falsely  ahout, 

283  commoda commodum,  -i,  n.,  a  favour. 

285  momenta momentum,  -i,  n.,  a  motive. 

286  perde  perdo,  -didi,  -ditum,  3,  to  lose. 

preces (prex),  (precis),  f.,  a  prayer, 

291  forsitan    adv.,  perhaps. 

volucrem rolucris,  c,  a  bird. 

292  pennas penna,  -ae,  f.,  a  icing. 

295  genitore  genitor,  -oris,  m.,  father. 

creatus    creo,  1  {to  create),  to  bear, 

300  columbas columba,  -ae,  f.,  a  dove. 

301  dotatissima dotatus,  -a,  -um,  richly  endowed. 

302  procos procus,  -i,  m.,  a  suitor. 

nubilis nubiiis,  -e,  marriageable. 

318  pppensse pario,  peperi,  partum,  3,  to  bear. 

320  obest    obsum,  -fui,  -esse,  to  injure. 

324  sagittam sagitta,  -ae,  f.,  an  arrow. 

330  cautes cautes,  -is,  f.,  a  rough -pointed  rock. 

delamcntatur  ...  delamentor,  1,  to  bewail. 
332  ardentem ardeo,  arsi,  arsum,  2,  to  burn. 

quater ad  v. ,  fuur  times. 

rogos   rogus,  -i,  m.,  a  funeral  pyre. 

335  crabronum crabro,  -onis,  m.,  a  hornet. 


METAMORPHOSES   XL 


YOCABTJLAEY  YI. 

341  suHtis subitus,  -a,  -um,  sudden. 

342  adunca    aduncus,  -a,  -um,  curved. 

hamos liamus,  -i,  m.  (a  hook),  talons. 

344  accipiter accipitei",  -tris,  m.,  a  liaick. 

346  consorte  consors,  -ortis,  m.,  a  brother. 

347  anhelo anhelus,  -a,  -um,  gasping. 

festinus  festinus,  -a,  -um,  speed;/. 

352  refert  refero,  rettnli,  relatum,  referre,  to  tell. 

358  nant no,  1,  to  swim. 

359  subsunt  subsum  (no  perf.),  subesse,  to  be  near. 

360  trabibus  trabs,  trabis,  f.,  a  beam. 

vetusto    vetustus,  -a,  -um,  old. 

362  siccat  sicco,  1,  to  dry. 

363  palus    palus,  -udis,  f.,  a  marsh. 

salictis salictum,  -i,  n.,  a  plantation  of  willowt, 

366  bclua    belua,  -ae,  f.,  a  monster. 

juncisque    juncus,  -i,  m.,  a  rush. 

370  jejunia     jejunium,  -i,  n.,  fasting. 

372  stcmitque  stemo,  stravi,  stratum,  3,  to  scatter, 

373  saucia saueius,  -a,  -um,  wounded. 

375  demugitae  demugitus,  -a,  -um,  filed  tcith  bellowing. 

378  capessamus capesso,  -ivi,  -itum,  3,  to  seize  eagerly. 

385  prosilit    prosilio,  -silui  (-sultum),  4,  to  leap  forward. 

nondum  adv.,  not  yet. 

392  pclagi  pelagus,  -i,  n.,  the  sea. 

393  carinis carina,  -ae,  f.,  a  ressel. 

397  tendons    tondo,  tetendi,  tensum  &  tentum,  3,  to  stretch. 

400  flectitur  flecto,  flcxi,  Hexum,  3,  to  bend. 

402  i»'  >tat pcrsto,  -stiti,  -statum,  1,  to  continue, 

403  lacerae laccr,  -era,  -cimn,  mangled. 


METAMORPHOSES  XL 


VOCABULAEY  YH. 

408  vagus  vagTis,  -a,  -um,  wanderinff. 

412  oblenimina oblenimen,  -inis,  n.,  consolation. 

41G  protinus a.dv.,fort/nci(fi. 

friLTUs  frigus,  -oris,  n.,  cold. 

417  buxoque buxura,  -i,  n.,  ike  icood  of  the  lox-tree. 

419  rigavit rigo,  1,  to  moisten. 

420  singultu singultus,  -us,  m.,  a  sob. 

querellas querella,  -ae,  f.,  a  complaint, 

426  mctuam  metuo,  -ui,  -utum,  3,  to  fear. 

carebunt careo,  -ui,  -itum,  2,  to  be  tcitliout. 

429  legi lego,  legi,  lectum,  3,  to  read. 

430  fallax  fallax,  -acis,  adj.,  deceptive. 

431  carcere    career,  -ens,  m.,  a  prison, 

433  semcl   adv.,  once  for  all. 

431  vetitum  veto,  vetui,  vetitum,  1,  to  forbid. 

436  rutilos rutilns,  -a,  -um,  bright. 

438  reor reor,  ratus,  2,  to  think. 

442  patiar  patior,  passus  sum,  pati,  to  suffer. 

4-17  pericli periclum  or  periculum, -i,  n.,  «/««^«"r. 

449  idcirco adv.,  on  that  account. 

probat probo,  1,  to  approve. 

45.5  tingui tingo  or  tinguo,  tinxi,  tinctum,  3,  to  moisten. 

456  aptari  apto,  1,  tojit. 

annamends armamcnta,  -orum,  n.,  equipments, 

458  obortas    oborior,  -ortus,  4,  to  spring  up, 

461  ast    conj.,  but. 

463  scindunt scindo,  Fcidi,  scissum,  3,  to  cut. 

465  maritum maritus,  -i,  m..  a  husband. 

470  malo     malus,  -i,  m.,  a  mast. 

471  lectum it-Ltus,  -i,  m.,  a  couch. 


METAMORPHOSES   XL 


VOCABULARY  VIII. 

474  portibus portus,  -us,  m.,  a  harbour. 

rudentes rudens,  -entis,  m.  {rarely  f.),  halyard. 

475  lateri   latus,  -eris,  n.,  aside. 

479  utraque    uterque,  utraque,  utrumque,  both. 

481  valentius comp.  neut.  of  valens,  adj.  =  pouerful. 

482  rector  rector,  -oris,  m.,  helmsman. 

483  antennis antenna,  -ae,  f.,  a  sail-i/ard. 

484  impediunt  impedio,  4,  to  hinder. 

procellae procella,  -ae,  f.,  a  storm. 

485  sinit sino,  sivi,  sTtum,  3,  to  allow. 

486  sponte adv.,  of  {ove\i)  ou-n  accord, 

properant    propero,  1,  to  hasten. 

487  munire    munio,  4  {to  fortify),  to  secure. 

490  hiems  hiems,  hiemis,  f.  {winter),  storm, 

494  moles  moles,  -is,  f.,  amass. 

496  tonitribus    tonitrus,  -us,  m.,  thunder. 

498  aspergine    aspergo,  -\n\s,i.,  spray. 

501  interdum adv.,  sometimes. 

506  gurgite    gurges,  -itis,  m.,  an  abyss. 

609  aries aries,  -ietis,  m.,  a  battering  ram, 

613  ratis ratis,  -is,  f.,  a  ship. 

614  labant labo,  1,  to  totter. 

cunei    cuneus,  -i,  m.  {wedge),  plug. 

615  rima rima,  -ae,  f.,  a  chink. 

622  micantia mico,  -ui,  1,  to  gleam. 

628  occupat    occupo,  1,  to  seize. 

529  noviens    adv.,  nine  times. 

630  insurgens    insurgo,  ins\irrexi,  insurrcctum,  3,  to  rise  upon, 

634  setius  comii,  oi  adv.  sccua,  otherwise, 

635  fodientibus fodio,  fodi,  fossum,  3,  to  dig. 


METAMORPHOSES   XT. 


VOCABULAEY  IX. 

537  totidem    adv.,  just  so  mant/. 

538  inrumpere  inrumpo,  -rupi,  -ruptum,  3,  to  break  in  upon. 

539  beatos beatus,  -a,  -um,  ad].,  happy. 

642  subeunt   subeo,  -ii,  -itum,  4,  to  occur  {to  the  mind). 

643  pignoribas  pignus,  -oris,  n.,  a  pledge. 

648  vertigine vertigo,  -inis,  f.,  uhirling  round. 

549  fervet  ferveo,  ferbui,  2  [to  boil),  to  foam. 

551  tutbinis   turbo,  -inis,  m.,  whirlwitid. 

552  regimen  regimen,  -inis,  n.,  a  rudder. 

556  pondere  pondus,  -eris,  n.,  a  tceiyht. 

558  functa fungor,  functus  sum,  3,  to  perform. 

560  trunca truncus,  -a,  -um,  lopped  off. 

561  naWgii navigium,  -ii,  n.,  a  boat. 

562  frustra adv.,  »«  vain. 

566  hiscere hisco,  hiscere,  to  gape. 

577  tura tus,  tuns,  n.,  incense. 

580  sospes  sospec,  sospitis,  adj.,  safe. 

584  arceat  arceo,  -cui,  -ctum,  2,  to  ward  off, 

586  soporiferam    ...  soporifer,  -era,  -erum,  drowsy. 

592  spelunca spelunca,  -ae,  f.,  a  cavern. 

593  ignavi ignavus,  -a,  -um,  lazy. 

penetralia    penetrale,  -is,  n.  (an  inner  room),  sanctuary. 

595  caligine    caligo,  -inis,  f.,  darkness. 

596  exhalantur exhalo,  1,  to  breathe  forth. 

crepuscula  crepusculum,  -i,  n.,  tuilight, 

597  vigil vigil,  -ilis,  adj.,  wakeful. 

ales  ales,  -itis,  c,  a  bird. 

cristati cristatus,  -a,  -um,  crested. 

599  soUiciti    sollicitus,  -a,  -um,  watchful. 

anser    anser, -is,  f.,  a  ^oo««. 


METAMOBPHOSES  XL 


VOCABULARY  X. 

600  flamine    flamcn,  -iiiis,  n.,  a  breeze. 

602  qiiies    quics,  -etis,  f.,  stillness. 

604  crepitantibus  ...  crepito,  1,  to  rustle. 

608  cardine    cardo,  -m\s,m.,  a  hin(/e. 

609  limine limen,  -inis,  n.,  threshold. 

610  ebeno  ebenus,  -i,  f.  {the  ebon-tree),  ehomj 

611  plumeus  plumous,  -a,  -iim,  made  of  feathers. 

613  passim adv.,  in  all  directions. 

614  messis  messis,  -is,  f.,  a  harvest. 

617  reluxit reliiceo,  -luxi,  2,  to  shine  again. 

620  mento mentum,  -i,  n.,  a  chin. 

621  cubito  cubitiim,  -i,  n.,  an  elboiv. 

622  scitatnr    scitor,  1,  to  ask. 

625  ministeriis  ministcrium,  -i,  n.  [a  service),  toil, 

mulces mulceo,  -si,  -sum,  to  soothe. 

628  simulacra    simulacrum,  -i,  n.,  an  imnge. 

629  percgit     perago,  -egi,  -actum,  3,  to  accomplish. 

631  labi  labor,  lapsus  sum,  3,  to  glide. 

63-5  sollertius comp.  of  sollerter,  adv.  =  skilfully. 

636  incessus  incossus,  -us,  m.,  style  of  walk. 

637  consuetissima...  consuotus,  -a,  -um,  usual. 

645  pererrant     pererro,  1,  to  tvnuder  through. 

646  praeterit prartereo,  -ii,  -itum,  4,  to  pass  over. 

649  recondidit  recondo,  -didi,  -ditum,  3,  to  hide. 

650  alls  ala,  -ac,  f.,  a  tcing. 

654  luridus luiidus,  -a,  -um,  i/haxtly. 

656  barba   barba,  -ac,  f.,  a  biard. 

658  agnoscis agnosco,  -novi,  -nitum,  3,  to  recognise, 

659  nece nex,  nccis,  f.,  death. 

662  occidimus    occido,  -idi,  -asum,  3,  to  die. 


ZIETAMORPHOSES  XI. 


YOCABULAr.Y  XI. 

663  niibihis    nnhilus,  -a,  -um,  cloud-bringing. 

669  lugubria lugvibris,  -e,  motnitfuL 

670  indeploratum . . .  indeploratus,  -a,  -um,  unwept. 

671  adicit  adjicio,  -jeci,  -jectum,  3,  to  add. 

673  gestumque gestus,  -us,  xa.,  gesture. 

674  ingemit   ipgemo,  -ui,  -itum,  3,  to  groan, 

650  usquam   adv.,  angufiere. 

651  lani.'itque    lanio,  1,  to  tear  asunder. 

683  altriei  altrix,  -ids,  i.,  nurse. 

luctus  luctiis,  -us,  m.,  grief. 

686  interiit    intcreo,  -ii,  -itum,  4,  to  die. 

688  maiiifusta    niMnifestus,  -a,  -um,  certain. 

nittbat    niteo,  2,  to  shine. 

693  siqua    siquis,  siqua,  siquid,  indef.  pron.,  if  anyone. 

699  discreta   discemo,  -c^e^^,  -cretum,  3,  to  separate. 

700  jactor  jacto,  1,  to  toss  about. 

702  nitar    nitor,  nixus  sum,  3,  to  strive. 

703  suj.eresse supersum,  -f ui, -esse, /o  sK>-f»re. 

705  saltem &dv.,  at  least. 

706  junget jimgo,  -xi,  -etum,  3,  to  join. 

707  tanuam    tango,  tetigi,  tactHm,  3,  to  touch. 

708  intervcnit    intervenio,  -veni,  -ventum,  4,  to  interrupt. 

712  retinacula   retinaeula,  -orum,  n.,  a  cable. 

713  oscula  osculum,  -i,  n.  (a  little  mouth),  a  kiss. 

715  tnetur tueor,  tuitus  or  tutus  sum,  2,  to  behold. 

717  paulum    adv.,  a  little. 

adpulit    adpello,  -puli,  -pulsum,  3,  to  drive  totcardt. 

718  liquebat  liqueo,  -qui  or  -cui,  2  {to  be  liquid),  to  be  clear. 

720  tamquam adv.,  as  if. 

723  propinquae propinquus,  -a,  -um,  near. 


METAMORPHOSES  XI. 


VOCABULARY  XII. 

728  adjacet    adjaceo,  -ui,  2,  to  lie  near. 

730  praedelassat    ...  praedelapso,  1,  to  weary  out  beforehand. 

733  stringebat  stringo,  strinxi,  strictum,  3,  to  skim. 

735  rostro  rostrum,  -i,  n.,  a  beak. 

737  dilectos    diligo,  -lexi,  -lectum,  3,  to  love. 

738  nequiquam adv.,  in  vain. 

742  obnoxius obnoxius,  -a,  -um,  liable  to. 

744  foedus foedus,  -eris,  n.,  an  alliance. 

745  hiberno    hibomus,  -a,  -um,  belo)iging  to  tvinter. 

746  nidis    nidus,  -i,  m.,  a  nest. 

749  junctim    adv.,  joined  together. 

753  guttura    guttur,  -uris,  n.,  throat. 

mergum  mergus,  -i,  m..,  a  diver,  a  kind  of  water/owl. 

758  sortitus    sortior,  4,  to  obtain  by  lot. 

761  enixa    enitor,  -ixus,  3,  to  give  birth  to. 

762  furtim adv.,  secretlg. 

763  bicorni     bicornia,  -e  [with  ttvo  horns),  dotMe  branching. 

765  inambitiosa     ...  inanibitiosus,  -a,  -um,  unassuming. 

766  coetus coetus,  -us,  m.,  an  assembly. 

773  anas an.'is,  -atis,  f.,  a  duck. 

fluvialis  fluvialis,  -e,  b(  longing  to  a  river. 

775  coluber    coluber,  -bri,  m.,  a  snake. 

176  virus    virus, -i,  n., />ojsom. 

778  piget    pii.'^eo,  -ui  and  -itum  eat,  2,  to  be  sori'y. 

783  subederat    subodo,  -edi,  -esum,  3,  to  eat  away  below. 

787  invitum    invitus,  -a,  -um,  unwilling. 

788  obstari obsto,  -.stiti,  -statum,  1,  to  stand  in  the  way  of. 

790  iterum adv.,  a  second  time. 

793  maciem    macies,  -ci,  f.,  thinness. 

intornodia  inttrnodium,  -ii,  n.,  the  space  between  two  joints. 

NOTE.— Students  of  University  Correspondence  College  will 
receive  Solutions  to  all  the  Test-papers,  but  Answers  to  Nos.  1 — 5 
are  NOT  to  be  sent  in  to  the  Tutor. 


METAMORPHOSES  XL— TEST  PAPERS. 


TEST   PAPER  1.  (II.  1—126). 

1.  Translate: — (a)  11.  37 — 41.  Quae  postquam  ...  perimunt. 

(6)  11.  102—109,  Die  male  ...  facta  est. 

2.  Par.^e  the  following  words  : — nostH  (contemptor)  ;  presso  vomere  ; 
ilehdc  nexcio  quid  qucritur ;  nfque  siium  laqueis  crus  uhi  coinmisit 
volucris  ;  pectus  quoque  i-oborafiunt. 

3.  (a)  Decline  the  foUowinf»  words  : — mtmeris,  contact u,  Hesperidas. 
{b)  Give  the  principal  parts  of  perciissis,  crescunt^  torquent, plangi- 

tur,  amplectitur,  contigero,  gaudens. 

(c)  Give  the  degrees  of  comparison  of  the  following  words : — 
potenti,  meliora,  inutile. 

TEST   PAPER   2.    (11.  127—345). 

1.  Translate: — (a)  11.  157 — 163,  Monte  suo senior... carmine  delenit. 

(6)  11.324 — 331,  Nee  mora  ...  adempiam. 

2.  What  is  the  meaning  of? — 

(a)  Sed  solitus  longos  ferro  resecare  capillos 
Viderat  hoc  famulus. 

(b)  Vnltum  sua  silva  secuta  est. 

(c)  Obruta  verba  refert  dominique  coarguifc  anres. 

(d)  Write  down  the  Latin  for — "  To  this  disposition  of  ours  thou 
addest  powerful  motives,  thy  renowned  name  and  thy  grandfather 
Jupiter." 

3.  (a)  Give  the  genders  of  the  following  words: — ora,  carmine, 
harundine,  pecoris,  lauro,  villis,  huinum,  aera^  commoda,  sanguine, 
polHce.fi'eta,  glandes. 

(b)  Give  the  principal  parts  ofpero.<!iis,fin  ifwr,  contemners,  maturuit, 
poscitur,  perde,  mentitur,  ademptutn,  ardentem,  peperisse,  fatentem, 
miserere. 

TEST   PAPER  3.   (II.  346—491). 

1.  Translate: — («)  11.  363 — 368,  Juncta  palus  ...  flamma. 

(6)  II.  459 — 4(56,  Tristique  miserrima  ...  notas. 

2.  (a)  What  is  the  meaning  of  purgamina  caedis ;  demugitae 
paludes ;  memor  admissi ;  nimiumque  es  certus  eundi ;  insequitur 
fugirntem  lumine  pinum  ;  quae  dum  sine  lege  geruntur  ? 

(b)  Parse  —  huic,  obf^essa,  quam,  paludem,  strepitus,  loca,  juncis, 
oblitus,  and  lumina  in  Question  1  (a). 

3.  Give  the  full  declension  oi Peleus,  Alcyone,  Aeolis,  Aeacides,  Ceyx, 
tnferias,  famem,  bourn,  opem. 

TEST  PAPER  4.   (H.  492—632). 

1.  Translate: — (n)  11.  516 — 523,  Ecce  cadunt  ...  nndae. 
(b)  11.  577 — 582,  Omnibus  ...  solum. 


METAMORPHOSES  XL— TEST  PAPERS. 


2.  (a)  Give  the  meanincjs  of  simulacraque  naufraga finfjant ;  fecitnda 
pa/pavera;  canibusve  sagacior  anser;  excusitit  tandem  sibi  se  ;  induitur 
velamina ;  arcuato  caelum  curvamine  signans  ;  socerumque  patremque 
invocat ;   inferdiim,  setius,  totidem,  vigil,  passim. 

(h)  Give  the  Latin  for — "  To  another  occurs  the  thought  of  brother 
and  parent."  "  Her  he  remember.-?,  her  name  he  repeats  ;  he  wishes 
that  the  wave  may  drive  his  body  before  her  eyes." 

3.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  the  followino;  verbs  : — I'eor,  micant, 
surgo,  fodientihus ,  subeo,  functa,  fervet,  fervit,  perago. 

TEST   PAPER   5.   (11.  633—795). 

1.  Translate:  — (a)  11.  650-656,  Ille  volat  ...  capillis. 

(b)  11.  749 — 754,  Hos  aliquis  ...  prop:enies. 

2.  (a)  Parse — alis,  fempus,  exnnind.fiuere,  gravis  in  Question  1  (a); 
and  frcta,  scrvatos  amoves,  hie,  subsfricta  in  Question  1  (b). 

(b)  What  is  the  meanin<r  of  Praestatque  nepotibiis  aequor ;  dilectos 
arttis  amplexa  recentib'is  alis ;  quaerit  vctigia  siqva  supersint;  siirge, 
age,  da  lacrimas  lugubriaque  indue;  occidit  una  cum  Ceyce  suo ;  /also 
tibi  me promittere  noli;  tamquam,  quisque,  quilibet,  quivis,  quisquam, 
quidam,  quidem,  saltern,  nequiquam  ? 

3.  (o)  Give  the  positive,  comparative,  and  superlative  of  sollertius, 
consuetissima,  'molli,  similis,  veros,  reccntibus,  propinquus,  prope. 

(b)  Give  the  principal  parts  of  ingemit,  adicit,  interiit,  nitar, 
tangam,  subederat,  adjacet. 


Students  of  University  Correspondence  College  are  to  send  in 
to  their  Tutor  answers  to  TWO  only  of  the  sections  of  the  2nd 
and  3rd  questions  in  each  test-paper. 

TEST   PAPER  10.    (11.  1-126). 

1.  Translate  : — (a)  11.  54 — 60,  Jamqne  mare  ...  hiatus. 

(b)  11.   121 — 126,  Turn  voro  ...  videres. 

2.  Translate  the  following  passages,  and  write  notes  on  the  words 
in  italics  : — 

(a)  Ac  primum  attonitas  etiamnum  voce  canoiitis 
Iiinnmer.ns  volncros,  angncsqne.  agnienque  ferarum, 
Miienades  Orphei  titulum  rapuore  triumphi. 

(b)  obstrusaque  carbasa  pullo 
Naides  ct  Dryado?,  patfssnsquc  habuero  capillos. 

(c)  Adspicit  in  terotcs  lignum  succcdcre  suras  ; 
Et  connt't  femur  maerenti  pltiugere  dextra, 
Rohora  p(M'cus,=<it. 

S.  (a)  Who  were   the   Cicoues,    Naides,  Dryadcs,   Edonides,  and 


ilETAMORPIIOSES    XI.— TEST  PAPERS. 


Hespericlae  ?  Gi^e  a  short  account  of  Orphens,  Eiirydice,  Silenns, 
Berecyntius  heros,  nnd  Danae  ;  and  where  and  what  were  Hebrus, 
Lesbos.  Pactolus.  and  Tm<ilus  ? 

(h)  Write  ijrammatical  notps  on — Tectae  lymphata  /crinLs  pectora, 
velleribus ;  obstrcpuere  sono  citharae,  and  et  non  fallare  putando. 

TEST  PAPER  11.    (11.    127—345). 

1.  Translate: — (k)  11.   IS'3 — 180,  Qui  cnm  nee  ...  opertig. 

(6)  11.  324 — 329,  Nee  mora  ...  misi. 

2.  Translate  the  following  passages,  and  write  notes  on  the  itali- 
cised words :  — 

(a)  Instrictamqae ^dem  gemmis  et  dentihus  India 
Sustinet  a  laeva. 

(b)  Pana  jubet  Tmolus  citharae  submittere  cannas. 

(c)  Aedificat  muros,  pactus  pro  inoenihus  aurnm. 
Stabat  opns  :  pretium  rex  inficiatur,  et  addit, 
Perfdiae  cumitlutn,  falsis  peijuria  verbis. 

3.  (a)  Give  all  the  names  you  know  of  Bacchus,  and  the  meaning 
of  each. 

(h)  What  and  where  were  Sardis,  Sicrenm,  Hypaepa,  Phrygia, 
Trachinia  tellus  ?  AYho  were  Latoius,  Delias,  Tonans,  Panomphaeus? 
and  give  the  oripin  of  the  names  in  each  case. 

(c)  Scan — Pe^cuxque  comitesque  rogant :  quibus  ille  profatur, — and 
point  oat  and  illustrate  any  peculiarity  in  the  scansion. 

TEST  PAPER  12.   (11.  346-491). 

1.  Translate :— 11.  425 — 438,  At,  puto  ...  timendos. 

2.  Translate  the  following  passages,  and  give  short  notes  on  the 
words  in  italics  : — 

(a)  nondum  totos  ornata  capillos, 
Disicit  hos  ipsos. 

(b)  erat  ardua  turris 
Arce.loci  summa,  fessis  lux  prata  carinis. 

(c)  Pendet  et  ipso  metu  trepidi  Trachinius  oris. 

(d)  Ante  reversurum  quain  Inna  ti.<  impleat  orbem. 
(e)  Obvertit  lateri  pondentes  navita  remos, 

Cornuaque  in  sunima  locat  arbore,  totaqne  malo 
Carbasa  dedncit,  venientesqne  accipit  auras. 

3.  (a)  Who  were  Trachinius,  Ncreus,  Psamathe,  Peleus,  rex 
Oetaeus,  Acastus,  Phorbas,  Hippotades,  Alcyone  ? 

(b)  Give  the  principal  parts  of  the  following  verbs  : — sternit,  pro- 
silit,  jlectitur,  perataf,  tinjui,  scindiint,  legi.  vetitum,  patiar. 

(c)  Explain  why  tangat,  sit,  contineat,  and  placet  in  Quest.  1  are 
in  the  subjunctive  mood. 


METAMORPHOSES   XI.— TEST  PAPERS. 


TEST   PAPER  13.   (11.  492-632). 

1.  Translate: — (a)  11.  551 — 557,  Frangitur  innursu  ...  ratem. 

(b)  11.  610 — 615,  At  medio  ...  harenas. 

2.  Translate  the  following  passages,  and  write  short  notes  on  the 
words  in  italics  : — 

(a)  Lucifer  obscurus  nee  quern  cognoscere  posses 
Ilia  nocte  fuit.  . 

(b)  Extinctique  jwbc  Ceycis  imagine  mittat 
Sorania. 

(c)  Non  vigil  ales  ibi  cristati  cantibus  oris 
Evocat  Anroram. 

(d)  Dant  quoque  jam  saltus  intra  cava  texta  carinae 
Fluctus. 

3.  (a)  Give  the  genders  and  genitives  of  the  following  words  : — 
ebenus,  pelagus,  comes,  messis,  litus,  perus,  convicia,  socer,  tonitrihus, 
aspergine,  crepuscida,  cubito,  cardine,  sostjes. 

(6)  What  do  you  mean  by,  and  give  an  instance  of.  Partitive 
Genitive,  Accusative  of  Respect,  Middle  Voice,  Hendiadys,  Historic 
Present,  and  Ablative  Absolute  ? 

(c)  Distinguish — muli  and  mali,  manilus  and  maniius,  menfo  and 
menti,  ratts  and  rails,  rlri  and  vires,  pant  us  and  pojites,  latus  and  Idtus, 
arma  and  armi,  feri  a,udferri,  soluyn  and  solum. 

TEST   PAPER  14.   (11.  633—795). 

1.  Translate: — 11.  710 — 728,  Mane  erat  ...  minus  est  mentis. 

2.  Translate  the  following  passages,  and  write  short  notes  on  the 
words  in  italics : — 

(a)  ille  in  humum  saxumijTje  undamqMe  trabemgue 
Quaeque  vacant  anima  fallaciter  omnia  transit. 

(b)  '^ec  mora  discreta  fuisset. 

(c)  inque  sepulcro 

Si  non  urna,  fa»ien  junget  nos  littera. 

(d)  Aspicit  Hcsperien  pafria  Cebrenida  ripa. 

(e)  Piget,  piget  esse  secutum. 

3.  (a)  Write  short  notes  on — Ohstari  animae  ;  ambo  alite  mntan- 
tur ;  nomcn  nomine  tan  gam ;  verboque  infoii'enit  omui  plangor; 
percutiensque  levem  modo  natis  aera  pennis;  fatia  obnoxiiis  isdem 
mansit  amor. 

(b)  Give  the  principal  parts  of  enira,  tango,  tego,  tcxo,  tendo, 
adpulif,  ampleta,  spcctarat,  praedcla,t.iat,  dilectos,  driectos,  jubeat. 

(c)  Give  the  genitive  singular  of  guttura,  ales,  virus,  acra,  capillo, 
coluber,  alas,  anas. 

(rf)  Who  or  wlint  were — Thaumnntis,  Morpheus,  Ilus,  Granicus, 
Dyinas,  Tethys,  Ganyuiedos,  Aesacus  ? 


lluiw  Corr.  Coll.  ^Tutorial  device. 


OYID'S  METAMORPHOSES  XL 


A    TRAXSLATIOX. 


BY  A  TUTOR   OF 
UXR^ERSITY   COERESPOXDEXCE    COLLEGE, 

FIESI   CLASS   CLASSICAL    HOSOCES  MAX   AT   B.A.   AND    EXHIBIIIOXEB    AT 
IXTER.   AETS, 

FIRST  IN  HO^'OLTtS  AT  MATRICULATION. 


London:  "\V.  B.  CLIVE  &  CO., 

UNIV.    CUKR.   COLL.    PRESS  WAREHOUSE, 

15   Booksellers  Row,  Stua>-d,  "W.C. 


OVID'S   3IETA3IOEPHOSES. 

BOOK  XI. 
J    TRAXSLATIOX. 


While  with  such  song  as  this  the  Thracian  bard  draws 
after  him  the  woods  and  the  hearts  of  wild  beasts  and  the 
rocks  which  follow  him,  lo  !  the  Ciconian  matrons,  their 
maddened  breasts  covered  with  animal  skins,  behold  from 
the  top  of  the  mound  Orpheus  accompanying  his  songs  to 
the  stricken  strings.  And  one  of  these  matrons,  her  hair 
tossing  through  the  light  breezes,  says,  "  Lo  !  behold  here  is 
he  who  despises  us,"  and  she  cast  her  spear  at  the  face  of 
the  tuneful  bard  of  Apollo  ;  but  the  spear,  being  sewn  over 
with  leaves,  made  a  mark  without  a  wound.  The  weapon 
of  another  is  a  stone,  which,  having  been  hurled,  in  the 
very  air  was  conquered  by  the  harmony  of  voice  and  lyre, 
and  lay  before  his  feet  as  if  a  suppliant  for  deeds  so 
frenzied.  But,  indeed,  this  rash  fighting  increases,  and 
moderation  has  departed,  and  mad  Erinnys  reigns.  And 
all  their  weapons  would  have  been  soothed  by  his  song; 
but  the  mighty  noise,  and  the  Berecyntian  flute  with  its 
unbroken  horn,  and  the  drums,  and  the  clapping  of  hands, 
and  the  Bacchic  shouts  resounded  against  the  music  of  the 
harp.  Then  at  length  the  rocks  grew  red  with  the  blood 
of  the  bard  no  longer  hoard.  But  first  the  Micnads  seized 
countless  birds  still  stupefied  at  the  voice  of  the  singer, 
and  snakes,  and  a  herd  of  wild  animals,  the  glory  of  the 
triumph  of  Orpheus  ;  then  they  turn  against  Orpheus  with 
bloody  right  hands,  and  they  join  together,  like  birds 
whenever  they  meet  tiie  bird  of  night  wandering  in  the 
light  of  day.     And  just  as  when  che  stag  about  to  die  in 

1—2 


2  OVID'S   METAMORPHOSES,    XI. 

the  morrow's  sand  of  the  amphitheatre  is  the  prey  of  dogs, 
so  the}'  attack  the  bard  again,  and  cast  at  him  their  green- 
leaved  thyrsi,  not  made  for  this  purpose.  Some  hurl  clods 
of  earth,  others  branches  plucked  from  a  tree  ;  some  hurl 
flint-stones.  And,  lest  weapons  should  fail  their  madness, 
some  oxen  by  chance  were  turning  up  the  earth  with  down- 
pressed  ploughshare  ;  and,  not  far  hence,  preparing  their 
reward  by  abundance  of  toil,  some  brawny  countrymen 
were  digging  up  the  hard  ground.  They  flee  at  the  sight 
of  the  crowd  of  Bacchants,  and  leave  the  tools  of  iheir 
work :  hoes  and  heavy  rakes  and  long  spades  lie  scattered 
through  the  empty  fields. 

37.  And  after  they  have,  like  wild  beasts,  snatched  these 
things  and  plucked  asunder  the  threatening  horned  oxen, 
they  run  back  to  the  destruction  of  the  bard  ;  and  while  he 
is  stretching  forth  his  hands,  and  speaking  in  vain  then  for 
the  first  time,  and  eff'ecting  nothing  l>y  his  words,  the  im- 
pious wretches  kill  him  ;  and  through  that  famed  mouth 
(alas  !  Jupiter),  which  rocks  had  heard  and  the  feelings  of 
wild  animals  had  understood,  his  soul  departed,  breathed 
forth  into  the  winds.  For  thee,  Orpheus,  for  thee  wept  the 
sorrowing  birds,  the  throng  of  wild  animals,  the  unbending 
flints,  and  the  woods  which  often  followed  thy  songs ;  for 
thee  mourned  the  trees,  having  shed  their  leaves  and  being 
shorn  of  their  foliage.  They  say  that  rivers,  too,  were  swollen 
with  their  own  tears.  The  Xaiads  and  Dryads  had  tlieir 
garments  l)lack  in  mourning,  and  kept  their  hair  dishevelled. 
His  limbs  lie  scattered  in  diflerent  places.  Thou,  0  Hebrus, 
receivest  his  head  and  lyre  ;  and  (marvellous  to  relate) 
while  it  glides  down  in  mid-stream,  the  lyre  emits  some 
mournful  plainti\e  note,  and  the  lifeless  tongue  some 
mournful  murmur :  the  banks  give  a  mournful  answering 
echo.  And  no>v,  carried  out  to  sea,  they  (the  head  and 
lyre)  leave  their  native  river,  and  take  possession  of  the 
shore  of  Methymnivan  Lesbos.  Here  a  fierce  serpent 
attacks  his  face  landed  on  a  foreign  shore,  and  his  locks 
bespattered  witli  drijtping  dew.  At  length  Phojbus  is  at 
hand,  and  wards  oif  the  serpent  as  it  prepares  to  bite,  and 
congeals  the  open  gaping  jaws  of  the  snake  into  stone,  and 
liaidens  its  mouth  expanded  as  i%   was.     His  shade  goes 


OVID'S   METAMORPHOSES,    XL  3 

beneath  the  earth,  and  he  recognises  again  all  the  places  he 
had  seen  before  ;  and  searching  through  the  fields  of  the 
good  he  finds  Eurydice,  and  embraces  her  with  eager  arms. 
Here  the}'  walk,  now  both  together  with  even  step,  now  she 
precedes  and  he  follows,  now  he  leads  the  way  in  front,  and 
now  in  safety  Orpheus  looks  back  upon  his  Eurydice. 

67.  LyKus,  however,  does  not  allow  this  crime  to  take 
place  with  impunity ;  and,  grieving  at  the  loss  of  the  bard 
of  his  rites,  forthwith  he  bound  with  a  twisted  root  all  the 
Edonian  matrons  who  saw  the  impious  deed  committed. 
For,  according  as  each  one  had  pursued  Orpheus,  he  dragged 
out  the  toes  of  her  feet,  and  thrust  them  by  their  points 
into  the  solid  earth.  And  as  a  bird,  when  it  has  caught  its 
leg  in  a  snare  concealed  by  the  cunning  fowler,  and  has 
])erceived  that  it  is  trapped,  flaps  its  wings,  and  by  its 
fluttering  motion  tightens  its  bonds,  thus,  as  each  of  these 
Bacchants  stuck  fast,  fixed  to  the  ground,  terror-stricken, 
in  vain  she  makes  repeated  efforts  to  flee;  the  pliant  root 
liolds  her  and  restrains  her  efforts  to  leap  away.  And  while 
she  searches  where  are  her  toes,  feet,  and  nails,  she  sees 
wood  coming  up  on  to  her  rounded  ankles ;  she  tried  to 
beat  her  thigh  with  her  grieving  right  hand,  but  struck  the 
tree.  Her  breast,  too,  turns  into  a  tree,  and  also  her 
shoulders  ;  and  you  would  think  her  outstretched  arms  were 
real  branches,  and  you  would  not  be  mistaken  in  so  thinking. 

8.5.  Nor  is  this  enough  for  Bacchus :  he  deserts,  too,  the 
very  fields,  and  with  a  better  band  he  makes  for  the  vine- 
yards of  his  own  Timolus,  and  for  Pactolus,  although  at 
that  time  it  was  not  golden,  nor  coveted  for  its  precious 
sands.  His  accustomed  rout,  the  Satyrs  and  female  Bac- 
chants, crowd  round  him  ;  but  Silenus  is  absent.  The 
rustic  Phrygians  have  seized  him,  tottering  with  age  and 
wine,  and  dragged  him  bound  with  garlands  to  King  Midas, 
to  whom,  together  with  Cecropian  Eumolpus,  Thracian 
Ori)heus  had  handed  over  his  orgies.  And  as  soon  as  he 
recognised  his  comrade  and  the  companion  o*"  his  rites,  on 
the  arrival  of  his  guest,  he  kept  a  merry  feast  for  twice 
five  days  and  as  many  successive  nights  following  in  order 
on  the  days.  And  now  the  eleventh  dawn  had  driven 
away  the  high  host  of  stars,  when  the  king  comes  in  joy  to 


i  OVIDS   METAMORPHOSES,   XI. 

the  Lydian  fields  and  restores  Silenus  to  his  young  foster- 
child.  The  god,  rejoicing  in  the  recovery  of  his  foster- 
father,  gave  him  the  choice  (a  pleasing  but  useless  favour) 
of  a  wish  for  a  gift.  He,  about  to  make  not  a  good  use  of 
the  gift,  says,  "Let  everything  I  touch  with  my  body  be 
turned  into  gold."  Liber  assents  to  the  wish,  and  grants 
the  gift  that  will  injure  the  possessor ;  but  he  grieved  at 
his  not  having  sought  for  something  better,  Tlie  Bere- 
cyntian  hero  goes  away  joyfully,  and  rejoices  in  his  mis- 
fortune, and  tests  the  truth  of  the  promise  by  touching 
each  thing  separately.  And,  scarcely  trusting  himself,  he 
pulled  down  from  a  small  holm-oak  a  twig  gieen  with 
foliage  ;  the  twig  became  golden.  He  lifts  a  rock  from  the 
ground  ;  the  rock,  too,  took  the  pale  tint  of  gold.  He 
touched,  too,  a  clod  of  earth ;  by  his  powerful  touch  the 
clod  became  a  mass  of  gold.  He  plucked  off  some  parched 
ears  of  corn ;  the  crop  was  golden.  He  holds  an  apple 
taken  from  a  tree  ;  you  would  think  the  Hesperidse  had 
given  it.  If  he  has  put  his  fingers  to  the  lofty  pillars,  the 
pillars  seem  to  shine.  Also,  when  he  had  washed  his 
hands  in  clear  water,  the  water  flowing  thruugh  his  hands 
could  deceive  Danae.  He  himself  can  scarcely  coutain  his 
hopes  in  his  mind  as  he  imagines  all  things  to  be  gohlen. 
While  he  is  rejoicing,  his  servants  have  laid  his  table  piled 
up  with  dainties,  and  not  without  parched  corn.  Then, 
indeed,  if  he  had  touched  the  rewards  of  Ceres  with  his 
right  hand,  the  gifts  of  Ceres  became  stiff  and  hard  ;  or,  if 
he  was  preparing  to  bite  the  dainties  with  greedy  tooth, 
the  dainties  he  tried  to  crush  were  yeJlow  plates  of  metal. 
He  had  mixed  the  wine  of  Bacchus,  the  author  of  this  gift, 
with  pure  water ;  you  might  see  the  liquid-gold  running 
through  his  jaws. 

127,  Astounded  at  his  extraordinary  misfortune,  rich 
and  wretched  at  the  same  time,  he  desires  to  escape  from 
his  wealth,  and  hates  the  object  of  his  recent  prayer^. 
No  abundance  relieves  his  Inniger,  dry  thirst  parciies 
his  throat,  and  he  is  deservedly  tortured  by  the  hated 
gold,  liaising  his  liands  and  shining  arms  aloft,  he  says. 
"Pardon  nie,  O  father  Lenanis,  I  have  sinned;  nay,  pity 
me,  I   pray,  and   icbcue  me  from   my  woo  which   looked 


OVIDS   METAMORPHOSES,    XI.  5 

like  happiness."  Kindl}'  is  the  divine  nature  of  the  gods. 
Bacchus  restored  him  to  his  former  condition  now  that  he 
confessed  his  sin,  and  annulled  the  favour  given  in  faithful 
discharge  of  his  promise.  "To  prevent  thyself  from  re- 
maining clad  in  the  gold  of  thy  unhappy  desire,  go,"  he 
says,  "  to  the  stream  near  great  Sardis,  and  take  thy  way 
up  stream  against  the  gliding  waters  as  they  flow  through 
the  heights  of  Phrygia,  until  thou  comest  to  the  source  of 
the  river,  and  put  thy  head  beneath  the  foaming  stream 
where  it  issues  in  fullest  force,  and  purge  thy  body,  and 
at  the  same  time  thy  crime."  The  king  goes  beneath  the 
water  as  ordered.  The  subtle  quality  of  the  gold  dyed  the 
river,  and  Avent  from  the  human  body  into  the  stream. 
Moreover,  the  fields,  having  received  the  seed  of  this  now 
ancient  vein,  are  already  now  hard  witli  a  pale  shining 
colour  from  their  gold-drenched  soil. 

146.  He,  hating  wealth,  frequented  the  woodland  country, 
and  worshipped  Pan,  who  ever  dwells  in  mountain  lairs; 
but  the  dulness  of  his  nature  remained,  and  the  instincts  of 
his  foolish  mind  were  fated  again  as  before  to  injure  their 
owner.  For,  overlooking  the  channels  far  and  wide,  lofty 
Tmolus  stands  stiff  and  steep  in  its  high  ascent ;  by  its  hill 
on  either  side  it  stretches  out  until  it  is  bounded  on  one 
side  by  Sardis,  on  the  other  by  small  Hyp?epa.  While  Pan 
there  was  vaunting  his  songs  before  the  tender  nymphs, 
and  was  tuning  his  light  song  on  his  waxed  reed,  he  dared 
to  despise  the  lays  of  Apollo  in  comparison  with  his  own, 
and,  with  Tmolus  as  judge,  came  to  the  unequal  contest. 
The  aged  umpire  sat  on  his  own  mountain,  and  frees  his 
ears  from  trees ;  his  dark  locks  are  surrounded  only  with 
an  oak,  and  acorns  hang  around  his  hollow  temples.  And 
he,  seeing  the  God  of  the  flocks,  said,  "  In  the  judge  there  is 
no  delay."  Pan  plays  on  his  rustic  reeds,  and  soothes 
Midas  (who  happened  to  be  near  the  singer)  with  a  foreign 
song.  After  him,  holy  Tmolus  turned  his  face  to  the  face 
of  Phoebus.  The  wood  followed  his  face.  He,  with  his 
head  encircled  with  the  laurel  of  Parnassus,  sweeps  the 
ground  with  his  robe  dyed  and  re-dyed  in  Tyrian  purple, 
and  holds  up  from  his  left  hand  his  lyre  adorned  with 
precious  stones  and  Indian  ivory ;  the  other  hand  held  the 


6  OVI])'S   Ml'.TAMORPHOSES,    XI. 

plectrum.  The  pose  itself  was  tliat  of  an  artist,  Tlien  he 
stirs  the  strings  with  skilful  thumb  ;  charmed  by  their 
sweet  sound,  Tmolus  orders  Pan  to  make  his  reeds  sur- 
render to  the  harp  of  Apollo.  The  judgment  and  opinion 
of  the  sacred  mountain  please  everyone ;  yet  they  are 
IJamed  and  called  unjust  in  the  speech  of  Midas  alone. 
The  Delian  god  does  not  allow  his  stupid  ears  to  keep 
their  human  shape,  but  expands  their  size  and  fills  them 
with  white  hairs,  and  makes  the  bottom  of  them  movable, 
and  gives  them  the  power  of  motion.  He  is  condemned  as 
to  one  part  alone,  all  other  parts  are  like  those  of  man ; 
but  he  wears  the  ears  of  a  sloAv-moving  donkey. 

180.  He,  indeed,  desires  to  hide  and  veil  uji  with  a  turban 
his  foully-disfigured  temples.  But  his  servant,  who  was 
accustomed  to  cut  his  long  hair  with  scissors,  had  seen  this 
disfigurement.  Now,  as  he  dared  not  publish  this  deformity, 
though  eager  to  bring  it  to  light,  and  as  lie,  nevertheless, 
could  not  keep  silent,  he  goes  apart  and  digs  out  the  ground, 
and  whispers  in  a  soft  voice  what  kind  of  ears  he  had  seen 
on  his  master,  and  murmurs  it  to  the  earth  he  had  drawn 
out.  All  trace  of  his  voice  he  buries  by  again  heaping  on 
the  earth,  and  departs  silently  from  the  covered  ditch. 
There  a  grove  thick  v/ith  v.-aving  reeds  began  to  rise,  and 
when  first  it  ripened  in  the  fulness  of  the  year,  it  betrayed 
its  planter  :  for,  moved  by  the  gentle  south  wind,  it  declares 
the  buried  words,  and  makes  known  the  ears  of  his  master. 

194.  Having  thus  taken  vengeance,  the  son  of  Latona 
sailed  through  the  clear  air,  and  stood  above  the  fields  of 
Laomedon,  on  this  side  of  the  narrow  Sea  of  Helle,  the 
daughter  of  Xephele.  There  is  an  old  altar,  sacred  to  the 
Panompha\an  Thunderer,  on  the  right  of  Siga?um,  and  on 
the  left  of  deep-stretching  Kha,^teum.  From  tlience  he  sees 
Laomedon  first  attempting  the  walls  of  newly  -  founded 
Troy,  and  the  great  undertaking  growing  with  hard  toil  and 
demanding  no  small  resources.  Together  with  the  trident- 
bearing  father  of  the  swelling  deep,  he  puts  on  mortal 
.shape,  and  builds  the  walls  for  the  Phrygian  tyrant,  having 
stipulated  a  price  in  gold  for  the  outer  ramparts.  The 
M'ork  stood  finished  :  the  king  lefns'.'s  to  pay  the  price,  and, 
to  crown  his  treachery,  adds  iioijury  to  falsehood.     "Thou 


OVID'S  metamorphoses,    XL  7 

shalt  not  carry  this  off  wiih  impunity, "  says  the  ruler  t.f 
the  sea.  Tht-n  he  rolled  all  his  waters  to  the  shore  of 
greedy  Troy,  and  filled  tlie  land  as  if  it  had  been  a  sea,  and 
carried  off  the  wealth  of  the  husbandmen,  and  buried  the 
fields  in  his  waves.  Nor  is  this  punishment  sufficient :  the 
king's  daughter,  too,  is  demanded,  as  a  prey  for  a  sea-monster. 
But  when  slie  was  bound  to  the  hard  rocks,  Alcides  rescues 
her,  and  demands  as  his  promised  reward  the  horses  he 
had  bargained  for.  But  the  reward  for  this  great  work  is 
denied,  and  he  seizes  the  twice  perjured  walls  of  conquered 
Troy.  Nor  did  Telamon,  his  companion  in  the  war,  depart 
without  glory  :  he  gets  Hesione,  who  is  given  to  him.  For 
Peleus  was  renowned  for  having  a  goddess  for  a  wife,  nor 
does  he  pride  himself  more  on  the  name  of  his  grand- 
father than  tliat  of  his  father-in-law,  since  indeed,  though 
he  was  not  the  only  one  who  had  the  good  fortune  to  be 
grandson  of  Jupiter,  he  was  yet  the  only  one  who  had  the 

good  fortune  to  be  the  husband  of  a  goddess 

266.  Peleus  was  happy  both  in  his  son  and  in  his  wife, 
and  he  was  a  man  to  whom,  if  you  take  away  the  crime  of 
killing  Phocus,  all  good  fortune  had  happened.  The 
Trachinian  laud  receives  him,  gudiy  of  his  brother's  blood, 
and  driven  from  his  home  and  native  country.  Here  Ceyx, 
son  of  Lucifer,  and  showing  in  his  looks  the  beauty  of  his 
parent,  ruled  liis  kingdom  without  violenceand  without  blood- 
shed. He,  at  that  time,  sad  and  unlike  himself,  was  mourn- 
ing the  loss  of  his  brother.  After  the  son  of  yEacus,  weary 
with  trouble  and  with  his  journey,  had  come  hither,  and  had 
entered  the  city  with  a  few  companions,  and  had  left,  down 
in  a  shady  valley  not  far  from  the  walls,  the  Hocks  of  sheep 
and  the  herds  which  he  was  bringing  with  him,  as  soon 
as  an  opportunity  is  given  of  approaching  the  king,  he 
stretches  forth  in  suppliant  hand  the  wreathed  olive 
branches,  and  tells  him  his  circumstances  and  his  birth.  He 
hides  only  his  crime,  and  speaks  falsely  about  the  reason  of 
his  flight.  He  asks  the  king  for  help  by  receiving  him  either 
in  his  city  or  in  his  country.  In  reply,  the  Trachinian  king 
addresses  him  quietly  with  such  words  as  these:  "Our 
favours  are  open  to  the  humblest  people,  nor  do  we  hold  a 
churlish  sway ;     to  this  disposition  of   ours  thou   addest 


8  OVID'S   METAMORPHOSES,    XI. 

powerful  motives — thy  renowned  name  and  thy  grand- 
father, Jupiter.  Lose  no  time  in  prayers ;  thou  shalb 
obtain  all  thy  request.  All  these  things  that  thou  seest, 
whether  great  or  small,  call  half  of  them  thine  own. 
Would  that  thou  couldst  see  them  more  prosperous  !" 
Then  he  wept.  Peleus  and  his  companions  ask  what  cause 
stirs  such  great  grief 

291.  To  them  he  says  :  "  Perchance  you  may  think  that 
this  bird,  which  lives  on  prey,  and  frightens  all  birds, 
alwaj^s  had  wings.  It  was  my  brother,  fierce  in  war  and 
ready  for  violence,  by  name  Deedalion,  son  of  him  who 
summons  the  dawn  and  is  the  last  to  depart  from  the 
sky.  I  cultivated  peace ;  I  took  care  about  maintaining 
peace  and  my  marriage  contract — cruel  wars  pleased  my 
brother.  His  valour^  which  now  in  changed  form  pursues 
Thisbseau  doves,  once  subdued  kings  and  nations.  Chione 
was  his  daughter  :  she,  most  richly  endowed  with  beauty, 
had  a  thousand  suitors  when  fit  for  wedlock  at  the  age  of 
fourteen." 

318.  "  What  adva;.tage  is  it  to  have  borne  two  children,  to 
have  pleased  two  goos,  to  have  had  a  brave  man  for  liersire, 
and  the  Thunderer  for  her  ancestor  1  Or  is  glory  actually  an 
injury  to  many?  It  was,  at  all  events,  an  injury  to  her. 
For  she  dared  to  prefer  herself  to  Diana,  and  blamed  the 
looks  of  the  goddess.  But  tlie  goddess's  fierce  anger  was 
aroused,  and  she  said,  'We  will  please  her  by  our  deeds.' 
'i'here  is  no  delay  ;  she  bent  her  bow,  urged  the  arrow  from 
the  string,  and  pierced  with  the  reed  the  tongue  that 
deserved  punishment.  Her  tongue  is  now  silent,  nor  does 
any  sound  of  the  words  she  attempts  to  utter  proceed  from 
her,  and  as  she  tries  to  speak  her  life  leaves  her  in  a  rush  of 
blood.  With  what  heart  dkl  I,  hapless  one,  endure  the  sad 
embraces  of  the  father,  and  offer  consolation  to  my  loving 
brother  I  But  her  father  receives  them  no  otherwise  than 
as  a  rock  receives  the  murmurs  of  the  sea,  and  he  bewails 
unceasingly  the  los&  of  his  daughter.  When,  indeed,  he  saw 
her  burning,  four  times  the  impulse  came  upon  him  to  rush 
into  the  midst  of  the  funeral  pyre.  Driven  back  from 
thence  four  times,  he  gives  his  swift  limbs  to  tlii^ht,  and, 
like  a  young  bull  tciat  bears  in  its  galled  neck  the  stings  of 


oviDf:  ?:etamorphoses,  xi.  9 

hornets,  rushes  where  there  is  no  path.  Already  then  he 
seemed  to  me  to  run  faster  than  a  mortal,  and  you 
would  have  thouj^bt  his  feet  had  taken  wings.  So  he 
escapes  from  all,  and,  swift  in  his  desire  of  death,  gains  the 
summit  of  Parna.-.sus.  Apollo  in  pity,  after  Diiidalion  had 
cast  himself  from  the  lofty  rock,  made  him  a  bird,  and 
supported  hitn  in  mid-air  on  wings  then  suddenly  made, 
and  gave  him  a  curved  beak,  claws  with  crooked  talons,  his 
former  valour,  and  strength  greater  than  for  the  size  of  his 
body.  And  now  the  hawk,  to  no  one  sufficiently  well-dis- 
posed, rages  against  dl  birds,  and,  grieving  himself,  becomes 
a  cause  of  grief  to  others." 

3-16.  Ana  while  the  son  of  Lucifer  was  narrating  these 
marvels  about  his  brother,  Phoca?an  Anetor,  the  guardian 
of  his  herds,  flies  to  him,  running  with  panting  hasle, 
and  says  "  Peleus,  Peleus,  I  am  come  a  messenger  to 
thee  of  <x  great  misfortune."  Peleus  commands  him  to 
tell  whatever  news  he  may  bring.  Even  the  Trachinian 
prince  himself  is  in  suspense,  and  his  face  trembles 
with  f^ar.  The  messenger  telk  his  tale :  "  I  had  drivjl 
the  tired  oxen  to  the  winding  shores  at  the  time  when 
the  run,  at  its  highest  point  in  the  middle  of  its  course, 
was  looking  back  on  exactly  as  much  of  its  course  as 
it  s.'iw  still  remaining  in  front,  and  some  of  the  oxen  had 
beiit,  their  knees  upon  the  yellow  sands,  and,  lying  at  full 
lergth,  were  looking  upon  the  expanse  of  the  broad  waters ; 
seine  with  slow  steps  were  running  hither  and  thither ; 
s:/me  are  swimming,  and  are  pressing  forward  over  the 
wattTS  with  uplifted  necks.  There  is  a  temple  near  the 
sea,  famous  neither  for  its  marble  nor  its  gold,  but  shady 
with  thick  trunks  and  an  ancient  grove.  It  belongs  to 
the  Xereids  and  Nereus.  A  sailor,  while  he  was  drying  his 
nets,  gave  out  these  to  be  the  gods  of  the  sea.  There  is  a 
ruarsh  next  to  this  spot,  blocked  np  with  a  thick  growth  of 
willows — the  waters  of  the  overliowing  &ea  have  made  it  a 
marsh.  Thence  a  huge  monster,  a  wolf,  frightens  the 
piacc'3  in  the  neighbourhood  with  its  heavy  crashing  noise, 
ami  comes  forth  from  the  rushes  of  the  marsh,  its  thunder- 
ing jaws  besmeared  both  with  foam  and  with  black  blood, 
and  its  eyes  suffused  with  red    fire.     And   although  it  is 


1.0  ovid's  metamorphoses,  XI. 

lurious  at  the  same  time  both  with  rage  and  with  hunger, 
still  it  is  fiercer  in  its  rage.  For  it  does  not  care  to  end  its 
fasting  and  dreadful  hunger  by  the  slaughter  of  oxen,  but  it 
wounds  all  the  herds,  and,  like  a  real  enemy,  scatters  tliem 
all  without  exception.  Some  of  us,  too,  wounded  with  a 
fatal  bite,  while  we  again  and  again  attempt  to  ward  off 
the  wolf,  are  given  u\)  to  death.  The  sliore  and  the  fore- 
most waves  and  the  marshes,  full  of  bellowing,  are  red  with 
blood.  But  delay  is  ruinous,  nor  do  our  affairs  allow  us  to 
hesitate.  While  anything  remains,  let  us  all  unite  and 
seize  our  arms,  yes,  our  arras,  and  make  our  attack  with  our 
weapons  in  serried  ma^s." 

379.  The  rustic  stopped  speaking.  Peleus  was  not  moved 
by  his  losses,  but,  mindful  of  his  crime,  he  gathers  tlwt  the 
bereaved  Nereid  was  sending  his  losses  as  an  off'ering  to 
dead  Phocus.  The  (Etaean  king  orders  his  men  to  put  ou 
their  armour,  and  to  take  weapons  of  violence,  and  he  him- 
self was  preparing  at  the  same  time  to -go  with  tliem.  But 
his  wife,  Alcyone,  aroused  by  the  disturbance,  leaps  forward. 
Some  of  her  hair  was  not  yet  trimmed  :  what  was  trimmed 
she  tosses  in  all  directions,  and  clinging  round  the  neck  of 
her  husband,  begs  liim  with  words  and  tears  to  send  help 
without  going  himself,  and  to  save  two  lives  in  one. 

389.  To  her  the  son  of  yEacus  replied  :  "Lay  aside,  my 
queen,  your  beautiful,  aflectionate  fears.  The  kindness  of 
your  proposal  is  complete  ;  I  am  determined  not  to  take  up 
arms  against  this  strange  prodigy.  We  must  pray  to  the 
deity  of  the  sea."  There  was  a  lofty  tower  on  tiie  top  of 
the  crest  of  the  hill,  a  place  pleasing  to  storm-drivon  ships. 
Thither  they  ascend,  and,  with  a  groan,  behold  the  bulls 
strewn  on  the  shore,  and  the  wild,  gory-faced  destroyer, 
with  his  long  hair  dyed  in  blood.  Thereupon  Peleus, 
stretching  out  his  hands  toward  the  shore  of  the  open  sea, 
prays  to  dark-haired  Psamathe  to  end  her  anger  ami  bring 
help.  But  she  is  not  moved  by  the  words  of  the  son  of 
^acus  as  he  asks  her.  Thetis,  as  a  suppliant,  received  this 
pardon  for  her  husband.  The  wolf,  thmigh  recalled  by 
Psamathe,  continues  in  the  fierce  slaughter,  infuriated  by 
the  sweet  taste  of  blood,  until  she  changed  it  into  marl)le 
as  it  clung  on  the  neck  of  a  mangled  heifer.     She  preserved 


OVIDS   METAMORPHOSES,    XI.  11 

^he  shape  of  the  body  and  everything  except  tlie  colour  :  the 
colour  of  the  stone  shows  that  it  is  no  longer  a  wolf,  and 
that  it  ought  no  longer  to  be  feared.  Still,  the  fates  do  not 
allow  Peleus  to  stay  in  this  land.  As  a  wandering  exile  he 
goes  to  the  ^lagnetes,  and  there  obtains  from  Httmonian 
Acastus  a  piuification  from  his  murder. 

410.  In  the  meanwhile,  Ceyx.  his  mind  troubled  and 
anxious  at  the  marvellous  metamorphosis  of  his  brother, 
and  at  what  follows  on  his  marvellous  metauiorphosis,  pre- 
pares to  go  to  the  god  of  Claros,  to  consult  the  holy  lots 
that  soothe  mankind.  There  is  danger  :  for  unholy  Phorbas, 
with  his  Phlegyans,  was  making  the  Delphic  temple  unap- 
proachable ;  still  he  first  makes  thee,  0  most  faithful 
Alcyone,  aware  of  his  plan.  Forthwitli  the  very  marrow  of 
her  bones  is  chilled,  and  a  palene.ss,  very  like  that  of  box- 
wood, covers  her  face,  and  her  cheeks  are  wet  with  gushing 
cears.  Thrice  she  tried  to  speak,  and  thrice  she  moistened 
ner  face  through  weeping,  and  with  sobs  interrupting  her 
loving  complaints,  she  said  :  "  What  fault  of  mine,  dearest 
nusband,  is  changing  thy  mind  ?  Where  is  that  care  for  me 
which  used  formerly  to  exist  1  Canst  thou  now,  without 
trouble,  be  aw.-y  from  thy  Alcyone  and  leave  her  ?  Does  a 
far  journey  now  please  thee  1  Am  I  dearer  to  thee  now  if 
I  am  away  ?  But,  I  suppose,  thy  way  is  overland,  and  I 
shall  only  grieve,  and  not  fear  as  well,  and  my  anxiety  will 
be  without  fear.  It  is  the  waters,  and  the  idea  of  the 
sorrow-causing  sea,  that  frighten  me.  And  lately  I  have 
8een  battered  planks  upon  the  shore,  and  often  hav^e  I  read 
the  names  on  empty  tombs.  And  let  no  deceitful  confi- 
dence touch  thy  mind,  in  that  thy  father-in-law  is  Hippo- 
tades,  who  imprisons  the  strong  winds,  and,  when  he 
wishes,  calms  the  waters.  When  once  the  winds  are  lat 
loose,  and  have  taken  possession  of  the  waters,  nothing  is 
forbidden  :  every  land  and  every  sea  is  given  up  to  them. 
They  harass,  also,  the  clouds  of  heaven,  and,  with  their 
fierce  attacks,  strike  out  bright  fires.  And  the  more  I  know 
them  (when  young  I  have  known  and  often  seen  them  in 
ray  fatlier's  house),  the  more  I  think  they  are  to  be  feared. 
But  if  na  prayers  can  change  thy  resolution,  dear  husband, 
and  if  ihou  art  but  too  determined  to  go,  take  mo  also  with 


12  OVlD'S   iMKlAMORPHOSES,    XI. 

thee.  At  any  rate,  we  shall  then  be  storm-tossed  together, 
and  I  shall  fear  only  my  actual  sufferings,  and  we  shall 
endure  equally  whatever  there  is  to  be  endured,  aud  side 
by  side  we  shall  be  borne  over  the  broad  waters." 

444.  With  such  tearful  words  as  these  does  the  daughter 
of  JEolus  move  her  husband,  the  son  of  Lucifer :  for  no 
smaller  a  fire  of  love  is  burning  in  him  too.  But  he  is 
neither  willing  to  give  up  his  intended  journey  over  the  sea, 
nor  to  take  Alcyone  to  share  the  danger  ;  and  many  an 
answer  he  gave  to  comfort  her  nervous  heart.  Yet  she 
does  not,  on  that  account,  approve  his  reasons.  He  added 
to  his  words  this  consolation  as  well,  and  b}''  this  alone  he 
moved  his  loving  wife  :  "  Every  delay  is  tedious  indeed  to 
me  ;  but  I  swear  to  thee  by  the  fires  of  my  father,  if  only 
the  fates  allow  me,  that  I  will  return  before  the  second  full 
moon  from  now."  When  by  these  promises  hope  lor  his 
return  is  aroused,  forthwith  he  orders  his  ship  to  be  brought 
out  from  the  docks  and  launched  in  the  sea,  and  fitted  with 
its  tackling.  At  sight  of  this,  as  if  foreknowing  what  was 
to  be,  Alcyone  again  shuddered,  and,  with  overflowing 
tears,  embraced  her  husband,  and  at  last,  poor  hapless  wife  ! 
with  sad  lips  said  farewell,  and  fell  in  a  swoon  to  the 
ground.  But  the  vigorous  oarsmen,  although  Ceyx  was 
seeking  pretexts  for  delay,  in  two  rows  pull  home  the  oars 
to  their  strong  breasts,  and  cleave  the  water  with  regular 
stroke.  She  has  raised  her  moist  eyes,  and  sees  her  hus- 
band standing  on  the  curved  stern,  and  by  beating  his 
hands  giving  her  the  first  signs  ;  she  returns  the  signals. 
When  the  land  was  left  farther  behind,  and  her  eyes  could 
no  longer  make  out  his  features,  she  pursues  the  fleeing  ship 
with  her  sight  while  she  is  able.  Wlien,  too,  the  ship,  re- 
moved by  distance,  could  not  be  seen,  still  she  looks  at  the 
sails  floating  from  the  top  of  the  mast.  And  when  she  sees 
not  even  the  sails,  with  anxious  heart  she  seeks  her  empty 
bed,  and  throws  herself  on  the  couch.  The  bed  and  the 
place  renew  the  tears  of  Alcyone,  and  remind  her  wha. 
part  of  herself  is  not  i)resent. 

474.  ]>y  this  time  th(\v  had  left  the  harbour,  and  thr 
breeze  had  stirred  the  haly.niils  ;  tlie  sailors  turn  their 
hanging  oars  to  the  side  of  the  boat,  and  place  the  sail- 


ovid's  meta:\iorphose.s,  xi.  13 

yarjs  on  top  of  the  mast,  and  unfurl  the  canvas  from  the 
mast,  and  catch  the  breezes  as  they  come.  Either  less  tlian 
a  ijr.lf,  or,  at  any  rate,  a  half  and  no  more  of  the  sea  had 
been  cut  through  by  the  ship,  and  the  land  on  both  sides 
W£.s  far  off,  when  the  sea  at  the  fall  of  night  began  to  whiten 
vith  swelling  waves,  and  the  stormy  east  wind  to  blow 
more  violently.  The  helmsman  cries  :  "  Let  down  at  once 
.,he  topsails,  and  furl  the  whole  canvas  on  the  yards."  He 
gives  his  commands,  but  the  hostile  winds  hinder  their  per- 
formance, nor  does  the  dashing  of  the  waters  allow  any 
«vords  to  be  heard.  Still  of  their  own  accord  some  hasten 
to  draw  in  the  oars,  some  to  secure  the  sides  of  the  ship, 
and  some  to  remove  the  sails  from  the  winds.  One  pumps 
Diit  the  waves,  and  pours  back  the  water  into  the  sea ; 
another  tears  down  the  sail-yards.  And  while  these  things 
are  being  done  all  in  disorder,  the  rough  tempest  increases, 
and  from  every  side  the  fierce  winds  wage  war,  and  throw 
into  confusion  the  angry  seas.  The  master  of  the  ship  him- 
self is  frightened,  and  himself  confesses  that  he  does  not 
know  what  is  his  position,  or  what  he  is  either  to  command 
or  to  forbid,  so  great  is  the  mass  of  their  misfortune,  and  so 
much  more  powerful  is  it  than  their  skill  as  sailors.  For- 
sooth there  is  a  noise  of  the  shouts  of  men,  of  the  creaking 
of  cordage,  of  the  rush  of  winds  against  the  lieavy  waves, 
and  of  the  thunder  in  the  air.  The  sea  is  uplifted  with  its 
waves,  and  seems  to  reach  the  heavens,  and  to  touch  the 
spray-covered  clouds.  And  at  one  time,  when  it  sweeps  tlie 
tawny  sand  from  the  depths,  it  is  the  same  colour  as  the 
sand  ;  at  another  time  it  is  blacker  than  the  Stygian  wave ; 
sometimes  it  is  smooth  and  white  with  roaring  fuam. 

502.  The  Trachinian  ship  itself,  too,  is  acted  on  by  these 
varieties  of  circumstances,  and  now  as  if  from  the  summit 
of  a  high  mountain  it  seems  to  look  down  into  the  valleys 
and  depths  of  Acheron  ;  now  when  it  has  sunk  and  the 
encircling  waters  have  surrounded  it,  it  seems  to  look  up  to 
zhe  top  of  heaven  from  its  low  abyss.  With  wave-struck 
side  often  it  gives  a  mighty  crash,  and  battered  by  the  sea 
■'*.  groans  with  sounds  as  heavy  as  those  once  caused  by  the 
iron  battering-ram  and  ballista  when  they  shake  and  mutilate 
stiongholds.     And  as   fierce  lions,  gaining  strength  by  a 


14  ovid's  metamorphoses,  XI 

rush,  are  wont  to  go  full  front  against  arms  and  weapons 
stretched  out  before  them,  so  when  the  winds  had  risen  and 
the  waters  had  entered,  they  advanced  against  and  were 
much  higher  than  the  rigging  of  the  ship.  And  now  the 
bolts  totter,  and,  deprived  of  their  covering  of  wax,  the 
.  chinks  open  wide,  and  offer  a  path  to  the  deadly  waves. 
Lo,  the  clouds  discharge  themselves,  and  heavy  showers 
fall,  and  you  would  think  that  the  whole  of  heaven  was 
descending  into  the  sea,  and  that  the  swelling  ocean  was 
ascending  V)  the  region  of  heaven.  The  sails  are  wet  with 
the  rain-clou d»,  and  the  waves  of  the  sea  are  mingled  in 
confusion  with  the  waters  from  heaven.  The  sky  is  with- 
out its  fires,  and  dark  night  is  overcast  both  with  its  own 
gloom  and  that  of  the  storm.  Yet  the  gleaming  lightning 
dispels  this  gloom  and  affords  light :  the  waves  begin  to  burn 
beneath  the  fires  of  ihe  lightning.  Now,  too,  the  wave 
makes  a  leap  within  the  hollow  fabric  of  the  ship,  and  as  a 
soldier,  superior  to  all  the  rest  of  his  number,  after  he  has 
often  leapt  up  to  the  walls  of  a  defended  city,  at  length  gains 
what  he  has  l)oped  for,  and  burning  with  the  love  of  fame 
among  a  thousand  men  is  yet  the  only  one  to  take  the  wall, 
so  when  the  waves  had  battered  the  lofty  sides  nine  times, 
the  tenth  wave,  rising  more  mightily,  comes  rushing  against 
them,  and  ceases  not  from  attacking  the  weary  ship  before 
it  descends  as  it  were  on  to  the  walls  of  the  captured  vessel. 
So  part  of  the  sea  was  still  trying  to  attack  the  ship,  part 
was  already  within  it.  All  are  alarmed,  not  otherwise  than 
as  a  city  generally  is  alarmed  when  some  are  undermining 
the  wall  from  without,  while  others  are  holding  it  within. 

537.  Their  skill  fails  tliem  and  their  courage  falls  :  there 
seem  to  rush  and  break  in  upon  them  us  many  forms  of 
death  as  the  waves  that  approach.  One  man  cannot  restrain 
liis  tears,  anntiier  is  stupefied,  another  calls  those  hai>py  for 
whom  a  funeral  is  in  store,  another  worships  the  deity  with 
vows,  and  lifting  his  useless  arms  to  heaven,  which  he  does 
not  see,  asks  for  help  :  to  anotlier  occurs  the  thought  of 
brother  and  parent,  to  another  his  home  with  its  pledges  of 
affection,  and  whatever  is  left  to  iiim.  The  thought  of 
Alcyone  touches  Ceyx  ;  on  the  lips  of  Ceyx  there  is  no  name 
but  Alcyone,  and  although  lie  yearns  for  her  alone,  still  he 


OVIDS  :METAM0RPH08ES,   XI.  15 

rejoices  that  slic  is  not  Avith  him.  He  would  ^vish,  too,  to 
look  back  to  the  shores  of  his  native  land,  and  to  turn  his 
last  look  towards  home  ;  but  where  it  is  he  knows  not :  the 
sea  boils  with  so  niiglity  a  whirling  eddy,  and  the  whole 
sky  lies  hidden  beneath  a  shadow  drawn  on  from  pitchy 
clouds,  and  the  picture  of  niglit  is  doubled  in  darkness. 

551,  The  mast  is  broken  by  the  rush  of  the  whirlwind  of 
rain  ;  the  rudder,  too,  is  broken,  and  standing  over  its  spoils 
the  wave,  as  if  a  conqueror,  undaunted  and  swollen  in  curves, 
looks  down  upon  the  waves  around,  and  falls  headlong  with 
no  less  weight  than  if  one  were  to  tear  up  the  svhole  of 
Athos  and  Pindus  from  their  foundation  and  overthrow 
them  into  the  open  sea,  and  equally  both  by  its  weight  and 
the  blow  it  sinks  the  ship  into  the  depths.  And  with  it  a 
great  part  of  the  crew,  overborne  by  the  heavy  edd}',  and  not 
able  to  rise  to  the  surface  again,  meet  their  fate.  Others  hold 
parts  and  broken  fragments  of  the  boat.  Ceyx  himself  holds 
in  his  hand  (in  which  he  used  to  hold  his  sceptre)  pieces  of 
the  ship,  and  calls,  alas  !  in  vain,  upon  his  father  and  the 
father  of  his  wife.  But  most  of  all  the  name  of  his  wife 
Alcyone  is  on  his  lips  as  he  swims  about.  Her  he  remembers  ; 
her  name  he  repeats  ;  he  wi.shcs  that  the  wave  may  drive  his 
body  before  her  eyes,  and  that  when  he  is  dead  his  tomb  may 
be  piled  up  by  friendly  hands.  AVIiilc  he  floats,  as  often  as 
the  waves  allow  him  to  open  his  mouth,  he  calls  Alcyone,  and 
whispers  her  name  to  the  veiy  waves.  Lo,  a  black  arch  of 
waters  breaks  above  the  middle  of  the  waves  and  sinks  and 
overwhelms  his  head  beneath  the  bursting  billow.  Lucifer 
was  dark  and  unrecognisable  on  that  night,  and  since 
jie  could  not  quit  the  sky,  covered  his  face  with  thick 
clouds. 

573.  In  the  meanwhile,  the  daughter  of  yEoIus,  unaware 
of  this  great  misfortune,  is  counting  the  nights,  and  already 
IS  hurrying  on  witli  the  garments  for  him  to  put  on,  and 
also  for  herself  to  wear  when  he  comes,  and  she  idly  pro- 
mises herself  his  return.  She,  indeed,  was  offering  pious 
incense  to  all  the  gods  above,  yet  before  all  others  slie  paid 
honour  to  the  temple  of  Juno,  and  on  behalf  of  her  husband, 
who  was  no  longer  existing,  she  kept  coming  to  the  altars, 
and  prayed  that  her  spouse  might  be  safe,  and  might  return 


16  OVID'S   METAilORPHO.SES,    XL 

and  prefer  no  other  woman  to  her.  But  out  of  so  many 
prayers  she  could  only  obtain  this  last  wish. 

583.  But  the  goddess  no  farther  endures  to  be  entreated 
on  behalf  of  one  who  has  met  his  death,  and  in  order  to 
keep  from  her  altars  the  defiled  hands  of  Alcyore,  she  said, 
"  Iris,  thou  most  faithful  messenger  of  my  words,  go  quickly 
to  see  the  slumberous  court  of  Sleep,  and  order  him  in  the 
shape  of  the  dead  Ceyx  to  send  to  Alcyone  dreams  reporting 
his  true  fate."  She  finished  speaking.  Iris  puts  on  robes 
of  a  thousand  colours,  and  marking  the  sky  with  her  curved 
bow,  makes  for  the  cloud-hidden  home  of  the  king  who  was 
ordered  to  obey  Juno's  command.'^  There  is  near  the  Cim- 
merii  a  cave  with  a  deep  recess,  a  hollow  mountain,  the  home 
and  sanctuary  of  lazy  Sleep.  Thither  Phoebus  can  never 
approach  with  his  rays  either  at  sunrise,  mid-day,  or  sunset. 
Mists  mixed  with  darkness  and  a  dusk  of  uncertain  light 
rise  in  vapour  from  the  ground  ;  there  no  wakeful  bird  with 
crested  head  summons  Aurora  by  his  crovv-ing,  nor  is  the 
silence  broken  by  the  noise  of  watchful  dogs  or  a  goose  wiser 
than  dogs.  No  wild  beasts,  no  flocks,  no  breeze-stirred 
branches,  no  clamour  of  human  tongue  emit  a  sound.  It 
is  the  abode  of  mute  stillness.  Yet  from  the  bottom  of  the 
rock  issues  the  stream  of  the  water  of  Lethe,  over  which  the 
w\ave  gliding  with  whispering  murmur  invites  sleep  by  its 
rustling  pebbles.  Before  the  gates  of  the  cave  bloom  fertile 
poppies  and  numberless  grasses,  from  the  sap  of  which  dark 
Night  gathers  sleep  and  scatters  it  over  the  shady  earth. 
There  is  no  gate  in  the  whole  of  the  house,  lest  it  should 
creak  when  the  hinges  turned  ;  there  is  no  guardian  on  the 
threshold.  But  in  the  middle  of  the  cave  there  is  a  couch 
raised  high  on  ebony,  full  of  feathers  of  dark  colour,  over- 
laid with  covering  of  tlie  same  hue,  on  which  the  god  him- 
self might  lie  when  his  limbs  were  relaxed  in  laziness. 
Around  him  in  all  directions  lie  idle  visions,  imitating 
various  shapes,  as  many  as  the  ears  of  corn  in  a  harvest,  or 
the  leaves  in  a  wood,  or  the  grains  of  sand  cast  up  on  the 
shore. 

GIG,  As  soon  as  the  maiden  had  entered  hither,  and  had 
thrust  apart  with  her  hands  the  visions  that  obstructed  her 
path,  the  holy  house  shone  again  with   the  brightness  of 


OVID'S  METAMORPHOSES,    XL 


>iPr  robe       Vnd  the  god,  scarcely  raising  his  eyes  sunk  in 

sloth' alhea;.ness,  sliced  back  again  and  again,  and  sUn^ck 

thP  too  of  his  breast  with  his  nodding  chin  ;  but  at  la.t  he 

h  ol  \lseU-  free  from  sleep,  and,  leaning  on  his  elbcnv 

the  lod.  thou  peace  of  the  mind,  whom  Care  avoids,  who 
soXe^t'bodTs\vorn  out  with  hard  toils  and  makest  them 
fit  aAin  for  work,  command  visions,  which  may  e qua  b> 
?heir"  opy  the  true  shapes,  to  go  to  Alcyone  in  Herculean 
Trach  s  in  th.  form  of  the  king,  and  -P-f^X'ste t.s 
^hinwreck  This  is  the  command  ot  Juno.  Alter  she  lia= 
IccQ  ^^ed  ler  orders  Iris  departs,  for  she  could  no 
Ln^^r^endure  the  strength  of  the  vapour ;  and  when  she 
longer  euu         ^  °  „ii,|ing  on  to  her  limbs,  she  flees 

iT^r^Imrn^Iloirthe  bow  by%vMch  she  had  just  before 

h'mnlaP  Xo'^o  b':;'  1" skUfully  represents  for  his 
father  Sleerman's  walk,  looks,  and  sound  of  speech ;  he  adds 
™r:;.'r  the  garments  and  the  words  winch  a^e  mo^tnsu 

r  ^^*  TSd  b™rraitngtdied  ^..ake.^  "hL 
h'r^ols^  e  caU  icdo's,  bt,t  ,n?ttal  people  call  luna 
Phobetor  There  is  also  a  third  with  skdl  of  a  different 
Sid  Xntasos.  He  deceitfully  transfonns  "eo^  h^^i;"  ° 
earth  rock  water,  wood,  and  all  lifeless  bodies  inese 
«^  are  accustomed  at  night  to  show  their  faces  to  km^. 

-'' V7;fi';,rnr?XrTe  r;r?v:r\h™"Td 

E  :s1lo; iCHione  It  of  Jf  brothers  to  perforni 
the  commands  of  the  daughter  of  Thauma»  ,  and  afcain  K^ 
laxing  himself  in  gentle  sloth,  he  let  hi>  head  sink,  ana 
once  more  l.uiied  it  on  the  lofty  couch. 

65  "  Morpheus,  with  wings  that  make  no  creaking  sounds 
flies  thrS  the  shades,  an°d  within  a  short  space  of  tune 
r  aches  tt   H..monian  city,  and    laying  ^ide  his  wiiigs 

{[-ltsu^:::l5Mts^e,rst*drghas't,>^Tikea^:a 


18  OVID'S   METAMORPHOSES,    XI, 

person,  without  any  clothes,  before  the  bed  of  his  hapless 
wife.  The  beard  of  the  hero  seems  dank,  and  the  water 
appears  to  flow  heavily  from  his  reeking  locks.  Then,  lean- 
ing over  the  couch,  with  tears  pouring  over  his  face,  he 
says:  "Dost  thou  recognise  thy  Ceyx,  my  most  hapless 
wife,  or  is  my  face  so  changed  by  death  ?  Look  at  me,  and 
thou  wilt  know  and  find  out,  instead  of  thy  husband,  thy 
husband's  shade.  Thy  prayers  brought  us  no  help,  Alcyone. 
We  are  dead.  Do  not  falsely  promise  thyself  that  I  shall 
return.  The  cloud-bringing  south  wind  caught  our  .ship  in 
the  ^-Egrean  Sea,  and  with  its  mighty  blasts  tossed  and 
dashed  it  to  pieces,  and  the  waves  filled  my  mouth  whil.st 
it  in  vain  cried  out  thy  name.  Xo  doubti'ul  authority 
brings  thee  this  message,  nor  dost  thou  hear  this  by  vague 
reports.  I  myself,  who  was  shipwrecked,  am  announcing 
to  thee  my  fate,  face  to  face.  Come,  rise;  give  vent  to 
tears,  put  on  mourning,  and  send  me  not  unwept  down  to 
the  shades  of  Tartarus."  In  addition  to  the  re-emblance  of 
shape,  Morpheus  adds  a  voice  which  she  would  think  was 
her  husband's.  He  seemed,  too,  to  pour  forth  real  tears,  and 
his  hand  had  the  gesture  of  Ceyx. 

674.  Alcyone  groans,  bursts  into  tears,  and  moves  her 
arms  in  her  sleep,  and,  when  she  seeks  for  his  body,  em- 
braces the  air,  and  cries  :  "Stay  :  whither  dost  thou  hurry  1 
we  will  go  together."  Disturbed  by  the  voice  and  appari- 
tion cf  her  husband,  she  shakes  off  her  slumber,  and  at  tirst 
looks  round  to  see  if  he,  who  had  just  been  seen,  is  there. 
Her  attendants,  roused  by  her  cry,  had  brought  in  a  light. 
"When  she  cannot  discover  him  anywhere,  she  beats  her  face 
with  her  hand,  and  tears  her  robe  from  her  breast,  and 
strikes  her  bare  breast.  Nor  does  she  take  the  trouble  to 
let  down  her  hair,  she  tears  it  out,  and  says  to  her  nurse, 
who  asks  her  what  is  the  cause  of  her  grief  :  "  Alcyone  is 
no  more — she  is  no  more  ;  she  died  at  the  same  time  as  her 
husband  Ceyx.  Away  with  words  of  consolation.  He  luis 
perished  in  a  shipwreck.  I  saw  and  recognise  I  him,  and, 
eager  to  keep  hold  of  him,  I  stretched  out  my  hands  to  him 
as  he  was  departing.  He  was  a  shade,  but  still  evidently 
and  truly  the  sliade  of  my  husband.     He  did  not,  indeed,  if 


0\'Ii)S   METAMORPHOSES,    XI,  19 

thou  askect  me,  have  his  ordinary  looks,  nor  his  former  bright 
beauty  of  face  :  hapless  that  I  was,  I  saw  him  pallid  and 
naked,  with  still  reeking  locks.  Lo,  he  stood,  pitiable 
wretch,  in  this  very  spot " — and  she  looks  whether  any 
footprints  remain.  "This,  this  was  what  I  kept  fearing 
with  foreboding  heart,  and  I  kept  asking  thee  not  to  flee  from 
me  and  follow  the  winds.  But,  at  any  rate,  I  could  have 
wished,  since  thou  wast  departing  to  meet  thy  death,  that 
ihou  hadst  taken  me  too.  It  would  have  been  a  great  gain 
for  me  to  have  gone  with  thee,  for  I  should  not  have  lived 
any  portion  of  my  life  without  thee,  nor  would  my  death 
have  been  separated  from  thine.  As  it  is,  I  am  djang  far 
from  thee  ;  I  am  being  tossed,  too,  over  the  waves  far  from 
thee,  and  without  my  body  the  sea  holds  me.  My  heart 
would  be  more  cruel  than  the  sea  itself,  if  I  were  to  try  to 
prolong  my  life  any  further,  and  if  I  were  to  struggle  to 
survive  this  great  grief  But  I  will  neither  struggle  nor 
will  I  desert  thee,  my  hapless  husband,  and  at  least  I  Avill 
now  come  and  be  thy  companion  ;  and  ia  the  grave  one 
epitaph,  if  not  one  funeral  urn,  shall  unite  us.  If  I  am  not 
to  touch  thy  bones  with  mine,  at  any  rate,  I  will  touch  thy 
name  with  mine."  Her  grief  prevents  further  speech,  and 
her  wailing  interrupts  every  word,  and  deep-drawn  moans 
come  from  her  stupefied  heart. 

710.  It  was  morning  :  she  goes  out  of  the  palace  to  the 
sliore,  and  sadly  makes  her  way  again  to  that  place  from 
whence  she  had  seen  him  as  he  departed.  And  while  she 
lingers  there,  and  while  she  says,  "  Here  he  loosed  the 
cables,  on  this  part  of  the  shore  he  gave  me  kisses  when  he 
was  going,"  she  looks  forward,  and  beholds  on  the  clear 
water,  at  an  interval  of  some  distance,  something  like  a 
body  as  it  were,  and  at  first  what  it  was  was  doubtful. 
After  the  wave  had  cast  it  a  little  nearer,  although  it  was 
some  way  off,  still  it  was  clear  that  it  was  a  body.  Xot 
knowing  who  it  was,  she  is  affected  by  the  omen,  since  he  ia 
shipwrecked,  and  would  let  fall  a  tear  for  him,  as  if  for  an 
unknown  person.  "  Alas,  hapless  man  !"  she  said,  "  who- 
ever thou  art,  and  whether  or  no  thou  hast  a  wife." 
Driven  by  the  waves,  the  body  has  come  nearer.      The  more 


20  OVID'S   METAMORPHOSES,    XI. 

she  beholds  it,  the  less  and  less  does  she  keep  her  senses. 
And  now  it  is  moved  up  close  to  the  land  near  at  hand,  and 
now  she  sees  it  so  as  to  be  able  to  recognise  it — it  was  her 
husband.  "  It  is  he  !"  she  exclaims,  and  at  the  same  time 
tearing  her  face,  hair,  and  clothes,  and,  stretching  forth  her 
trembling  hands  to  Ceyx,  she  says  :  "  Is  it  thus,  0  dearest 
husband ;  is  it  thus,  0  hapless  man,  that  thou  returnest  to 
mel" 

728.  There  lies  near  the  waves  a  mole  made  by  human 
hand,  which  breaks  the  first  fury  of  the  sea,  and  tires  out 
beforehand  the  attack  of  the  waters.  Hither  she  leaps,  and 
it  was  wonderful  to  have  been  able  to  do  so.  She  flew, 
and,  striking  the  light  air  with  wings  just  created,  as  a  hap- 
less bird  she  skimmed  the  top  of  the  waves  ;  and  while  she 
flew,  her  croaking  mouth,  with  its  thin  beak,  uttered  a 
sound  sad-like  and  plaintive.  But  when,  indeed,  she 
touched  the  dumb  and  bloodless  body,  she  embraced  his 
beloved  limbs  with  her  newly  acquired  wings,  and  in  vain 
gave  him  cold  kisses  with  her  hard  beak.  The  people 
doubted  whether  (^eyx  felt  this,  or  whether  he  seemed  to 
raise  his  face  by  the  motion  of  the  waves  ;  but  in  reality 
he  had  felt  it,  and  at  length  the  gods  above  pitied  thetn, 
and  changed  them  both  into  birds.  Bound  to  submit  to  the 
same  fate,  their  love  remained  then,  too,  as  before,  nor  was 
the  nuptial  bond  loosened  now  that  they  were  birds.  They 
mate  and  become  parents,  and  through  seven  calm  days  in 
the  v/inter  time  Alcyone  broods  over  her  nest  which  hangs 
on  the  waters.  Then  the  sea-wave  lies  still :  ^Eolus  guards 
the  winds  and  prevents  them  from  escaping,  and  provides  a 
level  sea  for  his  offspring. 

749.  Some  old  man  observes  them  as  they  fly  together 
over  the  broad  seas,  and  praises  their  love  which  was  pre- 
served to  the  end.  One  close  by,  or  perchance  the  same, 
pointing  to  a  diver  with  its  broad  throat,  said  :  "  This  one, 
too,  whom  you  see  cleaving  the  sea  with  small  logs  is  the 
off'spring  of  a  king  ;  and  if  you  seek  to  go  down  in  a  con- 
tinuous line  until  you  come  to  him,  his  descent  is  as  follows: 
Ilus,  Assaracus,  Ganymedes,  who  was  ravished  by  Jupiter, 
old  Laomedon,  and  Priam,  whose  lot  it  was  to  rule  over  the 


OVID'S   MET.AJMOErHOSES,    XL  21 

last  days  of  Troy.  This  man  was  the  brother  of  Hector, 
and  unless  he  had  experienced  a  strange  fate  in  the 
beginning  of  his  youth,  perchance  he  would  have  had  a 
name  no  less  high  than  that  of  Hector,  although  the 
daughter  of  Dymas  bore  the  latter.  Alexirrhoe,  the  child 
of  double-horned  Granicus,  is  said  to  have  given  birth  to 
^Esacus  secretly  beneath  shady  Ida.  He  hated  cities,  and, 
rt'tiring  from  the  splendid  court,  used  to  frequent  the  retreat 
of  mountains  and  the  unpretending  country,  and  but  seldom 
approached  the  assemblies  of  the  Trojans.  He  had,  how- 
ever, a  heart  which  was  neither  boorish  nor  unsusceptible 
to  love ;  he  sees  Hesperie,  the  daughter  of  Cebren,  on  the 
l)anks  of  her  father  (Cebren),  drying  in  the  sun  her  locks  as 
they  flow  over  her  shoulders,  and  often  chases  her  through 
the  whole  of  the  woods.  The  nymph  being  seen,  flees 
from  him,  just  as  a  frightened  stag  flees  from  the  tawny 
wolf,  or  as  the  water-duck,  overtaken  after  his  lake  has  been 
left  far  behind,  flees  from  the  hawk.  The  Trojan  hero 
pursues  her,  and,  made  swift  by  love,  he  presses  on  her, 
made  swift  by  fear. 

775.  "  Behold,  a  snake,  lying  hidden  in  the  grass,  with 
curved  fangs  stung  her  foot  as  she  fled,  and  leit  the  poison 
in  her  body.  Her  flight  and  her  life  are  cut  short  at  the 
same  moment.  All  distraught,  he  embraces  her  lifeless 
body,  and  cries,  '  I  am  grieved,  I  am  grieved  that  I  pursued 
thee  !  but  it  was  not  this  1  feared,  nor  was  victory  worth 
such  a  price  to  me.  We  two  have  destroyed  thee — the 
wound  was  given  by  the  serpent,  the  cause  of  it  by  me ; 
I  am  more  criminal  than  the  serpent,  so  I  bj'  my  death 
will  send  thee  an  expiatory  sacrifice  for  thy  death.' 

783.  "Thus  he  spoke,  and  from  off  a  cliff,  which  had 
been  eaten  away  by  the  hoarse-sounding  wave,  he  threw 
liimself  into  the  sea.  Tethys,  in  pity,  caught  him  gently  as 
he  fell,  and  covered  him  with  wings  as  he  swam  over  the 
sea,  and  no  ojjportunity  was  given  him  for  the  death  he 
desired.  The  lover  is  angry  at  being  compelled  to  live 
against  his  will,  and  at  his  soul  being  prevented  in  its  wish 
to  depart  from  its  unhappy  home.  And  when  he  had  re- 
ceived his  new  wings  on  his  shoulders,  he  flies  aloft,  and 


22  OVIDS   METAMORPHOSES,    XI. 

again  semjs  liis  body  above  the  waters.  His  feathers 
lighten  the  fall,  ^sacus  rages,  and  darts  headlong  into  the 
deep,  and  ceaselessly  attempts  a  way  to  death.  Love  caused 
his  leanness.  The  space  between  the  joints  of  his  legs  re- 
mains long,  his  neck  remains  Ions,  his  ht^ad  is  far  from  his 
body.  He  loves  the  sea,  and  keeps  his  name  of  diver 
because  he  dives  in  it." 


END   OF  EOOK  XL 


•CkiNQ  A  tons,  raiNTtR*.  auiLsrswe. 


September,  ISSO. 


Cataloouc  of  Books 


FOR  THE  EXAMINATIONS  OF  THE 


UNIVERSITY  OF  LONDON. 


London:    W.    B.   CLIVE    &   CO., 
UNIV.    CORE.    COLL.    PRESS    WAREHOUSE, 

BOOKSELLEKS    RoW,    StEAND,    W.C. 


^rfooa:   ^o 


joapj  '^o  YmKmm 


PUBLISHED  BT  W.  B.  CLIVE  &  CO.,  BOOKSELLERS  BOW,  STRAND. 


Zbc  tutorial  Scries.— flDatriculation, 

MATRICULATION  DIRECTORY,  witli  FULL  AN- 
SWERS  to    the    Examination   Papers.     No.    VI.,   June, 

issy.    Is. 

Contents  :  Introductory  Hints — University  Regulations — Advice 
on  the  choice  of  Text-Books  (including  Special  Subjects) — ilatricu- 
lation  Examination  Papers  set  June,  1889— Full  Solutions  to  all 
the  above  Ezaminatiou  Papers  by  the  following  Tutors  of  Univer- 
sity Correspondence  College:  — 

B.  J.  Hayes,  M.A.  Lond.,  First  in  First  Class  Honours  in  Classics  at 
Inter,  and  B.A.,  Gold  M.dallist  in  Classics  at  M.A. 

W.  F.Masom.B.  A.  Lond. .First  Class  Honours  in  ClassicsatB.  A.,  French 
and  English  Honours  at  Inter..  2nd  in  Honours  at  Matric,  &c. 

A.  J.  "Wyatt.  M.A.  Lond.,  Head  ol:  the  M.A.  List  in  English  and 
French,  Teachers'  Diploma,  &c. 

L.  J.  LnnssiER,  B.A.  Lond.,  First  in  Honours  at  Inter,  and  Final, 
B.-es-Sc,  B.-es-L.  Paris,  also  of  Stuttgart  and  Strasburg  Uni- 
versities. 

H.  E.  Just,  S.A.  Lond.,  Double  Honours  in  French  and  German 
(Ist  Class).  First  in  First  Class  Honours  at  Inter. 

W.  H.  Low,  M.A.  Lond.  (German  and  English). 

G.  Brtax,  B.A.,  Fifth  Wrangler,  First  Class,  First  Div.  in  Part  II., 
Smith's  Prizeman,  Fellow  of  the  Camb.  Phil.  Soc,  etc. 

W.  H.  Thomas,  B.Sc. Lond.,  First inFirstClass  Honours inChemistry. 

R.W.  Stewakt.  B.Sc.  Lond.,  First  in  First  Class  Honours  in  Chemistry 
at  Inter.  Sc,  and  First  in  First  Class  Honours  in  Physics  at  B.Sc. 

"  Books,  method  of  study,  and  other  matter  of  importance  are  treated  with  a 
fulness  of  knowledee  that  only  experts  can  possess." — Educational  Xews. 
"  Practically  indispensable." — Private  Schoolmaster. 

Matriculation  Directory.      Noa.  I.,  II.,   III.     (containing  the 

Exam.  Papers  of  Jan.  and  June,  1887.  and  Jan.,  1888;  with 
Answeks  to  the  ^Mathematical  Questions),  6d.  each.  Nos.  IV., 
V.  (containing  the  Exam.  Papers  of  June,  1888,  and  Jan.,  1889, 
with  full  Answers),  Is.  each. 

Matriculation  Exam.  Papers  (in  all  aabjects).  Jane,  1889.     3d. 

*,*  To  facilitate  tlip  usoof  these  Questions  at  school  examinations,  each  Paper 
has  been  printed  on  a  leaf  by  itself,  and  may  easily  be  torn  out  without  injury 
to  the  rest  of  the  bfwk. 

Matriculation  Book  Guide  for  1891,  containing  Advice  to  Private 

Students  on  the  Choice  of  Text-Books  in  all  subjects,  including 
the  Prescribed  Authors.     6d.  [Ready  October,  1889. 


PUBLISHED  BY  W.  B.  CLIVE  &  CO.,  BOOKSELLERS  ROW,  STRAND. 

^be  tutorial  Series— fIDatriculation. 


Matriculation  Latin,  by  B.  J.  Hayes,  M.A.  Lond.  Second  Edi- 
tion, Enlarged.     Is.  6d. 

Contexts  :  Choice  nf  Text-Books— Plan  of  Study  for  18  Weeks,  with  Notes 
and  Hints— Matrie.  Exam.  Papers  in  Latin  Grammar  from  1881  to  1889 — Illus- 
trative Sentences  for  Latin  Prose — List  of  words  difTering  in  meaning  according 
to  quantity — ^foflel  Solutions,  &c. 

"  The  introductory  advice  to  tlie  -student  is  very  practical,  and  in  every  way 
admirable."— .So/ioo^  Board  Chronicle. 

"  It  needs  only  to  be  seen  to  be  thoroughly  appreciated  by  any  candidate  for 
the  Matrie.  Exam.,  and  if  the  plan  of  work  laid  down  be  carried  out,  there  can- 
not be  a  failure." — Private  Schoolmaster.  ,^ 

London  Undergraduate  Unseens ;    A  Reprint  of  all  the  Latin' 

and  Greek  Passages  set  foi-  Unprepared  Translation  at  Matricu- 
lation and  Intermediate  Arts,  together  with  schemes  for  reading 
in  order  of  diiBcnlty.     Is.  6d. 

Latin  Syntax  and  Composition.     By  A.  H.  Allcroft,  B.A.,  and 

B.. J.  Hayes,  ^I. A.  Lond.    Is.  6d.    Key,  2s.  6d.  [^In  preparation. 

Matriculation  French.  Papers  :    A  Reprint  of  the  Jast  Twenty 

Examination  Papers  in  French  set  at  Matriculation  ;  with  Model 
Solutions  to  the  Paper  of  June,  1888,  by  W.  F.  Masom,  B.A. 
Lond.      Is. 

Matriculation  English  Language  Papers.     A  Reprint  of  the 

last  Twenty  Examination  Papers.      Is. 

Matriculation  English  History  Papers.     A  Reprint  of  the  last 

Thirty  Examination  Papers  ;    with  Model  Solutions  to  that  of 

.Time,"  1888,  by  W.  F.  Masom,  B.A.  Lond.     Is. 
*»*  To  facilitate  the  use  of  these  Questions  at  school  eraminatior.s, 
each  Paper  has  hecn  printed  on  a  leaf  hy  itself,  and  viay  ea.'iily  be  torn 
out  trithout  i)ijury  to  the  rest  of  the  hook. 
Matriculation  Mathematics.     By  a  Cambridge  Wrangler  and  a 

Mathematical  Scholar.     Third  Edition.      Is.  6d. 

CoNTKNTS  :  Hints— Choice  of  Text-Books— Scheme  of  Stud.v  for  IS  Weeks— 
18  Ttst-I'iiiKT.s— 1)6  ."Miscollaiieor.s  Questions— a.W  Selerteti  Examples— .Vnswers— 
Model  SohitionstoS  Sets  of  Kxaniination  Papers— List  of  Euclid's  Propositions 
set  at  M;ilriciilatioii  duriiic  10  years. 

"  Hi'ie  we  have  a  liook  wliich  will  save  the  oandidatt'  for  Matrioulntion  nifuiy 

nn  hour's  profitless  trvind  and  doubtful  eropintr The  Canibriiljie  Wninrler 

and  M:itheniati("il  Scholar  (who  are  nlfn  London  I'luversity  men)  who  have 
writt<-n  it  have  had  a  wide  experience  in  the  refiuirenieuts  of  Matricuhition 
candidates,  and  know  the  specialities  of  the  Examinntion."— A\/i«<-a/»oi«ol 
JoiirnaK 

"A  (treat  boon  to  private  students,  since  n  caredd  us«'  of  it  will  sAve  them 
time  and  trouble."— Priivi//'  School iiiaster. 

"  \\\\\  no  doubt  serve  its  |>urpose  excellently."- yournni  qf  EdneatioH. 


PUBLISHED  BYW.  B.  CLIVE  &  CO..  BOOKSELLERS  ROW.  STEAND. 


Ilbc  tutorial  Scries— flDatncuIation. 


Text-Eook  of  Heat  and  Light,  embracing  the  entire  Mati-icula- 
tion  Syllabus,  with  an  Appendix  containinj^  the  three  Papers 
set  since  the  chan'jrc  in  the  Re<^ulations.  fpll  Answers,  anti  a 
selection  of  the  more  difficult  Questions  set  dariiicf  the  last  20 
years  under  the  old  regulations.  By  R.  W.  Stewaet,  B.Sc. 
Lond.     3s.  6d.  "    [Ready  Xovemher,  1889. 

Text-Book  of  Magnetism  and  Electricity,  embracing  the  entire 
Jlatnculatiun  Syllabus,  witii  an  AppLiidix  containing  the  three 
Papers  set  since  the  change  in  the  Regulations,  full  Au.swers, 
and  a  selection  of  Questions  set  at  Inter.  Sc.  suitable  for  Matri- 
culation.    By  K.  W.  Stewart,  B.Sc.  Lond.     3s.  6d. 

[In  preparation. 

Matriculation  Chemistry.     Notes  and  Papers.   Second  Edition, 

Eiuarired.     Is.  6d. 
CoxTESTs  :    Advice  on   Text-Books — Definitions  and  Theory — Notes  for  16 
Lessons— IS  Test  Pa ixjrs— Answers  and  Model  Solutions— Glossary. 
MatricTilation    Mechanics    Papers.       The     last    T\venty-five 

P.\PEKS  set   at  London    .Matriculation,   with   Solutions    to  June, 

1888,  and   Jan.  1SS9,  Hints  on  Text-Books,  and  199  Additional 

Questions.     Is. 
"Students  will  fin  1  of  CTeat  value  to  them  the  Mafriculafian  ^yfechanics 
issued  by  tin-  Wiess  Warehouse  of  the  University  Correspondence  College." — 
Sdiif"!  IjiKird  ClirotiirU . 

Introdnction  to  Inter.  Arts  Greek.  [In  preparation. 

A  Synopsis  of  Constitutional    History.      By    W.    F.    Masom. 

B. A.  Lond.  [In  preparation. 

OPINIONS  OF  THE  PRESS  ON  THE  TUTORIAL  SERIES. 

"  The  Tutorial  Series  (published  at  the  London  Warehouse  of  University 
Corresponden<'e  Colleee,  a  new  but  useful  and  thriving  adjunct  to  the  ordinary 
educational  machinery)  is  the  best  of  its  k\nd."—Edtwatio>ial  Times. 

"  The  University  Correspondence  CoUeire  Tutorial  Guides  to  the  London  Uni- 
versity Examinations  have  cained  a  great  reputation,  just  as  the  Correspondence 
College  has  earned  a  high  distuiction  among  btudents."  —  School  Board 
Chronicle. 

"  In  the  way  of  Guides  to  the  Examinations  of  the  London  University,  the 
Universitj-  Correspondence  College  Tutorial  Series  seetiis  to  have  developed  a 
speciality,  and  so  far  »a  we  can  see  has  outstripped  all  its  rivals." — Practical 
Teacher. 

"This  series  of  Guides  to  the  Examinations  of  London  University  will  prove 
extremely  serviceable  to  candidates.  Thev  give  just  the  kind  of  dfreetion  and 
advice  that  a  student  needs,  pointinit  out  the  most  reliable,  helpful,  and  recent 
sources  of  information,  and  plainly  indicating  points  of  special  importance. 
Drawn  up  iti  a  useful  and  *orkmanlike  fashion,  the  books  give  abundant  proof 
of  sound  scholarship  spt-ciolised  and  applied  to  the  requirements  of  the  London 
examinations. ' — Srlioolma.iter. 

"These  books  save  the  students  an  immense  labour,  and,  being  from  the  i>en8 
of  professsional  scholars,  the  information  is  not  only  correctly  stated,  but  easily 
understood." — Educational  Journal. 


PUBLISHED  BYW.  B.  CLIVE  &  CO.,  BOOKSELLERS  ROW,  STRAND. 

^be  XTutorial  Seines— fIDatiiculatton. 

SPECIAL   SUBJECTS. 

FOR    JANUARY,     1890. 

Ovid,  Metamorphoses,  Book  XI.      Edited   by    a    First    Class 
Honours    Graduate    of  Oxford  and  London. 

PART  I.  :    Text,  Introduction,  and  Notes.     Is.  6d. 

PART  II. :    Vocabularies  in  order  of  the  Text,  with  Test 

Papers.     6d.    Interleaved,  9d. 
PART  III.  :  A  Literal  Translation.     Is. 
The  Three  Parts  Complete.     2s.  6d. 

"Most  excellent  notes,  occupying  three  times  as  many  pages  as  are  occupied 
by  the  poet's  lines." — School  Board  Chronicle. 

Ovid,  Tristia,   Book  III.     By    the    Editor  of  Ovid's    Metamor- 
phoses,  XI. 

PART  I. :  Text,  Introduction,  and  Notes.  Is.  6d, 
PART   II.  :    Vocabularies  in  order  of  the  Text,  with  Test 
Papers.     6d.     Interleaved,  9d. 

PART  III. :  A  Literal  Translation.     Is. 
The  Three  Parts  Complete.     2s.  6d. 

FOR   JUNE,  1890. 

{Ready  Julij,  1889.) 
Cicero,  De  Amicitia.     Edited  by  S.  Moses,  M.A.  Oxon.  and  B.A. 

Lond. 

PART  I. :  Text,  Introduction,  and  Notes.     Is.  6d. 
PART  II. :    A  Vocabulary  (in   order  of  the  Text),   with 

Test  Paper8.     Interleaved,  Is. 
PART   III. :  A  Literal  Translation.     Is. 
The  Three  Parts  Complete.     2s.  6d. 
Cicero,  Pro  Balbo.     Edited  by  S.  ilosES,   iI.A.    Oxon.  and  B.A. 

Loud. 

PART  I. :    Text,   Inteoduction,  and   Notes.     Is.  6d. 

PART  II.  ;    A   Vocabulary    (in  order  of  the  Text),  with 

Test  Papers.     Interleaved,  Is. 
PART  III. :    A  Literajl  Translation.     Is. 
The  Three  Parts  Complete.     2s.  6d. 


PUBLISHED  BY  W.  B.  CLIVE  &  CO.,  BOOKSELLEES  ROW,  STRAND. 

Zbc  ^Tutorial  Scriee— flDatriculation. 

SPECIAL   SUBJECTS. 


FOB.    JAXUABY,     1891. 

(Uradi/  December,    1889.) 
Horace,  Odes,  Book  I. 

PART  1. :    Text,  IxTKonucTioN,  and  Notes.     Is.  6d. 

PART  II.    A  VocABrLART    (in  order   of  the  Text),  with 
Test  Papers.    Interleaved,  Is. 

PART  III. :   A  Literal  Translatiox.     Is. 

The  Three  Parts  Complete.     2s.  6d. 

Horace,  Odes,  Book  II. 

PART  1.:    Text,  I.XTRonrcTiox,  and  Notes.     Is.  6d. 

PART  II.  :   A  Vocabulary  (in  order  of  the  Text),   with 
Test  Papers.     Interleaved,  Is. 

PART  III. :    A  Literal  Tkanslatiox.     Is. 

The  Three  Parts  Complf.tk.     2s.  6d. 

FOB   JTTNE,    1891. 

{Ready  early  in  1890.) 
Livy,  Book  I. 

f'ART  T. :  Text,  Introuuctiox,  and  Notes.     2s.  6d. 

PART  11.:    A  Vocabclarv  (in  order  of  tli"  Tcxn.   with 
Test  Papers.    Interleaved,  Is. 

PART  III. :    A  Literal  Translatkix.     2s. 

The  Three  Pakt.s  C<).mplete.     4s.  6d. 


PUBLISHED  BYW.  B.  CLIVE  &  CO.,  BOOKSELLERS  ROW,  STRAND. 

Zhc  ZTutorial  Serice— 3nter.  Hrts, 

INTERMEDIATE    ARTS    DIRECTORY,     with     FULL 

ANSWERS  to  the  Examination  Papers.      No.  II.,  1889. 
Is.  6d. 

Contents  :  Introductory  Hints — University  Eegulations — Advice 
on  the  Choice  of  Text-Books  (inchidiiig  Special  Subjects  for  1890) — 
Examination  Papers  set  July,  1889 — Pull  Solutions  to  all  the 
above  Examination  Papers  (except  Special  Subjects  for  the  year)  by 
the  following  Tutors  of  University  Correspondence  College  : — 
B.  J.  Hayes,  M.A.  Lond.,  First  in  First  Class  Honours  in  Classics  at 

Inter,  and  Final  B.A.,  Gold  Medallist  in  Classics  at  M.A. 
W.F.MASOM,B.A.Lond.,First  Class  Honours  in  Classics  at  B. A. .French 

and  English  Honours  at  Inter.,  2nd  in  Honours  at  Matric.,  &c. 
A.  J.  Wtatt,  M.A.  Lond.,  Head  of  the   M.A.   List  in  English   and 

French,  Teaciier's  Diploma,  etc. 
L.  J.  Lhuissier,  B.A.  Lond.,   First  in  Honours  at  Inter,   and  Final, 

B.-es-Sc.,B.-es-L. Paris,  also  of  Stuttgart  &  StrasburgUniversities. 
H.  E.  Just,  B.A.   Lond.,  Double  Honours  in  French  and  German 

(1st  Class),  First  in  First  Class  Honours  at  Inter. 
W.  H.  Low,  M.A.  Lond.  (German  and  English). 
G.  Bryan,  B.A.,  Fifth  Wrangler,  First  Class,  First  Div.  in  Part  II., 

Smith's  Prizeman,  Fellow  of  the  Carab.  Phil.  Soc,  etc 
"  Students  preparing  for  London  University  Degrees  are  recom- 
mended to  see  this  little  book,  which  is  full  of  that  particular  kind  of 
information  so  needful  to  those  about  to  undergo  examination.  The 
article  on  '  Suitable  Text  Books  for  Private  Students '  is  specially 
commendable." — Teacher's  Aid. 

"  The  '  Intermediate  Arts  Guide '  contains  an  excellent  selection  of 
Text  Books." — Practical  Teacher. 

"  A  really  useful  '  Intermediate  Arts  Guide,'  than  which  nothing 
can  be  better  for  the  private  student  who  intends  to  present  himself  at 
the  London  University  Examination  of  next  July." — School  Guardian. 
The  Intermediate  Arts  Directory  for  18S8,  ivith  full  Ansivers  to  all  the 
Papers  (including  Spccinl  Subjects  for  f hi-  year),  price  2s.  6d.,  may  .^itill 
he  had. 
Intermediate  Arts  Examination  Papers  (in  all  subjects),  1889. 

6d.      (1888  can  also  be  liacl.) 

[Published  a  u-eek  after  each  E.vaminatxon. 

The  Inter.  Arts  Exam.  Papers  for  lS86(i)i(i  1887  (i(i7;i  Ans-icers   to 

the  'Mathematical  Questions)  niay  .ttill  be  had,  price  Is. 

Intermediate  Arts  Book  Guide,  containing  Advice  to  Private 

Students  on  tlio  Choice  ot   Text- Hooks  in  all  subjects,  including 

the  Prescribed  Authors.  6d.    [Ready  18vwnths  before  the  Eram. 


PUBLISHED  BY  W.  B.  CLIVE  &  CO..  BOOKSELLERS  ROW,  STRAND. 

Zbc  tutorial  Series— 3ntci\  arts. 

Intermediate  Latin.  B_v  W.  F.  Masom,  B.A.  Lond.,  and  B.  J. 
Hayes,  .M.A.  Lond.  2s. 
CoME.vTS:  Ciioice  of  Text-Books— Plan  of  Study  for  30  weeks,  \rith  Notes 
and  Hints  on  Grammar  and  Roman  History— University  Examination  Papers 
in  Grammar,  Comp<>iition,  and  History  from  1S71  to  1SS9,  with  Model  Answers 
from  1S<7  to  iss;i— llhi>trative  Sentences  for  Latin  Prose,  Ac. 

London  Undergradnate  Unseens.  A  Reprint  of  all  the  Latin 
aud  Greek  Passages  set  for  Unprepared  Translation  at  Matricu- 
lation and  Intermediate  Arts,  together  with  schemes  for  reading 
in  order  of  diflficuky.     Is.  6d. 

History  of  the  Beign  of  Augustus.     Is.  [In  preparation. 

Synopsis  of  Roman  History  to  a.d.  96.   Is.  6d.  [In  preparation. 

Latin  Honours  Exam.  Papers:  A  Eeprint  of  the  Papers  in 
Grammar,  History,  and  Geography  set  at  the  London  Inter- 
mediate Examination  in  Arts  (Honours),  1874—1888;  together 
with  all  the  B.A.  CHonours)  and  M.A.  papers  in  Latin  Grammar 
and  Criticism.     3s.  6d. 

Introduction  to  Inter.  Arts  Greek.  [In  preparation. 

Intermediate  Greek.     Edited  by  B.  J.  Hayes,  M.A.  Lond.     2s. 

Contexts  :  .\dvioe  on  Text  Books— Flan  of  Study  for  30  weeks,  with  indica- 
tion of  important  points — Notes  and  Hints  on  20  I.*.ssoiis — University  Examina- 
tion Papers  in  Grammar  for  7  yars,  with  Mixiel  Solutions  to  the  last. 
Intermediate    French   Examination    Papers,    1877  to  1888 
This  collection  contains  all   the    Papers   set   iu  accordance   with 
the  present  Regnlations.     Is.  6d. 
Intermediate  Mathematics.     A  Guide  to  the  Mathematical  Sub- 
jects prescribed  for  tlie  Intermediate  Examinations  in  Aets  and 
Science  at  the  Univeifity   of  London.     By  the  Principal  of 
University  Correspondence  College.     Second  Edition.     Ss. 

CosTKNTS :  Advice  on  Text  Books— Scheme  of  Study  for  30  weeks,  with  indi- 
cation of  important  Book-work — .30  Test  Papers— 10f>  Miscellaneous  Questions — 
Directions  for  Revision— On  the  Structure  of  the  University  Examination 
Papers,  and  the  relative  importance  of  the  several  Mathematical  Subjects — 
Answers  to  Test  Papers— Examination  Paper»,  with  Model  Solutions,  1886  to 
1888. 

"  The  value  of  such  a  book  to  one  preparing  for  the  examination  is  very  preat. 
There  is  no  time  lost  in  aimless  efforts  ;  the  relative  value  of  every  part  of  the 
work  is  known  at  the  outset;  the  mind  is  entirely  relieved  from  the  partial 
paralysis  insei>anib1e  from  uncertaintj-  and  doubtful  jrropings.  Everytniny:  is 
'  cut  and  dry,'  in  the  very  best  sense." — Educational  Xetcs. 

"  Forminir  an  admirable  course  of  study  for  candidates  for  the  Intermediate 
Examination  in  Arts  and  Scienc»-." — School  Gvnrdian. 

Coordinate  Geometry.  Part  I.  By  the  Pkincipal  of  University 
Correspondence  College  and  G.  H.  Bryan,  B.A.     2s. 

[In  preparation. 


PUBLISHED  BY  W.  B.  CLIVE  &  CO..  BOOKSELLERS  KOW.  STRAND. 


Zbc  ZTutorial  Scries— Jnter.  Brts,  1890. 


Vergil — Georgics  I.   and  II.      A   Vocabulary    (interleaved)   in 

order  of  the  Text,  with  Test  Papkrs.      Is. 
Vergil — Georgics  I.  and  II.     A  Tkaxslation.     By  F.  P.  Ship- 
ham,  M.A.  Loud.     Is.  6d. 
Livy— Book  XXI.     Edited  by  A.  H.  Allcroft,  B.A.,  aud  W.  F. 
Masom,     B.A.    Load. 

PAKT  I.     Introduction,  Text,  and  Notes.    2s.  6d. 
PART   IL      A   Vocabulary    (interleaved)   in  order  of  the 

Text,  with  Test  Papers.  Is. 
PART  III.  A  Translation.  2s. 
The  Three  Parts  Complete.     4s.  6d. 

Sophocles — Antigone.      Edited  by  A.    H.  Allcroft,   B.A.    and 
B.  J.    HAYJis,    M.A.    Loud. 

PART   I.     I.vTRODucnoN,  Text,   and  Notes.     2s.  6d. 
PART  II.    A  Vocabulary  (interleaved)  in  order  of  the  Text, 

with  Test  Papers.     Is. 
PART   III.     A  Translation.     2s. 
The  Three  Parts  Complete.    4s.  6d. 

History  of  English  Literature.   1660  to   1714.     By  W.  H. 

Low,  :\r.A.  Loud.,  ;ui(l  A.  J.  Wwrr,  M.A.  Lond.     3s.  6d. 
Synopsis    of  English  History.   1660  to    1714.     2s. 
Dfyden.-  Essay  on  Dramatic  Poesy.    2s.  Wiih  NoiKs.  3s.  6d. 
Notes  on  Dryden's  Essay  on  Dramatic    Poesy.      Hy    A.     .). 

Vf'vATT,  M.A.  Loiul.,  Mini  W.  11.  Lnu,  M.A.  Loiui.     2s. 
Xotes  on  Addison's  Essays  on  Milton.     By  .V.J.  \Vy.\tt,  M..\ 

l>niMl.,  .-uul  \V.  II.  Low,  .M.,\.  I,..ihI.     2s! 
Intermediate  English,  1890.  Qi.EsrioNson  «11  thePa.^^snubjects 

«et,      2s. 
Havelolc  the  Dane.     .\   close  'J'ranslation  into   Modem  Enjjlisii, 

l>r>(C(l(il   l)y    tlu'   AdditiouHl  Notes   and  Corrections   issued   in 

Prof.  Skeat's  new  edition,     liy  A.  J.  Wvatt,  M.A.  Loud.     (For 

Honours.)    Gs. 

"  Tins  version  will  bo  ft  irront  boon." — Prnc/ical  Teacher. 

"  (Jf  very  g rent  viiluc  to  sludcnlH  working  «t  \w\\\e."— English  Teacher. 


PUBLISHED  BY  W.  B.  CLIVE  &  CO.,  BOOKSELLERS  ROW.  STRAND. 


^he  tutorial  Seriee— 3ntci\  Brt5,  IS9L 


'Rradij  early  in  1890.) 

Vergil. — Aeneid,    IX.    and  X.     A  Vocahulary  {interleaved)  in 
order  uf  the  Text,  with  Test  Papers.     Is. 

Vergil.— Aeneid,  IX.  and  X.     A  Translation.     By  A.  A.  Irwin 
Xesbitt,  M.A.     Is.  6d.  \_Rcady  October,  1889. 

Tacitns. — Annals,  I. 

PART  I.     Introduction,  Text,  and  Notes.     2s.  6d. 
PART  II.      A  VocABt'LAKY   {interleaved)    iu  order  of  the 
Text,  with  Test  Papers.     Is. 

PART  III.     A  Translation.     2s. 
The  Three  Parts  Complete.     48.  6d. 

Herodotus,  VI.      A    Vocabulary    (interleaved)   in   order   of    the 
Text,  with  Test  Papers.     Is. 

Herodotns.  VI.     A  Translation.     28. 

Synopsis  of  English.  History,  1485  to  1547. 

History  of  English  Literature,  1485  to  1547. 

Shakespeare. — Henry    VIII.      Introduction  and  Notes  by  VV. 
H.  Low,  M.A.  Lond. 

Intermediate  English,  1891.     Questions  on  all  the  Pass  sub- 
jects set.     2s. 

Notes  on  Spenser's  Shepherd's   Calender,  with  an   Introduc- 
tion.    By  A.  J.  WiATT,  M.A.  Loud.     (For  HonouksJ.     2s. 

[Ready. 


PUBLISHED  BYW.  B.  CLIVE  &  CO.,  BOOKSELLERS  ROW,  STRAND. 

^be  ^Tutonal  Seriee.— B.B. 

THE  B.A.  DIRECTORY,  will  PULL  ANSWERS  to  tlie 
£xaiuiiiatioii  Papers.    No.   I.,  1889.     2s. 

[^Readij  a  fortnight  after  the  Examination. 
Contents  :  Introductory  Hints — Universiry  Regulations — Advice 
on  the  Choice  of  Text-Books  (inclading  Special  Suhjocta  for  1890)  — 
Examination  Papers  set  October,  1889 — Full  Solutions  to  all 
the  above  Examination  Papers  (except  Special  Subjects  for  the  Year) 
by  the  following  Tutors  of  University  Correspondence  College  : — 
B.  J.  Hayes,  M.A.  Lond.,  First  in  First  Class  Honours  in  Classics  at 

Inter,  and  B.A.,  Gold  Medallist  in  Classics  at  M.A. 
W.  F.  Masom,  B.A.  Lond.,  First  Class  Honoui-s  in  Classics  at  B.A., 

French   and  English    Honours    at    Inter.,    2nd    in   Honours  at 

Matric,  etc. 
H.  J.  Maidment,  B.A.  0.\on.  and  Lond.,  First  Class  Honours,  etc. 
A.  J.   Wyatt,   M.A.  Lond.,  Head  of  the  M.A.  List  in  English  and 

French,  Teacher's  Diploma,  etc. 
L.  J.  Lhuissier,  B.A.  Lond.,  First  in  Honours  at  Inter,  and   Final, 

B.-es-Sc.B.-es-L.  Paris,  also  of  Stuttgart  &Strasburg  Universities. 
H.   E.  Just,  B.A.   Lond.,    Double   Honours  in   French   and  German 

(1st  Class),  First  in  First  Class  Honours  at  Inter. 
W.  H.  Low,  M.A.  Lond.  (German  and  English). 
G.  Bryan,  B.A.,  Fifth  Wrangler,  First  Class.  First  Div.  in  Part  II. 

Smith's  Prizeman,  Fellow  of  Camb.  Phil.  Soc,  etc. 
R.    W.    Stewart,   B.Sc.    Lond.,    First   in    First   Class    Honours   in 

Chemistry  at  Inter.  Sc,  and  First  in  First  Class  Horvonrs  in 

Physics  at  B.Sc. 
J.    Welton,  M.A.  Lond.,    First  of  his   year  in   Mentnl  and  Moral 

Science,  bracketed  First  of  the  H.  A.'s  at  Degree  Exam.,  kc. 
Model   Solutions   to    B.A.    Papers.    1888    (including   Special 

Subjects  for  the  Year),  by  (.Tradnjitcs  at   the  head   of  the  decree 

lists  in  each  department.      Second  and  cheaper  iss\ie.     2s.  6d. 
"The  kind  of  book  a  student  should  have  by  his  side  diiriiifc  hi.s  Ia>it  we«^k9 
of  preparation  ....  Concise,  accurate,  and  complete."  -  ^'"inf  Teocfur. 

"  It  is  the  first  time  we  have  seen  so  complete  a  set  of  answers  in  s<i  excellent 
and  readable  a  form." — J'rar/ical  Teaelur. 

B.A.  Examination  Papers  (in  all  Subjects),  1899.     6d. 

Ready  a  fortnight  after  the  Ejsamiyiation.  B.A.  Ermniuation  Pajiers 
for  1887  {with  Avswcrs  to  theMathenwticalQuestion.^  andaSd^mc 
for  readina  Mental  and  Moral  Science),  and  for  1888  (tcith  aSchei»- 
for  readitK)  Cla.isicfi) ,  may  still  be  had,  price  In.  each  »et. 

The  B.A.  Book  Guide,  containing  Advice  to  Private  Students  oi\ 
the  (In lice  ol  Tcxi-Uooks  in  all  Subjects,  iuoluding  the  Pre- 
scribed Authors.     6d.         [Puldished  tiro  yearii  hefi>re  the  Eiant. 


PUBLISHED  BY  W.  B.  CLIVE  &  CO.,  BOOKSELLERS  ROW,  STRAND. 


^bc  tutorial  Scries.— B.H. 


B.A.  Latin  Examination  Papers  :  being  the  Questions  set  at 
the  London  B.A.  iixamiuatious,  1871 — 1888  (excluding  those  on 
Prescribed  Authors),  with  full  Solutions  to  1888,  and  Additional 
Questions.     2s. 

B.A.  Greek  Examination  Papers  :  being  the  Questions  set  at 
the  London  B.A.  Examinations,  1871 — 1887  (excluding  those  on 
Prescribed  Authors),  with  Additional  Questions.     2s. 

London  B.A.  Unseens  :  all  being  the  Passages  set  for  Tbansla- 

TioN  from  Books  not  prescribed  ab  the  B.A.  Examination  of  the 
University  of  London,  together   with   Schemes  for  reading  in 
order  of  difficulty.     2s. 
Synopsis  of  Roman  History  to  a.t>.  96.   Is.  6d.  [In  preparation. 
B.A.  French.     The  Papers  set  at  the  London  B.A.  Examinations 
1877 — 1838;  with  full  Solutions  to  1888,  and  Hints  on  Read- 
ing-Books, Grammar,  &c.,  by  A.  J.  Wyatt,  M.A.  Lond.     2s. 
B.A.  Mathematics  :   Questions  and  Solntions.  Containing  all 
the  Pass  Papers   in   Pure   Mathematics  given  at  the  B.A.  Exa- 
minations, including  1888,  with  complete  Solutions  ;  and  an 
article  on  Suitable  Books  for  Private  Students.     3s. 
"The  solutions  are  admirable,  and  cannot  fail  to  be  sufrfrestive  even  to  ex- 
perienced mathematicians." — frish  Teachers'  Journal. 

"We  can  recommend  this  little  volume  to  all  whom  it  may  concern." — Prac- 
tical Teacher. 
B.A.  Mixed  Mathematics;  being  the  Papers  set  at  the  London 

B.A.   Examinations,  1874—1888;  with  full  Solutions  to  1888, 

200  Miscellaneous  Examples,  and  Hints  on  Text-Books,  by  G. 

Bryan,  B.A.     2s. 
B.A.  Mental  and  Moral  Science.     The  Papers  set  at  the  London 

B.A.  Examinations,  1871 — 1888;  with   Solutions  to  1888,  and 

an  article  on  Text-Booka  suitable  for  Private  Students,  by  J. 

Welton,  :^^.A.  Lond.     2s. 
Xotabilia  of  Anglo-Saxon  Grammar,  by  A.  J.  Wyatt,  M.A. 

Is.  6d. 

13 


PUBLISHED  BYW.  B.  CLIVE  &  CO.,  BOOKSELLERS  ROW,  STRAND. 


ZTbe  tutorial  Scriea.— B.a.,  18Sa 


B.A.  Test  Papers  on  Special  Classics  for  1889. — The  Avthors 
and  Special  Periods  iu  Latiu  and  Greek.    (262  Questions.)    2s. 

Juvenal. — Satires  III.,  X.,  XI.  A  Translation  by  a  Gold 
Medallist  in  Classics  at  Loudon  M.A.     2s. 

A  Synopsis  of  Roman  History.  63  B.C.— 14  A.D.,  with  short 
Biographies  of  tlie  Giaef  Writers  of  the  Period.  By  W.  F. 
Masom,  B.A.  Loud.     Is. 

Aeschylus. — Agamemnon.  A  Traxslatiox  by  a  Gold  Medallist 
iu  Classics  at  London  M.A.     2s. 

Xenophon. — Oeconomicus.  A  Tkaxslatiox  by  B.  J.  Hayes,  M.A. 
Loud.     3s. 

"  This  translation  deserves  the  praise  of  painstaking  accuracy."— Prac/Mk»Z 
Teacher. 

"  Private  students  will  welcome  the  assistance  afforded  hy  this  valuable 
addition  to  the  'Tutorial  Series." — Teachers'  Aid, 

A  Synopsis  of  Grecian  History,  B.C.  382—338,  with  short 
Biographies  of  tlie  Chief  Writei's  and  Statesmen  of  the  Period. 
By  W.  F.  Masom,  B.A.  Loud.     Is. 

Havelok  the  Dane.  A  clo.se  Translation  into  Modern  English, 
preceded  by  tlie  Additional  Notes  and  Corrections  issued  in 
Prof.  Skeat's  new  edition.     By  A.  J.  Wvatt,  M.A.  Lond.     3s. 

"  This  version  will  bo  a  great  hoon."— Practical  Teacher. 

"  Of  very  ^rcat  value  to  students  workinit  fi]oi\e."~-Bnglish  2'eacher. 

ITotes  on  Spenser's  Shepherd's  Calender,  with  an  Ixtro- 
DUCTiox.     By  A.  J.  Wvatt,  ^I.A.  Loml.     2s. 

B.A.  English  Examination  Questions  (3t;;<)  on  the  Paas  Sub- 
jects set  for  IbbiK     2s. 

u 


PUBLISHED  BY  W.  B.  CLIVE  &  CO.,  BOOKSELLERS  ROW,  STSAKD. 


^bc  tutorial  Series —:f6.B.,  ISOO. 


B.A.  Test  Papers  on  Special  Classics  for  1890. — The  AuxHORa 
and  Spkcial  Pkkiods  in  Latin  and  Greek.     2s. 

Cicero. — De  Oratore.  Book  II.  A  Tbanslatiox  by  a  London 
Graduate  in  First  Class  Honours,  Translator  of  Sophocles^ 
Elect ra  and  Demosthenes''  Androtion.     3s. 

Vergil. — Aeneid.  Books  VII. — X.  A  Teaxslatiox.  BvA.A.  Irwix 
Xesbit.  M.A.     2s. 

SyTiopsis  of  Roman  History,  A.D.  14 — 96,  with  short  Bio- 
graphies ot  eminent  men,  and  a  History  of  the  Literature  of  the 
Period.  By  W.  F.  Masom,  B.A.  Lond.,  and  A.  H.  Allcboft, 
B.A.  Lond.     Is. 

Aristophanes. — Flatus.  Expurgated  Text,  Ixtroductiox,  and 
XoTKs.     By  M.  T.  Quixx,  M.A.  Lond.     3s.  6d. 

Aristophanes.— Plntns.  A  Translatio.s  by  M.  T.  Quixn,  M.A. 
Lond.     2s. 

Aristophanes. — ^Plutus.  Text,  Notes,  and  Teaxslatiox  {com- 
plete).    By  M.  T.  QuiXN,  M.A.  Lond.     5b. 

Thncydides. — Book  IV.  A  Teaxslatiox.  By  G.  F.  H.  Sykes, 
B.A.  Land.,  .Assistant-Examiner  in  Classics  at  Lond.  Univ. 
2s.  6d. 

A  Synopsis  of  Grecian  History,  B.C.  405 — 358,  with  short 
Biographies  of  the  chief  Writers  and  Statesmen  of  the  Period. 
By  W.  F.  Masom,  B.A.  Lond.,  and  A.  H.  Allcroft,  B.A.      Is. 

Shakespeare. — Hamlet.  Edited,  with  Introduction  and  Notes, 
by  W.  II.  Low,  M.A.  Lond.      Is.  6d. 

Dan  Michel.— A'!;enbite  of  Invrit.  A  Translatiox  of  the 
more  dirticult  j)a8sagei  (^including  the  whole  of  pp.  1 — 48),  hy 
A.  .7.  Wyatt,  M  a.  Lond.,  and  W.  H.  Low,  M.A.  Lond. 

The  Saxon  Chronicle,  from  800  to  1001  a.d.  A  Translation 
by  W.  H.  Low,  M.A.  Lond.,  and  A.  J.  Wyatt,  M.A.  Lond. 

B.A.  English  Examination  Questions  on  all  the  Pass  Subjects 
set  for  IS'.Mi.     2s. 

li 


PUBLISHED  BYW.  B.  CLIVE  &  CO..  BOOKSELLERS  EOW,  STPAND. 

^bc  cTutorial  Scries,— :f6. a.,  ISOl. 

(Ready  early  in  1890.) 
B.A.  Classical  Notabilia  for  1891,  containing;  Hints  on  Read- 
ing, Indication  of  important  passajres,  graxumatical  peculiarities, 
historical  allusions,   &c.,  and    a   List  of  difficult   Greek  Verbal 
Forms  occurring  in  the  prescribed  Authors.     2s. 

B.A.    Test    Papers    on    Special    Classics    for    1891.      The 

Ai'THOKS  and  Special  Periods  in  Latin  aiwl  Greek.     2s. 

Cicero. — De  Pinibus,  Book  I.     A  Translation'. 

Terence. — Adelphi.     A  Traxslatiox. 

Synopsis  of  Roman  History,  n.i  .  31 — a.i».  :^7,  with  short 
Biograpliie.^  of  Eminent  Men,  and  a  History  of  the  Literature 
of  the  Period.  By  W.  F.  Masom,  B.A.  Lond.,  and  A.  H. 
Allceoft.  B.A.  Oxon.     Is. 

Euripides.  —  Iphigenia  in  Tanris.  A  Translation.  By 
{}.  F.  H.  .SvKF.s,  H.A.  Loml.,  A.-si.stant-E.Kaminer  in  Classics  at 
the  University  of  London. 

Plato. — Phaedo.     A   Translatiox. 

History  of  Sicily,  it.r.  490— 2S{),  from  the  Tyranny  ofGelonto 
the  Death  of  Agathocles,  with  a  Synopsis  and  a  History  of 
Literature.  By  A.  H.  Allcroft,  B.A.,  and  W.  F.  Masom,  B.A. 
Lond.     3s.  6d. 

Synopsis  of  Sicilian  History,  ii..  .  MM  L>si).  By  A.  H. 
ALi.'KdKT.  15. A..  ;itiil  W.  F.  ,M\-uv.  H.A.  Lond.     Is. 

B.A.  English  Examination  Questions  un  all  the  Pass  Sub- 
jects set  fur  isi'l.     2s. 

IS 


PUBLISHED  BY  W.  B.  CIIVE  &  CO.,  BOOKSELLERS  ROW,  STRAND. 


tutorial  Scnc5— 3ntcr.  Sc.  an^  prcL  Sci. 


Inter.  Science  and  Prelim.  Sci.  Guide.   Xo.  I.,  .July,  1SS9.   Is. 

■  Contexts  :  Iiitroduotory  Hints—Advice  on  the  Clioice  of  Text-books  by  the 
Authors  of  Science  Moiiel  Answers  (see  below)— The  University  Regulations — 
The  Papers  set  at  tiie  Examination. 

Science  Model  Answers-,  being  Solutions  to  tbe  iNTERiiEDiATE 

Science  ami  Pkei.i-Minary  Scientific  Examination  Papers  set 
July,  1889.     4s.  6d.        The  Papers  are  ausiccred  hy — 

S.  RiDEAL,  D.Sc.  Lonrl.,  Gold  Medallist  in  Chemistry  at  B.Sc, 
Assistant  Examiner  to  the  Science  and  ^Vi-t  Depai'tment. 

H.  M.  Fernaxdo,  M.B.,  B.Sc.  Lond.,  Second  in  First  Class  Honours. 
Zoology,  and  Third  in  Honours  Botany  at  Inter.  Sc.  and  Prel. 
Sci.,  First  Class  Honours  (deserving  of  Scholarship)  in  Physio- 
logy at  R-Sc. ;  Gold  ^ledal  in  Physiology  and  First  Class 
Honours  in  Chemistry  at  Int.  if.B. ;  Two  Gold  ]Medals  at  M.B. 

E.  W.  Stew.art.  B.Sc.  Lond.,  First  in  First  Class  Honours  in  Chemistry 
at  Inter.  Sc.^  and  First  in  First  Class  Honoui's  in  Physics  at  B.Sc. 

W.  H.  Thomas,  B.Sc.  Ltmd., First  in  First  Class  Honours  in  Chemistry. 

G.  H.  Bryax.  B.A.,  Fifth  AV rangier  and  Smith's  Prizeman.    .  ;    . 

J.  H.  DiBB,  B.Sc.  Lend.,  Double  Honours,  ilathematics  and  Physics. 

Science  Physics  Papers:  being  the  Questions  set  at  the  London 

Intennediate  Science  and  Preliminary  "Scientific  Examinations'' 
for  Twentv-one  vears,  with  full  Answers  to  the  1889  Papers,  By 
R.  W.  Stewart,  B.Sc.  Lond.     3s.  6d. 

Science  Biology  Papers :  being  the  Qnestions  set  at  the  London 

intermediate  Science  and  Preliminary  Scientific  Examinations 
for  Twelve  Years  (those  not  bearing  on  the  present  Syllabus 
being  denoted  by  an  asterisk),  with  supplementary  Questions 
,.  -and  full  Answers  to  the  1889  Paper,  and  Advice  as  to  Text-' 
books,  by  H.  M.  Ferxaxdo,  M.B.,  B.Sc.  Lond.     Ss.  Gd. 

Science    Chemistry    Papers :    being   the   Questions  set   at   the 

London  Intermediate  Science  and  Preliminary  Scieutific  Exami- 
nations for  Twenty-one  years,  with  full  Answers  to  the  1889 
Papers,  and  Advice  as  to  Text-books,  by  W.  H.  Thomas,  B.Sc. 
Lond.,  and  R.  W.  Stewart,  B.Sc.  Lond.     3s.  6d. 

Analysis  of  a  Simple  Salt,  with  a  selection  of  model  Analyses. 
"^^^^~~~~^"^^'^^^~"^^^~'  [In  preparation. 

Intermediate  Mathematics  (for  Inter.  Sc.)    Second  edition.    3s. 

{F.n-  Cn„t,:>,t.<  .<r,   Ii,l>r.  Arts,  paged.) 


PUBLISHED  BYW.  B.  CLIVE  &  CO.,  BOOKSELLERS  ROW,  STRAND. 

LATIN. 

Caesar. — Gallic  War,  Book  VII.     Vocabularies  in  order  of  the 
Text,  with  Test  Papers.     6d. ;  interleaved,  9d. 

Cicero,  Pro  Cluentio.      A  Translation.      By  J.  Lockey,  M.A. 

Lend.     2s. 
Cicero,  Pro  Cluentio.     Vocabularies  in  order  of  the  Text,  with 

Test  Papers.     Interleaved,  Is. 
Horace,  The  Epistles.     A  Tkanslatiox.     By  W.  F.  Masom,  B.A. 

Lond.     2s. 
Horace,  The  Epistles.     Vocabularie.s  in  order  of  the  Text,  with 

Test  Papers.     Interleaved,  Is. 

Sallust. — Catiline.      Vocabularies   in   order   of  the   Text,  with 
Test  Papers.     6d. ;  interleaved,  9d. 

Vergil. — Aeneid,  Book  I.     Vocabularies  in  order  of  the  Text, 
with  Test  Papers.     6d. ;  interleaved,  9d. 

Vergil. — Aeneid,  Book  I.     A  Literal  Translation.     Is. 

Vergil. — Aeneid,  Book  V.    Vocabularies  in  order  of  the  Text, 

with  Test  Papers.     6d. ;  interleaved,  9d. 
Vergil. — Aeneid,  Book  V.    A  Literal  Translation.     Is. 

GREEK. 

Demosthenes.— Androtion.       A   Translation.        By   a   London 

Graduate  in  Fir.st  Class  Honours.     2s. 
Homer,— Iliad,  Book  VI.      Edited  by  B.   J.  Hayes,  M.A.  Loud. 

P.VRT  I.:  Text,  Intkoduction,  and  Notes,  with  an 
Appendix  on  the  Homeric  Dialect.     Is.  6d. 

P.VHT  II.  :  VocAitULAUiES  in  order  of  the  Text,  with  Test 
Papers.     Interleaved,  Is. 

P.\RT  III.  :   A  Translation.     Is. 

Th'.'  Three  Pavta  cotnplctr.     2s.  Cd. 

18 


PUBLISHED  BY  W.  B.  CLIVE  &  CO.,  BOOKSELLERS  EOW,  STRAND. 

G'RU'EK—coiilinued. 

Homer,  Odyssey  XVII.     Tfjxt,  Introduction,  and  Notes.     By 

W.  F.  Masom,  B.A.  Loud.     2s. 
Homer,  Odyssey   XVII.     A  Traxslatiox,  with  an  Appendix  on 

the  Hoincric  Dialect.      2s.       nii  ini!,.: 
Hom^er,    Odyssey    XVII.     Voc.\BT:tARiE.s  in  order  of  the  Text. 

with  Test  Fai'eks.     Interleaved,  Is. 
Homer,  Odyssey  XVII.       Complete.      Introduction,   Text,   and 

Notes  —  Vocabularies  —  Te.st  Paper.s  —  Translation — Appendix. 

5s. 

Sophocles. — Electra.     A  Tr.vnslation.     By  a  London  Graduate 

in  First  Class  Honours.     2s. 
Xenophon. — Cyropaedeia,  Book  I.    Vocabularies  in  order  of  the 

Text,  with  Test  Papers.     Interleaved,  Is. 
Xenophon.— Cyropaedeia,  Book  V.     Vocabularies  in  order  of 

the  Text,  with  Test  Papers.     Interleaved,  Is. 

ENGLISH. 

Alfred's  Orosius.     A   Literal  Translation  of  the  more  difficult 

passages.     By  .1.  Lockey,  M.A.  Lond.     2s.  6d. 
Glossaries  to  Alfred's  Orosius.     Is. 

Milton's  Sonnets.  With  an  Introduction  to  each  Sonnet,  and 
Notes,  together  with  an  account  of  the  Hi8tor\'  and  Construc- 
tion of  the  S(ynnet,  and  Examination  Questions.  By  W.  F. 
Masom,  B.A.  Lond.     Is.  6d. 

"This  us^-ful  little  hnoV."— 'Practical  Teacher. 

"ThisbfKjk  will  l>e  n  (treat  help  to  those  who  are  preparing  for  the  forth- 
cominfr  Iiitcmiediate  Examination  in  Aita  at  the  University  of  London."— 
Educational  2'imes. 

Qnestions  on  English  History  and  Literature.  First  Series 

{'■iLKf)  :  llisrcry  cif  Kiit:lanii,H;2.")  to  1  <)<;(;  (!t7)  ;  English  Litera- 
ture, 1625  to  1666  (57;;  "King  John"  (31);  Milton  (47); 
"Religio  Medici  "  (2i)  ;  Morris  and  Skeat's  Extracts  (44).     2s. 


»0T 


'Univ,  Cow.  Coll.  tutorial  Series. 


The  Tutorial  Series  consists  of  Hand-books  for  the  Examinations 
of  the  University  of  London,  and  embraces — 

Book  Guides  and  Directories  (issued  periodically) ; 
Annotated  Editions  of  Latin,  Greek,  and  English  Authors  ; 
Literal  Translations  of   Latin,  Greek,  and  Old    English 

Authors  ; 
Vocabularies  to  Latin  and  Greek  Classics  ; 
Synopses  of  Ancient  and  Modern  History  ; 
Reprints  of  Examination  Papers  ; 

Guides  to  the  Study  of  Latin,  Greek,  and  Mathematics  ; 
Guides  to  the  Study  of  Science  ;  «tc,  4lCc. 
The  above  works  are  specially  prepared  to  meet  the  requirements 
of  the  various  London   University  Examinations  by  Tutors  of  Uni- 
versity Correspondence  College. 

Among  the  contributors  to  this  series  are  the  following  graduates: — 

A.J.  Wyatt,  M.A.   Lend.,  First  of  his  year  in  Branch  IV.  (English 

aud  French),   Teacher's   Diploma,  Early  English  Text  Society's 

Prizeman . 

B.  J.  Hayes,  M.A.  Lond.,  First  in  First-Class  Honours  in  Classics 

both  at  Inter,  and  B.A.,  Gold  Medallist  in  Classics  at  M.A. 
W.  F.  Masoji,  B.A.   Lond.,  First-Class  Honours  (Classics)  at  B.A., 
Double  Honours  (French  and  English)  at  Inter.  Arts,  Second  in 
Honours  at  Jilatric,  University  Exhibitioner. 
M.  T.  QuiNN,  M.A.  Lond.,  First  of  his  year  in  Branch  I.  ;    First  in 
First  Class  Honours  in  Classics  bot'i  at  Inter.  Arts   and   B.A.; 
Professor  at  Pachaiyappa's  College,  Madras  ;  late  Tutor  of  Uni- 
versity Correspondence  College. 
S.  Moses,  M.A.  Oson.  (Double  lions.)  and  Lond.,  First  in  Honours  at 
Matriculation,  Exhibitioner  in  Latin  at  Inter.  Arts,  and  First 
Class  Classical  Honourman  at  B.A. 
G.  F.  H.  Sykes,  B.A.   Lond.  Classical   Honours,  Assistant  Examiner 

at  London  University. 
A.  H.  Allcrokt,  B.A.  Oxon.,  First  Class  Honours  at  Moderations 

and  in  Final  Classical  School. 
W.  H.  Low,  M.A.  Lond.  (German  and  English). 
H.  E.    Just,    B.A.   Lond.,  Double  Honours  in   French  and  German 

(First-Class).  First  in  First-Class  Honours  at  Inter. 
J.  W  ELTON,  M.A.  Lond..  First  of  his  year  in  Mental  and  Moral  Science, 
bracketed  equal  as  First  of  the  B.A. 'sat  Degree  Exam.,  Honours 
n   French  at  B.A.  and  in  English  at  Inter. 
G.    H.    Bryan,   B.A.,  Fifth    Wrangler,  First  Cla^s,  First  Division,  in 
Part  II.,  Scholar  of  St.  Peter's  College,  Cambridge,  Fellow  o( 
the  Camb.  Phil.  Soc. 
R.  W.  Stewart,  B.Sc.  Lond.,  First  in  First  Clas<>  Honours  in  Chemistry 
at  Inter.  Sc.  and  Firet  in  First  Class  Honours  in  Physics  at  B.Sc. 
W.    H.     Thomas,    B.Sc.   Loud.,   First  in    First  Class    U^juMwa    in 
Chemistry.  CZ^3> 


70 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET